BIBLIOGRAPHY

This bibliography contains two categories of books and articles: a) works concerned exclusively with music and musical instruments of

non-European peoples; b) some important pUblications on ancient and early European music

and folk music. Publications of a more general character (e.g. reports of travels, eth­

nological expeditions, and missionary activities) which often contain interesting data on music and musical instruments, musicians and the role of music in tribal life, are not included. These can be located by referring to the extensive bibliographies found in works marked by an asterisk. Nor are inserted publications in the Russian, Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, Indo­nesian, Javanese and Sundanese languages, and in the languages of the Indian subcontinent.

I. AALST, J. A. VAN, Chinese music (1884, 2/1933)·

2. ABAS, S. P., De muziek del' Bataks ('Caecilia-Muziekcollege'), Mei 1931.

3. ABERT, HERMANN, Die Lehre vom Ethos in del' griechischen Musik (Leipzig, 1899).

4. -- Antike (neu-bearbeitet von CURT SACHS) (in GUIDO ADLER, 'Handbuch der Musikgeschichte' I, p. 35 ff.), 2/1929.

5. ACKERMAN, PHYLLIS, The character of Persian music (in POPE and ACKERMAN, 'A Survey of Persian Art. From pre­historic times to the present', vol. III, p. 2805 ff.), Oxford, 1939.

6. ADLER, BRUNO, Pfeifende Pfeile und Pfeilspitzen in Sibirien ('Globus' LXXXI),1902.

7. ADLER, GUIDO, Ueber Heterophonie (' J ahrbuch der Musikbibl. Peters' XV, p. 17 ff.), 1909.

8. ADOLF, HELEN, The ass and the harp ('Speculum' XXV, p. 49 ff.), 1950.

8a. African Music, Gramophone Records of, (, African Music Transcription Library'), Catalogue July 1951 (Johannesburg, 1951).

9. AGNEW, R. GoRDEN, The Music of the Ch'uan Miao ('Journal of the West China Border Research Soc.' XI, p. 9 ff.), 1939.

10. AGRAWALA, V. S., Some early references to musical ragas and instruments ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XXIII, p. II3 ff.), 1952.

II. AHLBRINCK, W., Encyclopaedie del' Ka-

- 65

raiben (Kon. Akad. v. Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, 1931), passim.

12. AIYAR, C. SUBRAHMANIA, Quartertones in South Indian (Carnatic) Music ('The Journal of the Musical Academy, Madras' XI, p. 95 ff.), 1940.

13. -- Comparative music, European and Indian (ibid. XII, p. 36 ff.), 1941.

14. -- Some leading music systems (ibid. XIII, p. 21 ff., XVII, p. 97 ff.), 1942 and 1946.

15. -- The Clarinet and classical Carnatic Music (ibid. XIX, p. 51 ff.), 1948.

16. -- A Study of the M icrotonal Variations in Frequencies in Karnatic Music with an Oscillograph (ibid. XX, p. II4 ff.), 1949·

17. --Musical research and frequency ratios (ibid. XXI, p. 64 ff.), 1950.

18. -- Physics and Aesthetics of Hindu­sthani Music (ibid. XXII, p. 86 ff.), 1951.

19. -- The Grammar of South Indian (Karnatic) Music (Madras, 2/1951).

20. AIYAR, M. S. RAMASWAMI, Thiagaraia, a great Musician Saint (Madras, 1927).

*21. -- Bibliography of Indian music (,Jour­nal of the R. Asiatic Soc.'), 1941.

22. ALBERSHEIM, G., Zur Psychologie del' Ton- und Klangeigenschaften (1939).

23. ALBINI, EUGENIO, Instrumenti musicali degli Etruschi e 101'0 origini ('L'lllus­trazione Vaticana' VIII, p. 667 ff.), 1937.

24. ALMEIDA, RENATO, Historia da Musica Brasileira (Rio de Janeiro, 2/1942).

25. ALVARENGA, ONEYDA, Musica popular brasileira (Porte Alegre, 1950).

26. AMIOT, FATHER, Memoire sur la musique des Chinois (Paris, 1779).

27. ANDERSEN, A. 0., GeograPhy and Rhythm ('Univ. of Arizona Fine Arts Bull.' No. 2), Tucson, Arizona, 1935.

27a. ANDERSON, ARTHUR J. 0., Aztek music (The Western Humanities Review' VIII, p. 131 £i.), 1954.

28. ANDERSSEN, JOHANNES C., Maori Music (,Transactions of the New Zealand Inst.' LIV, p. 743 ff., LV, p. 689 ff.), 1923-'24.

29. -- Maori musical instruments ('Art in New Zealand' II, p. 91 ff.), 1929.

30. -- An Introduction to Maori Music ('Transactions of the New Zealand Inst.') 192 6.

31. -- Maori Music with its Polynesian background (New Plymouth, New Zea­land, 1934).

32. ANDERSSON, OTTO, Strakharpan ('Fore­ningen for Svensk Kulturhistoria' IV, p. 115 ff.), Stockholm, 1923.

33. -- The Bowed Harp (transl. by KATH­LEEN SCHLESINGER), London, 1930.

34. -- Musik och Musikinstrument (,Nor­disk Kultur' XXV), Stockholm/Oslo/ Kopenhagen, 1933.

35. -- Nordisk musikkultur i iildsta tider (,Nordisk Kultur. Musikk och Musikk­instrumenter', p. 3 if.), Stockholm/Oslo/ Kopenhagen, 1934.

36. -- Nordisk folksmusik i Finland (ibid., p. 113 ff.), 1934.

37. -- Folkmusiken i Svenskestland (ibid., p. 159 ff.), 1934.

38. -- On Gaelic Folk Music from the Isle of Lewis ('Budkavlen' XXXI, p. Iff.), Abo, 1952.

39. -- Altnordische Streichinstrumente (Kongressber. des 4. Kongress der Intern. Musikges.' Vienna, 25-29 May, 1909).

40. ANDREE, R., Die N asenflote und ihre Verbreitung ('Globus' LXXV, NO.9), Braunschweig, 1899.

41. ANKERMANN, B., Die afrikanische M usik­instrumente (,Ethnologisches Notizblatt' II), 1902.

42. ANONYMUS (GEORGE GROVE ?), Notes on Siamese musical instruments (London, 1885).

42a. ANONYMUS, The Music of the Swazis ('African Music Society Newsletter' I, June 1952, p. 14).

42b. -- The Arbatsky Collection ('New­berry Library Bulletin' III, p. 170 H.), 1954·

43. ANTONOWYTSCH, M., Die Mehrstimmig­keit in den ukrainischen Volksliedern ('Kongressber. Intern. Ges. f. Musikw., Utrecht 1952', p. 55 H.), 1953.

44. ARAVAMUTHAN, T. G., Pianos in Stones ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XIV, p. 109 ff.), 1943.

45. ARBATSKY, YURY, Albanien (,Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 282 ff.), 1951.

46. -- Balticum (ibid. I, col. 1187 ff.), 1951.

47. -- Communication on the chromatic Balkan-scale (,Journal of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' V, p. 150 ff.), 1952.

48. -- The Roga, a Balkan bagpipe, and its medico-magical conjurations (Paper read at the Annual Meeting of the Amer. Musicol. Soc., in Chapel Hill, N.C.), Dec. 1953 (stencilled).

49. -- Beating the Tupan in the Central Balkans (Newberry Library, Chicago, 1953)·

50. -- Stichproben aus den Volksmusik­kulturen siidost-europas (will be publish­ed shortly).

51. -- A Triptych from the Arbatsky Col­lection at the Newberry Library (Chicago, 1954), ed. by WALTER G. NAU.

52. A rchives of recorded music. Collection of the Phonoteque National, Paris (1952)

53. ARETZ-THIELE, ISABEL, EI folklore musi­cal argentino (Buenos Aires, 1952).

54. ARIMA, D., Japanische Musikgeschichte auf Grund der Quellenkunde (diss. Vienna, 1933)·

55. ARRo, E., Zum Problem der Kannel ('Proc. Gelehrte Estnische Ges.', Tartu, 1931).

56. -- Geschichte der estnischen Musik (Tartu, 1933).

57. ARSUNAR, FERRUH, Kisazsiai torok pen­taton dallamok (Des melodies pentatones des Turcs d'Asie Mineure) (in 'Melanges oHerts it ZOLTAN KODALY it l'occasion de son 60ieme anniversaire', p. 322 H.), Budapest, 1943.

58. ARVEY, VERNA, Ancient Music and Dance in Modern Ceylon ('Etude' LX, p. 656 H.), 1942.

59. AUGUSTA, FR. FELIX, Zehn Araukaner­lieder ('Anthropos' VI, p. 684 H.), 1911.

60. AVELOT, La musique chez les Pahouins ('L'Anthropologie' XVI), 1905.

61. AVENARY, HANOCH, Abu'l-Salt's treatise on Music ('Musica Disciplina' VI, p. 27 H.), Amer. Inst. of Musicology, Rome, 1952.

62. AYESTARAN, LAURO, Fuentes para el estudio de la musica colonial Uruguaya (Montevideo, 1947).

63. -- La musica indigena en el Uruguay (Montevideo, 1949).

64. AZEVEDO, LUIZ HEITOR CORREA DE, Escala, ritmo e melodia na music a dos indios brasileiros (diss.), Rio de Janeiro, 1938.

66 -

64a. -- Brazilian Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed., vol. III, p. 198 if.), 1954·

64b. -- Tupynamba Melodies in Jean de Ltfry's Histoire d'un voyage faict en la tene du Bresil ('Papers of the American Musicol. Soc.', Annual meeting 1941, p. 85 if.).

65. BAGLIONI, S., Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis dernaturlichen M usik ('Globus' LXL VIII, pp. 232, 249, 264), 1910.

66. BAHADHURJI, K. N., Ein indisches Saiteninstrument, genannt Taus ('Z. f. Ethnol.' XIX, p. 418 ff.). 1887.

67. BAKE, ARNOLD A., Bijdrage tot de kennis del' Voor-Indische muziek (Paris, 1930).

68. -- Indische muziek en de composities van Rabindranath Tagore ('De Gids', 1930).

69. -- Indian Music and Rabindranath Tagore ('Indian Art & Letters' V), 1931.

70. -- Die Bedeutung Rabindranath Tago­res fur die indische Musik ('Wiener Bei­trage zur Kunst- und Kulturgeschichte Asiens' VI, p. 60 if.), 1931.

71. -- Indian Music (London, The India Soc., 1932).

72. -- Researches in Indian Music ('In­dian Art and Letters', New Series VII, p. 10 if.), 1933.

74. -- Different Aspects of Indian Music ('Indian Art and Letters' VIII, p. 60 if.), 1934.

75. -- 26 Chansons de Rabindranath Tagore ('Bibl. musicale du Musee Guimet', 1st series, vol. II), Paris, 1935.

76. -- Indian Folk Music (,Proc. of the Musical Association' LXIII, p. 65 if.), 1936/'37.

77- -- Some Folkdances in South India (,Asiatic Review' N.S. XXXV, p. 525 if.), 1939.

78. -- Kirtan in Bengal ('Indian Art and Letters' N.S. XXI, p. 34 if.), 1947.

79. -- Indian Folk Dances (,Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' I, p. 47 if.), 1949.

80. -- Der Begriff N ada in der indischen Musik ('Kongressber. I.G.M., BiUe, 1949', p. 55)·

81. -- (in collab. with MAUD KARPELES), Manual for Folksong Collectors (1950).

82. -- A Javanese musicological puzzle ('Bingkisan Budi', p. 24 if.), 1950.

83. -- Some aspects of the development of Indian Music ('Proc. R. Mus. Ass.', Session LXXVI, p. 23 if.), 1950.

84. -- Die beide Tongeschlechter bei Bha­rata ('Kongressber. D.G.M., Liineburg 1950', p. 158 if.).

85. -- The Impact of Western Music on the Indian Musical System (,Journal of

- 67

the Intern. Folk Music Council' V, p. 57 if.), 1953.

86. -- I ndonesian Music ('Grove's Diction­nary' 5th ed., vol. IV, p. 460 ff.), 1954.

87. -- Indian Music (,The New Oxford History of Music', 3rd ed., vol. I), 1955.

88. BALFOUR, HENRY, The Old British 'Pibcorn' or 'Hornpipe' and its Affinities ('Journal of the Anthrop. Inst.' XX, p. 142 if.), 1890.

89. -- A primitive musical instrument (the whit-horn) ('Reliquary and Illustr. Archaeologist', N.S. II, p. 221 ff.), 1896.

90. -- The Natural History of the Musical Bow (1899).

91. -- Three bambu Trumpets fromN orthern Territory, South Australia ('Man' I, Nos. 28, 33-34), 1901.

92. -- The goura, a stringed wind musical instrument of the Bushmen and Hottentots ('Journal of the R. Anthrop. Inst.' XXXII, p. 156 if.), 1902.

93. -- Review of C. W. MEAD, The music­al instruments of the Incas (New York, 1903), ('Man' III, Nos. 112, 191-192), 190 3.

94. -- Musical Instruments from the Malay Peninsula ('Fasc. Malayenses' 1901-'02, Part. II), 1904.

95. -- Musical Instruments of South Africa ('Report of the British Association, South African Meeting, 1905'), p. 528 if.

96. -- The Friction Drum (,Journal of the R. Anthrop. Inst.' XXXVII, p. 67 ff.), 190 7.

97. -- Musical Section in '.Notes and Queries on Anthropology', publ. by the R. Anthrop. Inst., p. 295 if.), 5/1929.

98. BANAS Y CASTILLO RAYMUNDO, The Music and Theater of the Philipino People (Manilla, 1924).

99. BAN DAR, MAHAWALA, Kandyan Music (' Journal of the R. Historical Soc. of Ceylon' XXI, p. 129 ff.), 1909.

100. BANDOPADHYAYA, SRI PADA, The Music of India (D. B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, und.).

101. -- The Origin of Raga (a short his­torical sketch of Indian Music), Delhi, 1946.

102. BARBEAU,MARIUS, VeilleesduBon Vieux Temps (Montreal, 1919).

103. -- Folksongs of French Canada (in collab. with EDWARD SAPIR) (Yale Univ. Press, 1925).

104. -- Songs of the Northwest ('The Musical Quarterly' XIX), 1933.

105. -- Folk Songs of Old Quebec (Nat. Mus. of Canada, 1935).

106. -- Asiatic survivals in Indian Songs (,The Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 107 ff.), 1934, 'The Scientific Monthly', Washington, April 1942.

107. -- Alouette (Montreal, 1946). 108. -- 'Archives de Folklore' I, II, III

(Montreal, 1946, '47, '48). 109. -- Come a Singing (in collab. with

ARTHUR BOURINOT and ARTHUR LIS­MER) (Nat. Mus. of Canada, 1947).

110. -- The DYagon Myths and yitual songs of the Iyoquoians ('Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' III, p. 81 ff.), 1951.

II I. BARKECHLI, MEHDl, La gamme peysane et ses yappoyts avec la gamme occidentale ('Olympia' I, p. 53 ff.), 1950.

112. BARTHOLOMEW, WILMER T., Acoustics of Music (New York, 1946).

113. BART6K, BELA, Chansons populaiyes youmaines du depaytement Bihoy (Akad. Romana, 1913).

114. -- Die Volksmusik dey Ayabey von BiskYa und Umgebung ('Z. f. Musikw.' II, p. 489 ff.), 1920.

115. -- Dey Musikdialect dey Rumltnen von Hunyad (ibid. II, p. 352 ff.), 1920.

116. -- Tyanssylvanian HungaYian Folk­songs (in collab. with Z. KODALY), 1923.

II 7. -- V olksmusik dey Rumanen von M aya­mures (,Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' IV), 192 3.

118. -- Das ungarische Volkslied. Versuch einer Systematisierung der ungarischen Bauernmelodien ('Ung. Bibl.' vols. I and II), 1925.

119. -- Hungarian Folktunes (New York, 192 7).

120. -- Slovakische Volkslieder (1928/,29). 121. -- Les recherches sur Ie folklore musical

en Hongrie ('Art populaire' II, p. 127 ff.). 1931.

122. -- Hungarian Folk Music (London, Oxford Univ. Press, 1931).

123. -- Melodien der rumltnischen Kolinde (Vienna, 1935).

124. -- Die Volksmusik der Magyaren und der benachbarten Viilker (,Ung. Jahr­biichlein' XV, p. 194 ff.), Berlin, 1935.

125. -- Musique et chanson populaires (,Acta Musicologica' VIII, p. 97 ff.), 1936.

126. -- Fifteen Hungarian Peasant Songs (New York, 1939).

127. -- Ueber die alte ungarische Bauern­musik (,Melanges offertes it ZOLTAN KODALY it l'occasion de son 60ieme anniversaire', p. 5 ff.), 1943.

128. -- Gypsy music or Hungarian music? ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXIII, p. 240 ff.), 1947.

129. -- Pourquoi et comment receuille-t-on la musique populaire? (1948).

129a. -- and ALBERT B. LORD, Serbo­Croatian Folk Songs (New York, 1951).

130. -- and ZOLTAN KODALY, Corpus Musicae Popularis Hungaricae I. Gyer­mekjdtekok (Budapest, 1951); II. Jeles Napok (Budapest, 1953).

130a. -- Vom Einfluss der Bauernmusik aUf die Musik unserer Zeit (1921), reprinted in 'Musik der Zeit' III, 1953, p. 18 ff.

130b. -- Auf Volkslied-Forschungsfahrt in dey Tuykei (1937) (ibid., p. 23 ff.).

130c. -- Rassenyeinheit in dey Musik (1942) (ibid., p. 27 ff.).

131. BARZAGA, MARGARITA BLANCO, La musi­ca di Haiti (Habana, 1953).

132. BATRA, RAl BAHADUR R. L., Science and Ayt of Indian Music (Lahore, 1945).

133. BAUD-Bovy, SAMUEL, La chanson cleph­tique (,Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' I, p. 44 ff.), 1949.

134. -- SUY la pYosodie des chansons cleph­tiques ('Demosieumata etaireias Make­donikoon spoudoon' 1953, p. 95 ff.), Tessalonica, 1953.

135. BAUER, MARION, The pyimitive ayt instinct ('The Musical Quarterly' IX, p. 157 ff.), 1923.

136. BEART, CHARLES, Contyibution Ii l'etude des langages tambouyines, silfies, musi­caux ('Notes Africaines' No. 57, p. II ff.), Jan. 1953.

137. BEAVER, W. N., A fuytheY Note on the Use of the Wooden Tyumpet in Papua ('Man' XVI, p. 23 ff.), 1916.

138. BECKING, GUSTAV, Dey musikalische Bau des M ontenegrinischen Volksepos (,Proc. of the Intern. Congress of Phonetic Sciences, 1932', p. 53 ff.), 1933.

139. BECLARD-D'HARCOURT, MARGHERITE, La musique indienne chez les anciens civilises d'Ameyique. II. Le folkloye musical de la yegion andine. Equateuy, PeyOU, Bolivie (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' p. 3353 ff.), 1920.

140. BEHN, FRIEDRICH, Die Musik im riimi­schen Heere (,Mainzer Zeitschrift' VII), 1912 .

141. -- Eine antike Syrinx aus dem Rhein­land (,Die Musik' XII), 1913.

142. -- Die Laute im Altertum und fruhen Mittelalter ('Z. f. Musikw.' I, p. 89 ff.), 1918.

143. -- Musikleben im Altertum und fruhen Mittelalter (Stutgart, 1954).

144. BEICHERT, E. A., Die Wissenschaft dey Musik bei Al Farabi (diss. Berlin, 1936).

*145. BELVIANE, MARCEL, Sociologie de la Musique (Paris, 1951).

146. BELYAEV, VIKTOR, Turkomanian Music ('Pro Musica Quarterly' V, No. I, p. 4 ff.), 1927; (ibid. V, No.2, p. 9 ff.), 1927.

147. -- The Longitudinal OPen Flutes of Central Asia (,Musical Quarterly' XIX, p. 84 ff.). 1933.

148. -- Turkish Music ('Musical Quarterly' XXI, p. 356 ff.), 1935 (trans!. from the Russian by S. W. PRING).

149. BERGSTRASSER, GOTTHELF, Ramadan-

68 -

Kinderlieder aus Kairo ('Z. f. Semistik' VIII, p. 149 ff.), 1932.

150. BERNER, ALFRED, Studien zur arabischen Musik aut Grund der gegenwartigen Theorie und PraJIis in Egypten ('Schrif­tenreihe des Stl. Inst. f. deutsche Musik­forschung', Heft 2),1937.

151. BESSARABOFF, NICHOLAS, Ancient Euro­pean Musical Instruments (Cambridge, Mass, Harvard Univ. Press, 1941).

152. BEST, ELSDON, Maori Songs ('New Zealand Official Yearbook' 1918, p. 739).

153. BHATKANDE, VISHNU NARAYAN, A Com­parative Study ot some ot the Leading Music Systems ot Isth, I6th, I7th and I8th Centuries (Madras, 2/1949).

154. BIELEN STEIN , J ., Lettische Volkslieder (Riga, 1918).

155. BIRO, L. A., Magyarische Sprach- und Gesangsau/nahmen (1913).

156. BLAES, JACOB, Die Kinder-Singspiele aut der Insel Ali, nordiist Neu-Guinea ('Anthropos' XLI-XLIV, p. 119 ft.), 1946-'49).

157. BLAUKOPF, K., Musiksoziologie (1950). 157a. BLUME, FRIEDRICH, Das Rasseproblem

in der Musik (Wolfenbiittel, 1938). 158. BOAS, FRANZ, Chinook Songs ('Journal of

American Folklore' I, p. 220 ff.), 1888. 159. -- Songs and Dances ot the Kwakiutl

('Journal of American Folklore' I), 1888. 159a.--The Central Eskimo (1884). p. 648 ft. 160. BODEN CLOSS, C., Malayan musical

instruments (' Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society Malayan Branch' XLV, p. 285 ff.), 1906.

160a. BONASCORSI, A., Italian Folk Music (,Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed., vol. III, p. 299 ff.), 1954·

161. BOONE, OLGA, Les Xylophones du Congo Beige (Annales du Musee du Congo BeIge, Ethnographie, Serie III, Notes analytiques sur les Collections du Musee du Congo BeIge, vol. III, fasc. 2, p. 69 ff.), Tervueren, 1936.

162. -- Les Tambours du Congo Beige et du Ruanda-Urundi (ibid., N.S. Sciences de l'Homme. Ethnographie, vol. I), Ter­vueren, 1951.

163. BORMIDA, MARCELO, Pampidos y Austra­loides; Coherencias ergologicas y miticas ('Archivos Ethnos' I, fasc. 2, p. 51 ff.), Buenos Aires, Sept. 1952.

164. BORN, Einige Bemerkungen iiber Musik, Dichtkunst und Tanz der Yapleute ('Z. f. Ethnologie' XXXV, p. 134 ff.), 1903.

165. BORREL, E., La question de la polyphonie en Orient ('Tribune de St. Gervais' XXII, p. 57 ff.), 1921.

166. -- La Musique turque (,Revue de Musicologie' III, p. 149 ff.; IV, p. 26 ff. and 60 ff.), 1922/,23).

167. -- Contribution a la bibliographie de la

- 69

musique turque ('Revue des Etudes Islamiques' II, p. 513 ff.), 1928.

168. -- Publications musicologiques turques (,Revue de Musicologie' XIV, p. 235 ff.), 1933·

169. -- Sur la musique secrete des tribus turques AUvi ('Revue des Etudes Islami­ques' VIII, p. 241 ff.), 1934.

170. -- La musique turque ('La Musique des origines a. nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 433 ff.), 1946.

170a. --Les poetes Kizil Bach et leur musique (,Revue des Etudes Islamiques' XV, p. 157 ff.), 1947.

171. BOSANQUET, R. H. M., On the Hindoo Division of the Octave, with some ad­ditions to the Theory of Systems ot Higher Orders ('Proc. of the R. Soc. of London' XXVI, p. 372), 1877; reprinted in S. M. TAGORE, 'Hindu Music from various authors' (Calcutta, 1882), p. 317 ff.

172. BOSE, FRITZ, Die Musik der Uitoto ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' II, p. Iff.), 1934.

173. -- Lieder der Viilker. Die Musikplatten des Instituts tiir Lautforschung. Katalog und Eintiihrung. (Berlin, 1935).

174. --Musikderaussereuropttischen Viilker (' Atlantisbuch der Musik'1/1937, 8/1953), p. 789 ff.

175. -- Typen der Volksmusik in Karelien (' Archivf. Musikforschung' 1938, p. 96ff.)

176. --Musik und Musikinstrumente des Balkan ('Atlantis' 1938, fasc. II).

117. -- Introduction and some chapters in ELSE ZIEHM, 'Rumi!.nische Volksmusik' (Berlin, 1939).

178. -- Eintluss der Musikerziehung aut Begabung und Leistung ('Der Erzieher' No. 37, 1940, p. 3 ff.)

179. -- Musikpolitische Autgaben in Afrika ('Koloniale Rundschau' 1941).

180. -- Klangstile als Rassenmerkmale ('Z. f. Rassenkunde' XIV, p. 78 ff. and p. 208 ff.), 1943/'44.

181. -- Rassentheorie und Rassentorschung in der vergleichenden Musikwissenschajt ('Musikbli!.tter' No. 16, 1948, p. 5 ff.)

182. -- Vergleichende Musikwissenschatt heute ('Musica' III, p. 255 ff.), 1949.

183. -- Das Verstehen exotischer Musik ('Melos' XVII, p. 244 ff.), 1950.

184. -- Das Sprache-Musik-Problem ('Musica' V, p. 82 ff.), 1951.

185. -- Messbare Rassenunterschiede in del' Musik ('Homo' II, Heft 4), Gottingen, 1952.

186. -- Ein HUtsmittel zur Bestimmung der Schrittgriisse beliebiger I ntervalle ('Die Musikforschung' V, p. 205 ff.), 1952.

*187. -- Musikalische Viilkerkunde (Frei­burg iJBr., 1953).

188. -- Die Tonqualitttten. ERICH M. VON HORNBOSTEL zum Gedi!.chtnis (1877-

1935) ('Z. f. Phonetik u. allgem. Sprach­wissenschaft' VII, p. 283 ff.), 1953.

189. -- Volksmusik in Indien ('Musica' V, p. 178 ff.), 1954.

190. -- Instl'umentalstile in primitiveI' Musik (,Kongressbericht Bamberg 1953', p. 212 ff.), 1954.

191. BOSE,S., The The01'y 01 Melodies; Some Aspects 01 Indian Music ('Perspective' II, p. 47 ff.), Sept. 1947.

192. BOUISSET, MAx, La Musique au Viet­Nam ('Sud-Est' Dec. 1950, p. 48 ff.).

192a. BOUVEIGNES, OLIVIER DE, La musique indigene au Congo BeIge ('African Music Society Newsletter' I, NO.3, p. 19 ff.), 1950. .

192b. -- Les danses negl'es (ibid. I, June 1952, p. 21 ff.).

193. Bouws, JAN, Zuid-AII'ikaanse volksmu­ziek (,Mens en Melodie' V, p. 125 ff.),1950.

194. BoYS, R. S., Music in Toowoomba (Queensland) (The Canon' IV, p. 300 ff.), 1951.

195. BRAILOIU, CoNSTANTIN, Esquisse d'une methode de lolklol'e musical ('La Revue de Musicologie' No. 40), 1932.

196. -- Die I'umanische Volksmusik ('Me­langes offertes a Zoltan Kodaly' p. 300 ff.), 1943.

197. -- Le Folklore musicale ('Musica Aetema', French edition, vol. II, p. 277 ff.), 1948

198. -- Le I'hytme Aksak (Abbeville, 1952). 199. -- A propos du iodel ('Kongressber.

Intern. Musikges., Basel 1949', p. 69). 200. -- Le giusto syllabique bichl'one (,Poly­

phonie' 1945, No.2, p. 26 ff.). 200a. -- Sur une melodie I'usse (in PIERRE

SOUVTCHINSKY, 'Musique Russe' vol. II, p. 329 11.), Paris, 1953.

201. BRANDEL, ROSE, Music 01 the Giants and Pygmies of the Belgian Congo (Watusi, Bahutu, Batwa) (' Journal of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' V, p. 16 ff.), 1952.

202. BRANDTS Buys, J. 5., Over het ondel'zoek del' J avaansche en daal'mee vel'wante muziek (,Koloniale Studien' IV, no. 3, p. 455 if.), 1920.

203. -- Over de ontwikkelingsmogelijkheden van de muziek op Java ('Djawa' I, Preli­minary Advices, vol. II, p. Iff.), 1921.

204. -- (in collab. with A. BRANDTS Buys­VAN ZIJP) Snol'I'epijpel'ijen ('Djawa' IV (1924), p. IS ff.; ibid. VI (1926), p. 31S ff.; ibid. XI (1931), p. 133 ff.; ibid. XII (1932), p. 50 ff.; ibid. XIII (1933), p. 205 ff. and 341 if.).

204a. -- Uitslag van de prijsvraag inzake een Javaans muziekschrift (,Djawa' IV, p. Iff.), 1924.

205. -- (in collab. with A. BRANDTS Buys­VAN ZIJP), Oude klanken (ibid. V, p. 16 ff.), 1925.

206. -- (in collab. with id.), Toetel's en piepel's (ibid. V (1925), p. 3II ff.; ibid. VI (1926), p. 27 ff., 76 ff. and 318 ff.).

207. -- (in collab. with id.), Over muziek in het Banioewangische (ibid. VI, p. 205 ff.), 1926.

208. -- (in collab. with id.), Over Iluiten ('Ned.-Indie Oud & Nieuw' XI, p. 57 ff. and 155 ff.), 1926/,27.

209. -- (in collab. with id.), Over spleet­tl'omol'kesties (,De Muziek' II, p. 389 ff. and 437 ff.), 1928.

210. -- (in collab. with id.), De toonkunst bij de Madoel'eezen ('Djawa' VIII, p. I ff.), 1928.

2II. -- (in collab. with id.), Een en andel' over J avaansche muziek ('Program of the Java-Congress, held on 27-29 Dec. 1929 at Solo, on the occasion of the 10th anniversary of the Java-Institute' p. 45 ff.), 1929.

212. -- (in collab. with id.), Inlandsche dans en muziek (Timboel' III, nrs. 13, 15, 16, 17 and IS), 1929.

213. -- Toovel'klanken. Muzikale pikoelans ('Djawa' XII, p. 341 ff.), 1932.

214. -- De tiantang baloeng's (ibid. XIII, p. 258 ff.), 1933.

215. -- De muziek van de Sekaten-gamelans (ibid. XIV, p. 243 ff.), 1934.

216. -- (in collab. with A. BRANDTS Buys­VAN ZIJP), Omtl'ent notaties en tl'an­sCl'ipties en over de constl'uctie van game­lanstukken (ibid. XIV, p. 127 ff.), 1934.

217. -- (in collab. with id.), Lands tl'an­scripties van gendings (ibid. XV (1935), p. 174 ff.; ibid. XVI (1936), p. 230 ff.; ibid. XVIII (1938), p. IS2 ff.).

21S. -- (in collab. with id.), Omtrent de rebab (ibid. XIX, p. 368 ff.), 1939.

219. -- Het gewone Javaansche tooncijfer­schrift (het Solosche kepatihan-schrift) (ibid. XX, p. 87 ff.), 1940.

220. BRASCHOWANOW, ST., Das bulgarische Volkslied als Brauchtum und Kunst (' J ahrbuch des Auslandamtes der deut­schen Dozentenschaft', Leipzig, 1942).

221. -- Bulgal'ische Musik ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' II, col. 453 ff.), 1952.

222. BRAZYS, TH., Die Singweisen del' litaui­schen Daina (1918).

223. BREHMER, FRITZ, Melodieauffassungund melodische Begabung des Kindes ('Z. f. angewandte Psychologie' 1927, Beiheft 36).

224. BRELOER, BERNHARD, Die Grundele­mente del' altindischen Musik nach dem Bharatiya-natya-Sdstra (Bonn, 1922).

226. BRIS, E. LE, Musique annamite: Airs traditionnels. (,Bull. des Amis du Vieux Hue' IX, p. 255 ff.), 1922.

227. -- Musique annamite: les musiciens

70 -

aveuglesdeHue (ibid. XIV,p.137ff.),1927. 228. BRITON, H. H., Philosophy of Music

(19II ). 229. BROHOLM, H. C., J. P. LARSEN and G.

SK]ERNE, The LUl'es of the BI'onze Age (Copenhagen, 1949).

230. BR6MSE, PETER, Floten, Schalmeien und Sackpfeifen Sudslawiens (,Ver6ffentl. des Musikw. Inst. der deutschen Univ. in Prag'), Briinn, 1937.

231. -- Von sUdslawischel' Volksmusik (,Musikblil.tter der Sudetendeutschen' II).

232. BRUCE-MITFORD, R. L. S., The Sutton Hoo Ship BUl'ial (,Comm. of the R. Inst. of Great Britain', 21th Oct. 1949).

233. BRUCKER, FRITZ, Die Blasinstl'umente in del' altfl'anzosischen Litel'atul' (Giessen, 1926).

234. BUCHER, KARL, AI'beit und Rhythmus (5/1918).

235. BUCK, PETER H., Pan-pipes in Poly­nesia (' Journal of the Polynesian Soc.' L, p. 173 ff.), 1941.

236. BUDDE, KARL, Das Schwil'rholz Wel'k­zeug del' alttestamentlichen Totenbeschwo­rung? ('Z. f. d. Alttest. Wiss.' XLVI, p. 75 ff.), 1928. .

237. BUHLE, E., Die musikalischen Instru­mente in den Miniaturen des fruhen Mittelaltel's (Leipzig, 1903).

238. BUKOFZER, MANFRED, Magie und Tech­nik in del' Alpenmusik (,Schweizer Annalen' 1926, Heft III, p. 205).

239. -- Prazisionsmessungen an primitiven Musikinstrumenten ('Z. f. Physik' vol. 99, p. 643 ff.), 1936.

240. -- Kann die Blasquintentheorie ZUl' Erklarung exotischerTonsysteme beitl'agen? ('Anthropos' XXXII, p. 402 ff.), 1937.

241. -- The Evolution of Javanese Tone­systems (,Papers read at the Intern. Congress of Musicology, held at New York, Sept. IIth to 16th, 1939', p. 241 ff.), New York, 1944.

242. -- Blasquinte (in 'Die Musik in Ge­schichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 1918 ff.), 1951.

243. BURLIN, NATHALIE, The Indian's Book (New York/London, 1907, 3/1935).

244. BURNIER, TH., Chants zambeziens (Paris, undated).

245. BURROWS, EDWIN G., Some Paumotu chants (' Journal of the Polynesian Soc.' XII, p. 221 ff.), 1903.

246. -- Native music of the Tuamotus (,Bull. No. 109 of the Ber. F. Bishop Mus.'), Honolulu, 1933.

247. -- Music of the Tahaki chants (in J. F. STIMSON, The legends of Mani and Tahaki) (Bull. No. 127 of the Ber. F. Bishop Mus.), Honolulu, 1934.

248. -- Polynesian part singing ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' II, p. 6g if.), 1934.

*249. -- Polynesian music and dancing (' Journal of the Polynesian Soc.' XLIX, p. 331 ff.), 1940.

250. BURTON, FREDERICK R., Amel'ican primitive music, with especial attention to the songs of the Ojibways (New York, 1909).

250a. BUTTREE, JULIA M., The rhythm of the I'ed man: in song, dance and decoration (Barnes, 1930).

251. BUVARP, HANS, Studiet av Folkemusik­ken. Problemer verdrerende det metodiske GI'unnlag ('Norveg. Folkelivsgransking' 2), Oslo, 1952.

252. CADMAN, CHARLES W., The 'idealization' of Indian music ('The Musical Quarterly' I, p. 387 if.), 1915.

253. CADWELL, HELEN, Hawaiian music ('Hawaiian Annual' 1916, p. 71 ff.).

253a. CAFEROGLU, AHMED, 75 azerbaytanische Liedel' 'Bayaty' in del' Mundart von Gdntd nebst einel' sprachlichen Einleitung ('Mitt. d. Seminars f. Orientalischen Sprachen zu Berlin' XXXII, 2 Abt. p. 55 ff. (1929), p. 105 if. (1930)).

254. CAHEN,ABRAHAM,Hlfbreux(inLAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' I, p. 67 ff.), undated, but before 1913.

255. CALLENFELS, P. V. VAN STEIN, The age of bronze kettledl'ums ('Bull. of the Raffles Mus.' Series B, vol. I no. 3, p. 150 if.), 1937.

256. CAMPBELL, Notes on the musical instru­ments of the Nepalese (in S. M. TAGORE, Hindu Music from various authors), Calcutta, 1882 (vide below No. 1761).

257. CAMPOS, RUBEN M., EI folklore y la musica mexicana (Publ. of the Secr. of Publ. Educ.), Mexico, 1928.

258. --El folklore musical de Mexico (,Es­tudios Latino-americanos' III, p. 137 ff.),.1937·

260. CAPITAN, L'omichicahuatzli mexicain et son ancetl'e de l' epoque du I'enne en Gaule ('Proc. Congress of Americanists' XVI), Vienna, 1908.

261. CARPENTIER, ALE]O, La musica en Cuba (Mexico, 1946).

262. CARRINGTON, J. F., A compal'ative study of some Central African Gong-languages ('Mem. Inst. Royal Col. BeIge', Brussels, 1949)·

263. CASTANEDA, DANIEL, and V. T. MEN­DOZA, Los percutol'es precortesianos (' Ana­les del Museo Nacional de Arqueologfa' VIII), 1933.

264. -- and -- Los teponaztlis en las civilizaciones pl'ecol'tesianas (ibid.), 1933.

265. CASTELLANOS, ISRAEL, Instrumentos mu­sicales de los Afrocubanos ('Archivos del Folklore Cubano' II, p. 193 if.), Havana, 1926.

266. CHAITANYA DEVA, B., The emergency of

7I -

lhe drone in Indian music, a psychological approach ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XXIII, p. 126 ff.), 1952.

267. CHANDRA VEDI, PANDIT R. DILIP, Compositions and the six fundamental Ragas of Hindusthani Music ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XX, p. 104 ff.), 1949.

268. CHAO, WEI-PANG, Modern Chinese Folk­lore Investigation ('Folklore Studies of the Museum of Oriental Ethnology, Ca­tholic Univ. of Peking' I, p. 55 ff. and III, p. 79ff.), 1942 and '43.

26g. -- Yang-ko: the Rural Theatre in Ting­hsien, Hopei (ibid. III, p. Iff.), 1944.

270. CHAO, Y. R., Music (in SOPHIA CHEN ZEN, 'Symposium on Chinese Culture'), 1931.

271. CHAUVET, STEPHEN, La musique negre (Paris, 1929).

272. CHAVEZ, CARLOS, La Musica. Pari I. La musica en las culturas Indias (,Mexico y la Cultura', p. 475 ff.), Mexico, 1946.

273. CHENGALAVARAYAN, N., Music and musical instruments of the ancient Tamils ('Quarterly Journal of the Mythic Soc.' XXVI), 1935.

273a. CHERBULIEZ, ANTOINE E., Swiss Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 376 ff.), 1954.

274. CHINCHORE, PRABHAKAR, and IMOGEN HOLST, Ten Indian Folktunes for Solo Descant Recorder (Soc. of Recorder Players, No. 19, Schott & Co., London), undated.

275. CHINNASWAMY MUDALIAR, A. H., Ori­ental Music in Staff Notation (Madras, 1892 ).

276. CHINNERY, E. W; P., Further Notes on the Wooden Kipi Trumpet and Conch Shell by the Natives of Papua ('Man' XVII, p. 73, No. 55), 1917.

277. CHOTTIN, ALEXIS, Airs populaires re­ceuillis a Fes ('Hesperis' III, p. 275 ff.; IV, p. 225 ff.), 1923/,24.

278. -- La musique marocaine ('Outre Mer' March 1929).

279. -- Les visages de la musique marocaine ('Le Menestrel' vol. 93, p. 217 and 230), 1931.

280. -- Corpus de musique marocaine, fasc. I: Nouba de Ochchak (Paris, 1931).

281. -- Airs populail'es marocains ('Le Menestrel' vol. 94, P·35 I , 359, 367), 1932.

282. -- Chants et danses berbel'es au Maroc (ibid., vol. 95, p. 359), 1933·

283. -- Instruments, musique et danse chleuhs ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. II ff.), 1933.

284. -- La pratique du chant chez les musi­ciens marocains (ibid. I, p. 52 ff.), 1933.

285. -- Corpus de musique marocaine, fasc.

-72

2: Musique el dames buberes du pays chleuh (Paris, 1933).

286. -- Bsat (,Revue de Musicologie' XVIII, p. 66 ff.), 1934.

287. -- Y4 Asaf4, complainte arabe sur la pertede l'Andalousie ('Z. f.vergl. Musikw.' III, p. 83 ff.), 1935.

288. -- Tableau de la musique marocaine (Paris, 1939).

289. -- La musique musulmane ('La Musi­que des origines a nos jours', ed. La­rousse, p. 74 ff.), 1946.

290. -- (in collab. with HANS HICKMANN) Arabische Musik ('Die Musik in Ge­schichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 577 ff.), 1951.

*291. -- Visages de la musique ",arocaine ('Encycl. coloniale et maritime', serie IV, Maroc: Fasc. 14), undated.

29Ia. CHRISTENSEN, A., La vie musicale dans la civilisation des Sassanides ('Bull. de l' Association Fran~aise des AInies de I'Orient', Paris, 1926, p. 24.

292. CHRISTIAN, GEOFFREY, A new musical instrument from Papua ('Man' XXXII, No. 70), 1932.

293. CLARK, E. R., Negro folk music in A menca (' J oumal of American Folklore, LXIV, No. 253, p. 281 ff.), 1951.

294. CLEMENS, W. M., Songs of the South Sea islanders ('Munsey's Magazine' Febr. 1901).

295. CLEMENTS, E., Introduction to the Study of Indian Music (an attempt to reconcile modern Hindostani music with ancienl musical theory and to propound an accurate and comprehensive method of treatment of the subject of Indian musical intonation (London/New York/Bombay/ Calcutta, 1913).

296. CLOSSON, ERNEST, L'instl'ument de musi­que comme document ethnogl'aphique (,Guide Musical', p. 2 ff., Bruxelles, 1902).

297. -- M. von Hornbostel et l'ethnographie musicale (,Guide Musical' LX, p. 335 ff.), 1914.

298. -- A propos de la Zambumbia colom­bienne ('Acta Musicologica' II, p. 122 if.), 1930.

299. -- Un principe exotique inconnu d'or­ganologie musicale ('La Revue musicale' XIII, p. 200 ff.), 1932.

300. -- La flate egyptienne antique de Fetis ('Acta Musicologica' IV, p. 145 ff.), 1932.

30!. -- Questionnaire d'Ethnogl'aPhie. Mu­sique (,Bull. de la Soc. Royale Beige de Geographie' XLIX, p. 132 ff.), 1925.

302. -- Les melodies lithurgiques sYl'iennes et chaldeennes ('La vie et les Arts lithurgiques' No. 134, p. 178 ff.), Paris, Febr.I926.

302a. COCKS, WILLIAM A., Bagpipe ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed., vol. I, p. 344), 1954.

303. COEUROY, ANDRE, Le folklot"e et la chanson populail'e en Europe ('La Mu­sique des origines a. nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 83 ff.), 1946.

304. COLLAER, PAUL, Impot"tance des musiques ethniques dans la culture musicale con­tempol'ail'e (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' IV, p. 56 ff.), 1952.

304a. -- Notes SUI' la musique d'Afrique centrale ('Problemes d' Afrique Centrale' VII, p. 267 ff.), 1954.

305. COMBARIEU, JULES, La musique et la magie. Etude surles origines populail'es de l'al't musical, son influence et sa fonction dans les societes (Paris, 1909).

306. -- Histoil'e de la Musique (Paris, 1913), vol. I.

307. COMETTANT, 0., La musique, les musi­dens et les instruments de musique chez les diffel'ents peuples du monde (Paris, 1869).

308. CoNDOMINAS, G., Le lithophone pre­historique de Ndut Lieng Krak (,Bull. de l'Ecole Fran~aise d'Extr~me Orient' XLV, p. 359 ff.), Hanoi 1952 (written in 1950).

309. CONKLIN, HAROLD C., and WILLIAM C. STURTEVANT, Seneca Indian Singing Tools at Coldspring Longhouse (,Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc.' XCVII, p. 262 ff.), June 1953.

310. COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K., Indian Music ('The Musical Quarterly' III, p. 163 ff.), 1917.

3II. -- The parts of a VinCi (ibid. L, p. 238 ff.),1930.

312. -- The old Indian VinCi ('Journal of the Amer. Oriental Soc.' LI, p. 47 ff.), 1931.

313. -- A passage on VinCi-playing ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' III, p. 88), 1935.

313a. CORBET, AUGUST L., Netherlandish Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th. ed. vol. III, p. 317 ff.), 1954.

*314. COURANT, MAURICE, Essai kistot"ique SUI' la musique classique ·des Chinois, avec un appendice relatif a la musique coreenne (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.', vol. I, p. 77 ff.), 1912.

315. -- J apon, notice histol'ique (ibid., p. 242 ff.), 1912.

316. COURLANDER, HAROLD, Notes from a A byssinian diary ('The Musical Quarterly' XXX, p. 345 ff.), 1944.

317. CRAMPTON, H. E., The songs of Tahiti (,American Museum Journal' XII, p. 141 ff.), 1912.

318. CRINGAN, ALEXANDER T., Iroquois Folk Songs ('Archeological Report, Appendix to Report of Minister of Education', Toronto, 1902, p. 137 ff.).

-73

318a CROSSLEy-HoLLAND, P., Tibetan Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. VII, p. 456 ff.), 1954.

318b. -- Welsh Folk Music ('Grove's Dic­tionary' 5th ed., vol. III, p. 398 ff.), 1954·

319. CSENKI, IMRE and SANDOR, Nepdal­gyuitBs a magyal'ot"szdgi cigdnyok kOzott (A collection of folkmusic among the gipsies in Hungary) (in 'Melanges offerts a. ZOLTAN KODALY a. l'occasion de son 60ieme anniversaire', p. 343 ff.), Buda­:e.est, 1943·

320. CU{:KOV, EMANUIL, Contenue ideologique et pl'oces I'hythmique de la danse populail'e macedonienne (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council, IV, p. 39 ff.), 1952.

321. CUNNINGHAM, ELOISE, The Japanese Ko­uta and Ha-uta, the 'Uttle songs' of the I7th century ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXIV, p. 68 ff.), 1948.

322. DALAL, NAVINKUMAR, Die Pflege del' indischen Kunstmusik ('Musica' V, p. 182 ff.), 1954.

323. DAM Bo, The music of the Pemsians ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XXI, p. 139 ff.), 1950.

324. DANCKERT, WERNER, Ursymbole melo­dischel' Gestaltung (Kassel, 1932).

325. -- Ostasiatische Musik4sthetik ('Osta­siatische Zeitschrift', N.S. VII), 1931.

326. -- Musikwissenschaft und Kultul'kI'eis­lehl'e ('Anthropos' XXXII, p. Iff.), 1937.

327. -- Musikethnologische Erschliessung del' Kulturkl'eise ('Mitteil. d. Anthrop. Ges. Wien' LXVII, p. 53 ff.), 1937.

328. -- Wandel'nde Liedweisen, eine Grund­frage volkskundlichel' Musikfol'schung (' Archiv f. Musikforschung' II, p. 101 ff.), 1937.

329. -- Grundriss der Volksliedkunde (Ber­lin, 1938).

330. -- Das europaische Volkslied (Berlin, 1939).

331. -- A felhang nelkUli pentatonica erdete (The origin of anhemitonic pentatonic scales) in 'Melanges offerts a. ZOLTAN KODALY a. l'occasion de son 60ieme anniversaire', p. 9 ff.), Budapest, 1943.

332. -- Alteste Musikstile und Kultul'schich­ten in Ozeanien und Indonesien ('Z. f. Ethnologie'vol. 77, p. 198 ff.), 1952.

333. DANIEL, F. S., The Music and the Musi­cal Instruments of the Arabs (1915).

334. DANIELOU, ALAIN, Introduction to the Study of Musical Scales (London, 1943).

335. -- The categories of intervals 01' Sruti J atis ('The Journal of the Music Aca­demy Madras' XVII, p. 74 ff.), 1946.

336. -- The different schools of Indian Music (ibid. XIX, p. 165 ff.), 1948.

*337. - Northern Indian Music (2 vols.): I. Histot"y, Theory and Technique (London I

Calcutta, 1950); II. The main Ragas. An analysis and notation (London, 1953).

338. -- A Commentary on the Mahesvara Sutra ('The 10urnal of the Music Acade­my, Madras' XXII, p. 119 ff.), 1951.

339. -- Notes on the Sangita Damodara (ibid. XXII, p. 129 ff.), 1951.

340. -- Some Problems facing research on Indian Literatures on Music (ibid. XXIII, p. 117 ff.), 1952.

341. -- Catalogue of Indian Music (Unesco, Paris, 1952).

342. -- Research on Indian Music ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XXIV, p. 57 ff.), 1953.

343. -- Les arts traditionels et leur place dans la culture de l'Inde ('L'originalite des cultures', p. 200 ff.), Paris (Unesco), 1953, 2/1954·

344. DARMSTETER, JAMES, Chants populaires des Afghans (,Soc. asiatique, Collection d'ouvrages orientaux', 2nd series), Paris, 1880-1890 (2 vols.).

345. -- Afghan Songs ('Selected Essays' p. 105 ff.), Boston, 1895.

346. DAS, K. N., The Music of Assam ('The Journal of the Music Academy' XXI, p. 143 ff.), 1950.

347. -- Time Theory of the Ragas (ibid. XXII, p. 69 ff.), 1951.

347a. DAVID, PAUL, Basque Folk Music (,Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 193 ff.), 1954.

348. DAVIES, E. HAROLD, Aboriginal Songs of Central- and South-A ustralia ('Ocea­nia' II, p. 454 ff.), 1932.

349. DAVY, J., Music of Ceylon (in: S. M. TAGORE, 'Hindu Music from various authors'), Calcutta, 1882.

350. DAWSON, WARRINGTON, Le caractere special de la musique negre en Amerique (' Journal de la Soc. des Americanistes' XXIV, p. 273 ff.), 1932.

351. DAY, CHARLES RUSSELL, The Musical I nst1'Uments of Southern India and the Deccan (New York/London, 1891).

352. -- Notes on Indian Music (,Proc. of the Mus. Ass.' XX, p. 45 ff.), 18931'94.

353. -- Denkmaler det' fapanischen Ton­kunst (Tokyo, 1930).

354. DEACON, A. BERNARD, Malekula, a vanishing people in the New Hebrides (London, 1934), p. 41 ff., 391 ff. and 498 ff.

355. DECHEVRENS, S. J., Etudes de science musicale (Paris, 1898), 4 vols, containing a.o.: Systeme model de Pythagore et des Grecs posterieurs; La musique greco­romaine et l' octoechos; Chants liturgiques chez les ] uifs et les Orientaux; Melodies armeniennes, etc.

356. -- Etude sur Ie systeme musical chinois (,Sammelb. d. Intern. Musikges.' II, p. 485 ft.), 1901.

357. DE]ARDIN, A., Alain Gheerbrant aux sources de l'homme ('Syntheses' VII, No. 78, p. 50 ff.), 1952.

358. DELGADILLO, LUIS A., La Musica Indigena y Colonial en Nicaragua (,Estudios Musicales' I, NO·3, p. 43 ff.), Mendoza, Argentina, 1950.

359. DELMAS, SIMEON, Ami hune (chant de cannibales) (,Bull. de la Soc. d'Etudes Oceaniennes' III, p. 254 ff.), 1929.

360. DEMIEVILLE, PAUL, La Musique Came au Japan ('Etudes Asiatiques', vol. I, p. 199 ff.), 1925.

361. DENES, BARTHA, and KISS, J6ZSEF, (jt6dfelszdz enekek (Budapest, 1953).

362. DENSMORE, FRANCES, The Music of the Philippinos ('Amer. Anthrop.' VIII No. 4, p. 611 ff.), 1906.

363. -- Scale formation in primitive music (' American Anthropologist' N.S. XI, p. Iff.), 1909.

364. -- Chippewa Music ('Bull. of the Bureau of American Ethnology' Nos. 45 and 53), 19IO and 1913.

366. -- The study of Indian music ('The Musical Quarterly' I, p. 187 ff.), 1915.

367. -- Teton Sioux Music (,Bull. of the Bureau of Amer. Ethnology' No. 61), 1918.

368. -- Indian action songs. A collection of descriptive songs of the Chippewa Indians, with directions for pantomimic represen­tation in schools and community en­sembles (Boston, 1921).

369. -- Recent developments in the study of Indian music ('Proc. of the 19th Intern. Congress of Americanists', Washington 1915. (Reprinted in 'Scientific Amer. Supplement', April 20, 1918).

370. -- The rhythm of Sioux and Chippewa music ('Art and Archaeology' IX, p. 59 ft.), 1920.

371. -- Northern Ute Music (,Bull. of the Bureau of American Ethnology' No. 75), 1922 .

372. -- Mandan and Hidatsa Music (ibid. No. 80), 1923.

373. -- Music in the treatment of the sick by American Indians ('Hygeia' April, 1923, p. 29 ff.).

374. -- Field studies of Indian music (,Exploration and Fieldwork Smithso­nian Inst. in 1923', p. 119 ff.), 1924.

375. -- Rhythm in the music of the American Indian ('Annales XX Congress Interna­cional de Americanistas' Rio de Janeiro, 1924, p. 85 ff.).

376. -- Study of Tule Indian music (,Explo­ration and Fieldwork Smithsonian Inst. in 1924', p. 115 ff.), 1925.

377. -- Music of the Tule Indians of Panama (,Smithsonian Miscellaneous

-74-

Collections' vo!' 77, No. II, pub!, No. 2864). 1926.

378. -- The American Indians and their Music (New York, 1926, 2/1936).

379. -- The Study of Indian Music in the I9th century ('American Anthropologist' XXIX, p. 77 ff.). 1927.

380. -- Handbook of the collection of musical instruments in the U.S.A. National museum (Washington, 1927).

381. -- The use of music in the treatment of the sick by American Indians ('The Musical Quarterly' XIII, p. 555 ff.), 192 7.

382. -- Some results of the Study of Ameri­can I ndian Music (' Journal of the Washington Acad. of Science' XVIII), 1928.

383. -- Music of the Winnebago Indians ('Exploration and Fieldwork Smith­sonian Inst. in 1927', p. 183 if.), 1928.

384. -- The melodic formation of Indian songs (' Journal of the Washington Acad. of Sciences' XVIII, p. 16 ff.), 1928.

385. -- Papago Music ('Bull. of the Bureau of American Ethnology' No. 90), 1929.

386. -- Pawnee Music (ibid. No. 93).. 1929

387. -- Music of the Winnebago and Meno­minee Indians of Wisconsin (,Explo­ration and Fieldwork Smithsonian Inst. in 1928', p. 189 ff.). 1929.

388. -- Importance of rhythm in songs for the treatment of the sick by American Indians ('Scientific Monthly' LXXIX, p. 109 ff.), 1954.

389. -- Music of the Winnebago, Chippewa and Pueblo Indians ('Explor. and Field­work of the Smithsonian Inst. in 1930', Pub!. 31I1, p. 217 ff.), 1931.

390. -- Music of the American Indians at public gatherings ('The Musical Quarterly' XVII, p. 464 ff.), 1931.

391. -- The native music of American Samoa ('Amer. Anthropologist' XXXIV, p. 415 ff. and 694 ff.), 1932.

392. -- Menominee Music ('Bull. of the Bureau of Amer. Ethnology', No. 102), 1932.

393. -- Yuman and Yaki Music (ibid. No. 1I0). 1932.

394. -- The music of the North American Indians (,Proc. of the XXV Congress of Americanists, 1932', p. 119 ff.), 1932.

395. -- A resemblance between Yuman and Pueblo Songs (,Amer. Anthropologist' XXXIV, p. 694 ff.), 1932.

396. -- The songs of Indian soldiers during the world war (,The Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 419 ff.), 1934.

397. -- A Study of Indian Music in the Gulf States (,Amer. Anthropologist' XXXVI, p. 386 ff.), 1934.

398. -- On 'expression' in Indian singing (ibid., p. 487 ff.), 1934.

399. -- Cheyenne and Arapaho Music (Pub!. of the S. W. Museum), 1936.

400. -- The Alabama Indians and their music ('Straight Texas', No. 13, p. 270 ff.), Austin, 1937.

401. -- Music of Santo Domingo Pueblo, New Mexico (Pub!. of the S. W. Mu­seum), 1938.

402. -- Musical instruments of the Maidu Indians ('Amer. Anthropo!.' XLI, p. 1I3 ff.). 1939.

403. -- The use of the term 'tetrachord' in musicology (' Journal of Musico!.' I, p. 16 ff.), 1940.

404. -- Nootka and Quileute Music (,Bul!. of the Bureau of American Ethnology' No. 124). 1939·

405. -- Music of the Indians of British Columbia ('Anthropol. Papers' No. 27, Bull. No. 136 of the Bureau of American Ethnology' p. Iff.), 1943.

406. --Choctaw Music ('Anthropol. Papers' No. 28, Bull. No. 136 of the Bureau of American Ethnology', p. 101 ff.), 1943.

407. -- La musica de los indios norte­americanos ('Boletin Latino-Americano de Musica' V, p. 363 ff.), 1941.

409. -- The study of Indian music ('Annual Report, Smithsonian Inst. for 1941', p. 527 ff.), 1942.

410. -- The use of meaningless syllables in Indian songs ('Amer. Anthropo!.' XLV, p. 160 ff.), 1943.

41 I. -- Traces of foreign influences in the music of the American Indians (,Amer. Anthropo!.' XLVI, p. 106 ff.), 1944.

412. -- A search for songs among the Chitimacha Indians of Louisiana ('Bur. Amer. Ethno!. Bull. No. 133, Anthropol. Papers No. 19, p. Iff.), 1944.

413. -- The importance of recordings of Indian songs (' Amer. Anthropol. ' XLVII, p. 4),1945·

414. DEUBNER, LUDWIG, Die viersaitige Leier ('Mitt. d. Deutschen Archaologischen Inst., Athenische Abt.' LIV, p. 194 ff.), 1929.

415. Deutsche Volkslieder mit ihren Melodien (herausg. vom Deutschen Volkslied­archiv). vols. I (1935), II (1939), III (1954)·

416. DfVIGNE, ROGER, Rapport sur les P honotheques et leur r"le dans la culture musicale mondiale ('Orphee' I, 4th quarter, p. 30 ff.), 1953.

416a. --L'Indochine folklorique. Chants et musique du Laos, du Cambodge et de l'Annam ('Orphee' I, 4th quarter, 1953, p. II ff.).

417. DHARMA, P. C., Musical Culture in the

75 -

Ramayana ('Indian Culture' IV, p. 447 ft.),1937·

418. DIRR, A., as gecwgische Volkslietler ('Anthropos' V), 1910.

419. DITTMER, KUNZ, Musikinstl'Umente tier VolkM. Einfuhl'Ung in die Musikinstm­mentenkunde del' aussMeul'opaischen Vol­kel' (Hamburg, 1947).

420. -- ZUI' Entstehung del' KMnspaltflote ('Z. f. Ethnol: LXXV, p. 83 ff.), 1950.

421. DIXON, ROLAND B., The musical bow in Califcwnia ('Science' N.S. XIII, p. 274 ff.), 1901.

422. DJORDJEVIC, VLADIMIR R., Skopke gai­dal'dfie i nfihovi musilki instl'Umenti (Skopje, 1926).

423. -- Nekofi. delfi nal'odni muzilki in­stl'Umenti ('Svete Cecilije' XXII), 1928.

424. -- Melodies populail'es sel'bes (Sel'bie du sud) (Skoplje, 1928).

425. -- Melodies populaires serbes (Beo­grad, 1931).

426. -- Collection of us sel'bian folk songs (Beograd,1933)·

427. -- 55 Serbian folkdance melodies harmonized for small orchestra (Beo­grad,1934)·

428. DJOUDJEFF, STOYAN, Rythme et Mesul'e dans la Musique populail'e Bulgal'e (Paris, 1931).

429. DODGE, ERNEST, and EDWIN T. BREW­STER, The acoustics of three Maori flutes ('Journal of the Polynesian Soc: LXIV, p. 39 ff.), 1945·

429a. DONINGTON, ROBERT, Instruments ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed., vol. IV, p. 487 ff.), 1954.

430. DONOSTIA, FATHER JosE ANTONIO DE, Basken ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 1366 ff.), 1949-'51.

431. -- Instrumentos musicales del pueblo vasco ('Anuario Musical' VII, p. 3 ff.), Barcelona, 1952.

432. -- Les instruments des danses popu­laires espagnoles (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VI, p. 26 ff.), 1954.

432a. -- La musica populal' vasca (Bilbao, 1918).

433. DRAGER, HANS HEINZ, Pl'inzip einel' Systematik del' Musikinstl'umente (Kas­sel, 1948).

434. -- Das Instrument als Trager und A usdruck des musikalischen Bewusstseins (,Kongress-Bericht Bamberg 1953' p. 67 ff.), 1954.

435. DRIVER, HAROLD E., The Spatial and Temporal Distribution of the Musical Rasp in the New World ('Anthropos' LVIII, p. 578 ff.), 1953.

436. DUCHESNE-GUILLEMIN, MARCELLE, La harpe en Asie occidentale ancienne (,Revue d'Assyriologie' XXXIV), 1937.

437. DURIYANGA, PHRA CHEN, A Talk on the

-76

Technic of Siamese Music in f'Blation to Western Music ('Newsletter of the African Music Soc: I, NO.4, p. 2 ff.), 1951.

437a. -- Thai Music (3rd ed., Bangkok, 1954)·

*438. DUYSE, FLORIMOND VAN, Het oude Nedel'landsche lied (Den Haag, 1903-'05).

439. EBERLEIN, P. J., Die Tl'ommelspl'ache auf del' Gazelle-Halbinsel (Neu-Pom­mef'n) ('Anthropos' V, p. 635 ff.), 1910.

440. EBNER, CARLOS BoRROMEU, Beitl'llge ZUI' Musikgeschichte am Amazonas ('An­ais missionarios do preciosissimo san­gue'), Belem, 1950.

441. ECKARDT, ANDREAS, Kcweanische Musik ('Mitteil. d. deutsche Ges. f. Nat.- u. Volkerk. Ost-asiens' XXIV, B), Tokyo, 1930.

442. ECKARDT, HANS, Die Ei und Saezuri, vel'schollene melismatische Gesangsfcwmen im fapanischen Tanz ('Kongressber: D.G.M.,LuneburgI950',P. 170ff.), 1951.

443. -- Rydwd ('Sinologica' III NO.2, p. IIO ff.), 1952.

444. -- Chinesische Musik ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' II, col. 1205 ff.), 1952.

445. -- Somakusa ('Sinologica' III NO.3, p. 174 ff.), 1953.

446. -- Die geistige Umwelt des Tachibana Narisue ('Nachrichten der ost-asiati­schen Ges: No. 34), Hamburg, 1953.

447. EHRENREICH, PAUL, Del' Flotentanz der Moki ('Z. f. Ethnol: XXXII, p. 494 ff.), 1900.

447a. ELIADE, MIRCEA, Le chamanisme et les techniques af'Chaiques de I' extase (Paris, 1951).

448. ELKIN, A. P.,. Al'nhemland Music ('Oceania' XXIV, p. 81 ff., XXV, p. 74 ff.), resp. Dec. 1953 and Dec. 1954 (to be

continued). 449. ELKIN, CLARENCE, M acwi Melodies

(Sydney, 1923). 450. ELLIS, ALEXANDER J., On the Con­

ditions of a Perfect Musical Scale on Instl'uments with Fixed Tones (Publ. of the Royal Society, 1864).

451. -- On the Physical Conditions' and Relations of Musical Chol'ds (Publ. of id., 1864).

452. -- On the Temperament of Instruments with Fixed Tones (Publ. of id., 1864).

453. -- On Musical Duodenes (Theory of Constl'ucting Instruments with Fixed Tones in just or practically just Into­nation) (Publ. of id., 1874).

454. -- Translation of and Commentary on HELMHOLTZ, 'Lehre von den Tonem­pfindungen' (1875).

455. -- Translation of and commentary on PREYER, 'Ueber die Grenzen der Ton­wahrnehmung' (1876/'77).

456. -- On the Measurement and Settle­ment of Musical Pitch (Publ. of the Musical Association, 1877).

457. -- The Basis of Music (Publ. of id., 1877).

458. -- Pronunciation for Singers (Publ. of id., 1877).

459. -- SPeech in Song (Publ. of id., 1878). 460. -- The History of Musical Pitch

(1880/,81). 461. -- Tonometrical Observations on some

existing non-harmonic Scales (,Froc. of the R. Soc.', 1884).

462. -- On the Musical Scales of Various Nations (,Journal of the Soc. of Arts', 1885).

463. ELWIN, VERRIER, Folksong of the Maikal hills (1944).

464. -- Folksongs of Chhattisgarh (1946). 465. EMERSON, JOSEPH, S., Music of the

Hawaiians. Singing, musical instruments (,Mid-Pacific Magazine' XII, p. 579 ff., XIII, p. 249 ff.), 1916 and '17.

466. EMERSON, NATHANIEL H., Unwritten Literature of Hawaii. The sacred songs of the Hula (,Bull. of the Bureau of Ame­rican Ethnology' No. 38), Washington, 1909.

467. EMMANUEL, MAURICE, Grece (Art Greco­Romain) (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Musique' I, p. 377 ff.), 19II.

468. EMRICH, DUNCAN, Folk Music of the United States and Latin America (com­bined catalogue of phonograph records) (The Library of Congress, Washington D.C., 1948).

469. EMSHEIMER, ERNST, Drei Tanzgesttnge del' Akamba ('Ethnos' 1937).

470. -- Ueber das Vorkommen und die A nwendungsart del' M aultrommel in Sibirien und Zentralasien ('Ethnos' 1941, p. 109 ff.).

471. -- The Music of the Mongols. Music of Eastern Mongolia ('Reports from the scientific expedition to the NW provin­ces of China under the leadership of Dr. SVEN HEDIN', publ. 21, p. 69 ff.), Stockholm, 1943.

• 472. - Musikethnograpkische Bibliogra­phie del' nicktslavische Volker in Russland ('Acta musicologica' XV, p. 34 ff.), 1943.

473. -- Zur Ideologie del' lappischen Zau­bertrommel ('Ethnos' 1944, p. 141 ff.).

474. -- Schamanentrommel und Trommel­baum (ibid. 1946, p. 166 ff.).

475. -- Eine sibirische Parallele zur lap­pischen Zaubertrommel? (ibid. 1948, p. 17 ff.).

476. -- A Lapp musical instrument (ibid. 1947, p. 86 ff.).

477- -- Lappischer Kultgesang (,Kongress­bericht Liineburg, 1950'), p. 153 ff.

.478. ENDO, HIROSI, Bibliography of Oriental

and Primitive Music (Tokyo, The Nanki Music Library, 1929).

479. ENGEL, CARL, The music of the most ancient nations, particularly of the Hebrews, with special reference to recent discoveries in Western Asia and in Egypt (London, 1864).

480. ENGEL, HANS, Ueber indische Musih ('Arch. f. Musikw.' IV, p. 202 ff.), 1939.

481. ERK, LUDWIG, and Father M. BOHME, Deutscher Liederhort (Leipzig, 1893-'94), 3 vols.

482. ERLANGER, RODOLPHE D', La musique arabe (5 vols.), Paris, 1930/'49.

483. -- L'ArcMologie musicale. Un vaste champ d'investigations pour les musiciens de la ieune generation (,Revue Musicale' XI, part 2, p. 45 ff.), 1930.

484. ESTREICHER, ZYGMUNT, The Music of the Caribou-Eskimos ('Encl. Arctica' II: Anthropology), New York, 1931.

485. -- Zur Polyrhythmik in del' Musik del' Eskimos ('Schw. Musikzeitung' LXXXVII, p. 4II ff.), 1947.

486. -- La musique des Esquimaux-Cari­bous ('Bull. de la Soc. neuchAteloise de Geographie' 1948, p. Iff.).

487. -- Teoriadwutonowychmelodii ('Kwar­talnik Muzycky' VI, p. 208 ff.), War­schau, 1948.

488. -- Die Musik del' Eskimos ('Anthro­pos' XLV, p. 659 ff.), 1950.

489. Eskimo-Musik (,Die Musik in Ge­schichte und Gegenwart' III, col. 1526 ff.), 1954.

489a. Ethno-musicology, Newsletters No. I

(Dec. 1953), 2 Aug. 1954), 3 (Dec. 1954) issued bij ALAN P. MERRIAM c.s., 1330, Martha Washington Drive, Wauwatosa 13, Wisconsin.

490. EXNER, F., and R. POCH, Phonographi­sche A ufnahmen in I ndien und N eu­guinea (1905).

491. FADDEGON, BAREND, Studies on the Samaveda, Part 1. ('Verhand. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch.' Afd. Letterk. N.S. LVII, No. I (Amsterdam 1951).

492. FARA, GIULIO, Su uno strumento musi­cale sardo (Turino, 1913) .

493. -- Giocattoli di musica rudimentale in Sardegna (Cagliari, 1916).

494. FARMER, HENRY GEORGE, The music and musical instruments of the Arab, by F. Salvador-Daniel (London, 1915).

495. -- The Arab Influence on Music in the Western Sudan, including References to Modern Jazz (,Musical Standard' N.S. XXIV, p. 158 ff.), 1924.

496. -- Clues for the Arabian Influence on European Musical Theory ('The Journal of the R. Asiatic Soc. of Gr. Britain and Ireland' '1925),

497. -- Byzantine Musical Instruments in

-77 -

the Ninth Century (,Journal of the Royal Asiatic Soc.' 1925, p. 299 ff.).

498. -- The Arabian influence on musical theory (London, 1925).

*499. -- The Arabic musical MSS. in the Bodleian Library (London, 1925).

500. -- Facts concerning the A rabian music­al influence ('Musical Standard' XXVI, p. 215 ff.; XXVII, p. 9 ff., 29 ff., 43 ff., 61 ff., 75 ff., 98 ff., II3 ff., 132 if., 161 if., 175, and 196 ff.). 1925 and '26.

501. -- The influence of music: from Arabic sources. Lecture delivered before the Musical Association (London, 1926).

502. -- The Canon and Eschaquiel of the Arabs ('Journal of the Royal Asiatic Soc.' 1926, p. 239 ff.).

503. -- Ibn Kurdadhbih on Musical Instru­ments (' Journal of the Royal Asiatic Soc.' 1928, p. 509 ff.).

504. -- A History of Arabian Music (London, 1929).

505. -- The evolution of the tambur or pan dare ('Transactions of the Glasgow Univ. Oriental Soc.' V), 1930.

506. -- Greek Theorists of Music in Arabic Translation ('Isis' XIV, p. 325 if.), 1930.

507. -- Historical facts for the Arabian musical influence (London, 1930).

508. -- Studies in Oriental musical Instru­ments (1st series), London, 1931, con­taining: A. The Medeaval Psaltery in the Orient B. The Origin of the Eschaquiel C. Two Eastern Organs D. A North African Folk Instrument E. Ninth Century Musical Instruments F. A Note on the Mizmar and Nay G. Meccan Musical Instruments H. The Origin of the Arabian Lute and

Rebec 509. -- The Organ of the Ancients: from

Eastern sources (Hebrew, Syriac and Arabic) (1931).

510. -- Music (in ARNOLD and GUILLAUME, 'The Legacy of Islam'), London, 1931.

51 I. -- The influence of Al-Farabi's 'Ihsa 'al- 'ulum' (De Scientiis) on the writers on music in Western Europe (' Journal of the R. Asiatic Soc.' 1931, p. 349 if.; ibid. 1932, p. 99 if. and 379 ff.).

512. -- The 'Ihsa 'al- 'ulum' ('Journal of the R. Asiatic Soc.' 1933, p. 906 if.).

513. -- Maimonides on listening to music (ibid. 1933, p. 867 ff.).

514. -- A further Arabic-Latin writing on Music (' Journal of the Royal Asiatic Soc.' 1933, p. 307 ff.).

515. -- Al-Farabi's Arabic-Latin Writings on Music (Glasgow, 1934).

516. -- Ancient Egyptian instruments of music ('Transactions Glasgow Univ. Oriental Soc.' VI), 1934.

517. -- Sa'adyah Gaon on the Influence 01 Music (Glasgow, 1934).

518. -- Turkish Instruments of Music in the Seventeenth Century, as described in the Siyahat Nama of Ewliya Chelebi (Glasgow, 1937).

519. -- Outline History of Music (in ARTHUR UPHAM POPE, 'Survey of Per­sian Art'), London, 1938.

520. -- Ancient Arabian musical instru­ments (translation of the 'Kitab al­malahi' by JAMES ROBSON; Notes on the instruments by FARMER), Glasgow, 1938.

521. -- Studies in Oriental musical instru­ments (2nd series), Glasgow, 1939, con­taining: A. Reciprocal Influences in Music 'Twixt

the Far and Middle East B. A Maghribi Work on Musical Instru-

ments C. An Old Moorish Lute Tutor D. The Lute Scale of Avicenna E. Was the A rabian and Persian Lute

fretted? F. The Instruments of Music on the Taq­

i-Bustan Bas Reliefs G. The Structure of the Arabian and

Persian Lute in the Middle Ages 522. -- Early References to Music in the

Western Sudan ('Journal of the Royal Asiatic Soc.' 1939, p. 569 if.).

523. -- Turkish Instruments of Music in the Fifteenth Century (' Journal of the Royal Asiatic Soc.' 1940, p. 195 ff.).

*524. -- The Sources of Arabian Music, an A nnotated Bibliography (Bearsden, 1940).

525. -- The Jewish Debt to Arabic Writers on Music ('Islamic Culture' XV, p. 59 ff.), 1941.

526. -- Music: The Priceless Jewel (from the 'Kitab al-iqd al-farid' of IBN 'ABD RABBIHI (d. 940)), Bearsden, 1942.

527. -- Wechselwirkungen mittel- und ost­asiatischer Musik (,Melanges offerts it ZOLTAN KODALY' p. 32 ff.), 1943.

528. -- The Music of the Arabian Nights (' Journal of the R. Asiatic Soc. of Gr. Britain' 1944, p. 172 ff.; ibid. 1945, p. 39 ff.).

529. -- The Minstrelsy of the Arabian Nights (Bearsden, 1945).

530. -- 'Ghosts'; an Excursus on Arabic Musical Bibliographies ('Isis' XXXVI, p. 123 if.), 1945/'46.

531. -- Oriental Studies, mainly musical (London, 1953): A. What is Arabian Music? B. Arabian 1\![usical Instruments on a

Thirtheenth Century Bronze Bowl C. Turkish Musical Instruments in the

Fifteenth Century D. The Importance of Ethnological Studies

E. Early References to Music in the Western Sudan

F. The Musical Instruments of the Sumerians and Assyrians

G. An early Greek Pandore *53Ia. -- Arabian Music ('Grove's Diction­

ary' 5th ed., vol. I, p. 179 if.), 1954. *531b. -- Berber Music (ibid. vol. I, p. 632

if.), 1954. *531C. -- Egyptian Music (ibid. vol. II, p.

891 ff.), 1954. *531d. -- Iraquian and Mesopotamian Mu­

sic (ibid. vol. IV, p. 529 ff.), 1954. *431e. -- Maghribi Music (ibid. vol. V, p.

504 ff.), 1954. *531f. -- Moorish Music (ibid. vol. V, p. 868

ff.), 1954. *531g. -- Persian Music (ibid. vol. VI, p.

676 ff.), 1954. *531h. -- Syrian Music (ibid. vol. VIII, p.

251 ff.). 1954. 531i. -- The Music of Ancient Mesopota­

mia ('The New Oxford History of Music', 3rd ed., vol. I), 1955.

531j. -- The Music of Ancient Egypt (ibid., vol. I), 1955.

531k. -- The Music oj Islam (ibid., vol. I), 1955·

532. FARNSWORTH, P. R., J. C. TREMBLEY, and C. E. DUTTON, Masculinity and Femininity of musical phenomena (' J our­nal Aesth. Art. crit.' IX, NO.3, p. 257 if.), 1951.

533. FELBER, ERWIN, Die Musik in den Marchen und My then del' verschiedenen Volker ('Report of the 4th Congress of the Intern. Musicol. Soc., London 19II'), p. 167 ff.

534. -- Die indische Musik del' vedischen und del' klassischen Zeit ('Sitzungsber. d. Kais. Akad. d. Wiss., Wien', Phil.-hist. Kl. 170 NO.7), 1912.

535. -- Oost en West in de muziek ('De Muziek' III, p. 398 ff.), 1929.

536. -- Del' Gesang im Orient und bei den Naturvolken ('Die Musik' XXII, p. 828 ff.), 1930.

537. FENTON, WILLIAM N., and GERTRUDE P. KURATH, The Feast of the Dead, or Ghost Dance at Six Nations Reserve, Canada (Bureau of Amer. Ethnol., Smithsonian Inst., Bull. 149, NO.7), Washington, 1951.

538. -- and -- The Iroquois Eagle Dance ('Bull, of the Bureau of Amer. Ethno­logy, Smithsonian Inst., Bull. No. 156), 1953·

539. FERAND, ERNST TH., The 'howling in seconds' of the Lombards ('Musical Quarterly' XXV, p. 313 if.). 1939.

539a -- Die Improvisation in del' Musik (Ziirich, 1939), Chapter II. Die Primi­tive, del' Orient und das alte Hellas.

540. FERNALD, HELEN E., A ncient Chinese Musical Instruments (' Journal of the Univ. of Pennsylvania Museum' XVII, p. 325 ff.). 1926.

541. FERREIRA, ASCENSO, 0 Bumba-Meu-Boi ('Arquinos' IjII, p. 121 ff.), Recife, 1944.

542. FILLMORE, JOHN COMFORT, The har­monic structure of Indian Music ('Archiv f. Anthropologie' I, Fasc. 2), 1899.

543. FINESINGER, SOL BARUCH, Musical Instruments in the Old Testament (Balti­more, 1926).

544. FIRFOV, GIVKO, Macedonian Music Folklore (Skopje, 1953).

545. -- Les caracteres metriques dans la musique populaire mactfdonienne (' J our­nal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' IV, p. 49 ff.), 1952.

546. -- and PAITONJIEV, GANCHO, Mace­donian Folk Dances, vol. I (Skopje, 1953).

547. FISCHER, E., Patagonische Musik ('An­thropos' III), 1908.

548. -- Beitrage zur Erforschung del' chine­sischen Musik (,Sammelb. d. Intern. Musikges.' XII, p. 153 ff.), 19IO/,II.

549. FISCHER, H. W., Een rammelaar als hulpmiddel bij de vischvangst ('Intern. Archiv f. Ethnogr.' XVIII, p. 179 ff.), 1908 .

550. FISHER, MILES MARK, Negro Slave Songs in the United States (Cornell Univ. Press). 1953·

551. FLEISCHER, OSKAR, Ein Kapitel ver­gleichender M usikwissenschaft (,Sammelb. d. Intern. Mus. Ges.' I), 1900.

552. -- Zur vergleichenden Musikforschung (ibid. III). 1902.

553. FLETCHER, ALICE CUNNINGHAM, Indian Story and Song from North America (1900).

554. -- The Osaga Tribe ('Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology', No. 36, p. 37 ff.), 1914-'15·

555. -- and FRANCIS LA FLESCHE, The Omaha Tribe (,Annual Report of the Bur. of Amer. Ethnology' No. 27), 1906, publ. in 19II.

556. FOLDES, A., Impressions of a musical journey to Africa ('Etude' LXXI), 1953.

557. FOLEY, ROLLA, Song of the Arab. The Religious Ceremonies, Shrines, and Folk Music of the Holy Land Christian Arab (New York, 1953).

558. FORDE, F. VON DER, Die Musik bei den Eingeborenen auf den Siidsee-Inseln ('Der Erdball' IV, P .. 47 ff.), 1930.

559. Fox STRANGWAYS, A. H., The Hindu Scale ('Sammelb. d. Intern. Musikges.' IX),1908 .

*560. -- The Music of Hindostan (Oxford, 1914)'

561. -- Exotic Music (,Music and Letters' VI, p. 119 ff.), 1925.

79 -

562. -- The Pipes of Pan (,Music and Letters' X, p. 57 ff.), 1929.

563. -- East and West ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 2 ff.), 1933.

564. -- The Gandhara Grama ('Journal R. Asiatic Soc.' 1935, p. 689 ff.).

565. -- Music (in G. T. GARRATT, 'The Legacy of India', p. 305 ff.), Oxford, 1937·

565a. -- Indian Music (rev. by A. A. BAKE) (,Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed., vol. IV, p. 456 ff.), 1954.

566. Foy, WILHELM, Zur Verbreitung del' Nasenflote ('Ethnologica' I, p. 239 ff.), 1909.

567. FRAKNOI, KAROLY, Jewish folk chorusses ('Goldmark Music School Libr.' I), Budapest, 1948.

568. FRANCKE, A. H., La musique au Thibet (in LAVIGNAC, Hist. de la Mus.' V, p. 3084 ff.), 1906.

569. FRANC;:OlS, A., Musique indigene. Com­memoration du cinquantieme anniver­saire du Comite specialise du Katanga ('Report of the Congress of Science, Elisabethville, Aug. 1950" VI, p. 169 ff.).

570. FRASER, A. D., Some Reminiscenses and the Bagpipe (Edinburgh, undated).

571. FRASER, NORMAN, International Cata­logue of recorded Folk Music (ed. by Unesco and the Intern. Folk Music Council), London, Oxford Univ. Press, 1954·

571a. -- South American (except Brazilian) Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 361 ff.), 1954.

572. FRENCH, P. T., Catalogue of Indian Musical Instruments (in: S. M. TAGORE, Hindu Music from various authors), Calcutta, 1882.

573. FRYKLUND, DANIEL, Etymologische Stu­dien iiber geige-gigue-jig (' Studier i modern Sprakvetenskap' VI, p. 101 ff.), 1917.

574. -- Studien iiber die Pochelte (Sunds­vall, 1917).

574a. -- Studier over Marintrumpeten ('Svensk Tidskrift for Musikforskning' I, p. 40 ff.), 1919.

575. FUJII, SEISHlN, A buddhismus es a zene (Der Buddhismus und die Musik) (in 'Melanges offerts it ZOLTAN KODALY it l'occasion de son 60ieme anniversaire', p. 139 ff.), Budapest, 1943.

576. FURNESS, CLIFTON JOSEPH, Communal Music among Arabians and Negroes ('The Musical Quarterly' XVI, p. 38 ff.), 1930.

577. FYZEE-RAHAMIN, ATIYA BEGUM, The music 0/ India (London, 1925).

577a. GADZEKPO, SINEDZI, Making music in Eweland ('West African Review' XXIII, p. 817 ff.), 1952.

578. GAILHARD, A., TMatre et musique modernes en Chine (Paris, 1926).

579. GALE, ALBERT, Music (in FAY COOPER COLE, 'The Tinguian', p. 443 ff.), 1922.

580. GALLOP, RODNEY, The music of Indian Mexiko ('The Musical Quarterly' XXV, p. 210 ff.), 1939.

581. -- atomi Indian music from Mexiko ('The Musical Quarterly' XXVI, p. 87 ff.), 1940.

582. GALPIN, FRANCIS W., Aztec Influence on American Indian Instruments (,Sam­melb. d. Intern. Musikges.' IV, p. 661 ff.), 1902/,03.

583. -- The Whistles and Reed Instruments of the American Indians 0/ North-West Coast (,Proceedings of the Musical Association' 1903).

584. -- Notes on a Hydraulis ('The Reli­quary', 1904).

585. -- The Sackbut (,Proc. of the Musical Association' XXXIII, p. Iff.), 1907.

586. -- Old English Instruments of Music (London, 1910).

587. -- The origin of the clarsech 01' Irish harp ('Report of the Congress of the Intern. Mus. Soc., May/June 19II').

588. -- The Sumerian Harp of Ur ('Music and Letters' X, p. 108 ff.), 1929.

589. -- Monsieur Prin and His Trumpet Marine (,Music and Letters' XIV, p. 18 ff.). 1933.

590. -- The Music at the Sumerians and their immediate successors, the Babylo­nians and Assyrians (Cambridge, 1937).

591. -- A Textbook of European Musical Instruments (London, 1939).

592. -- Review of KATHLEEN SCHLESINGER 'The Greek Aulos' (,Music & Letters' XX, p. 325 ff.), 1939.

592a. -- Babylonian Music ('Grove's Dic­tionary' 5th ed. vol. I, p. 282 ff.). 1954.

592b. -- Hurdy-gurdy (ibid. vol. IV, p. 415 ff.), 1954.

592C. -- Hydraulis (ibid. vol. IV, p. 423 ff.), 1954.

593. GANGOLY, ORDHENDRA COOMAR, Ragas and raginis, a pictorial and iconographic study of Indian musical modes, based on original sources (2 vols)., Calcutta, 1934.

594. -- The Birth of Melodies: an Indian View ('Aryan Path' VIII, p. 14 ff.), 1937.

595. -- Non-Aryan Contribution to Indian Music ('Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Inst.' XIX, p. 263 ff.), 1938.

596. GARAY, NARCISO, Tradiciones y cantares de Panama (1930).

597. GARCIA, ANGELICA DE REZENDE, Nossos Avo's contavam e cantavam. Ensaios folcloricos e tradif{oes brasileiras (Belo Horizonte, 1949).

598. GARCIA BARRIUSO, PATROCINIO, La

80 -

M usica hispano-musulmana en M ar­rue cos (Pu bl. del Inst. General Franco para la investigacion hispano-arabe, Ser. VI, NO.4), 1941.

599. GARFIELD, VIOLA E., PAUL S. WINGERT and MARlUS BARBEAU, The Tsimshian: their arts and music (New York, 1952).

599a. GASCUE, F., Origen de la musica popular vascongada ('Rev. intern. de Estud. vascos', 1913).

600. GASTER, THEODOR HERZL, Thespis; ritual, myth and drama in the ancient near east (New York, 1950).

601. GASTOUE, AMEDEE, L' A rmenie et son art traditionnel ('Revue de Musicologie' XIII, p. 194 ff.), 1929.

602. -- La musique byzantine ('La Musique des origines it nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 69 ff.), 1946.

603. GAVAZZI, MILOVAN, Jadranska 'Lira' -'Lirica' (Zagreb, 1930).

603a. GAY, R., Les 'constantes negres' dans la musique americaine (,Problemes d'Afri­que' VII, p. 316 ff.), 1954.

603b. -- Essai de discographie negre afri­caine (ibid. VII, p. 345 ff.), 1954.

604. GBEHO, PHILLIP, Africa's Drums Are More than Tom-Toms ('West African Review' XXII, p. II50 ff.), Oct. 1951.

605. -- Beat of the Master Drum (ibid. XXII, p. 1263 ff.), Nov. 1951.

606. -- African Music Deserves Generous Recognition (ibid. XXII, p. 910 ff.), Aug. 1951.

607. -- The Indigenous Gold Coast Music ('United Empire' XLII, p. 121 ff.), May­June 1951.

608. -- Cross Rhythm in African Music ('West African Review' XXIII, p. II ff.), Jan. 1952.

609. GEIRINGER, KARL, Vorgeschichte und Geschichte del' europaischen Laute ('Z. f. Musikw.' X), 1928.

610. -- Musical Instruments (New York, Oxford Univ. Press, 1945).

6II. GENIN, AUGUSTE, Notes on the Dances, Music, and Songs of the Ancient and Modern Mexicans (Publ. Smitsonian Inst., 1920).

612. -- The Musical Instruments of the Ancient Mexicans ('Mexican Magazine' III, p. 355 ff.), 1927.

613. GEORGIADES, THRASYBULOS, Del' griechi­sche Rhythmus. Musik, Reigen, Vel's und Sprache (Hamburg, 1949).

614. GERSON-KIWI, EDITH, The transcription of Oriental Music ('Communities' III, p. 181 ff.), 19471'48, = 'Edoth' III, p. 17 ff. (19471'48).

615. -- Wedding Dances and Songs of the Jews of Bokhara (,Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' II, p. 17 ff.), 1950.

616. -- Migrations and Mutations of Orien-

tal Folk Instruments ('Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' IV, p. 16 ff.), 1952.

617. -- Towards an exact Transcription of Tone-Relations ('Acta Musicologica' XXV, p. 80 ff.), 1953.

617a. --Jewish Folk Music ('Grove's Dic­tionary' 5th ed., vol. III, p. 304 ff.), 1954·

618. GERSONI, C., I canti popolari lettoni (Rome, 1933).

618a. GIBLING, R. STYX, Notes on the Latin A merican national dances ('African Music Society Newsletter' I, NO.4, p. 32 ff.), 1951.

619. GILBERT, WILL G., Een en ander over negroide muziek van Suriname (Meded. van het Kon. Inst. voor de Tropen No. LV), Amsterdam, 1940.

620. -- Onderzoek naar het ontstaan van de anhemitonische pentatonische toonladder in verband met de spraakmelodie (,De Wereld der Muziek' VIII, NO.9, p. 277 ff.), Juni 1942.

621. -- Muziek uit Oost en West (The Hague, 1942).

622. -- De cultuurhistorische beteekenis van de marimba ('De wereld der muziek' IX, p. 344 ff.), 1943·

623. -- Rumbamuziek (The Hague, 1945). 624. --Buiten-Europesemuziek (The Hague,

1950). 625. GILMAN, B. I., Zuni Melodies ('Journal

of Amer. Archaeol. and Ethnol.' I), 1891. 626. -- Hopi Songs (ibid., V), 1908. 627. -- The Science of Exotic Music

('Science' N.S. XXX), 1909. 628. GIORGETTI, FILIBERTO, Note di musica

Zande (con transcrizioni musicali di uccelli, tamburi, xilofoni e canti Zande), Verona, 1951.

629. GlRONCOURT, GEORGES DE, La Geo­graphie musicale (Nancy, 1932).

630. -- Recherche de geographie musicale dans Ie Sud tunesien ('La Geographie' I, No.2, p. 65 ff.), 1939.

631. -- Motifs de chant cambodgiens ('Bull. de la Soc. des Etudes Indochinoises', N.S. XVI no. I), 1941.

632. -- Recherches de Geographie musicale en Indochine (ibid. XVII no. 4), 1942.

633. -- Recherches de Geographie musicale au Cambodge et Ii Java (ibid. XIX no. 3), 1944·

634. GLADWIN, FRANCES, An Essay on Per­sian Music ('New Asiatic Miscellany' I, p. 261 ff.), 1789.

635. GOEIE, C. H. DE, De Wiri-wiri, een muziekinstrument van Cura"ao ('West­Indische Gids' XXIX, p. 15 ff.), 1948.

636. -- Verwanten van de Cura"aose Wiri­wiri (ibid. XXXI, p. 180 ff.), 1950.

637. GOLOUBEW, VICTOR, Sur l'origine et la

- 8r-

diffusion des lambours mllalliques (,Pre­historica Asiae Orientalis' I, p. 137 ff.), 1932.

638. GoMBOSI, OTTO, Tonarlen und Slim­mungen del' anliken Musik (Kopen­hagen, 1939).

63~. -- The melody of Pindar's 'Golden :"'Vre' ('The Musical Quarterly' XXVI, p. 381 ff.), 1940.

640. -- .:: 'udien zur Tonartenlehre des frahen Mittelalters ('Acta Musicologica' X, p. 149 ft., XI, p. 28 ff. and 128 ff., XII, p. 21 ft. and 29 ff.), 1938/'40.

641. --Music in ancient Crete and Mycenae ('Bull. of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' VI, p. 25 ff.), 1942.

642. -- New Light on Ancient Greek Music ('Papers Intern. Congr. of Musicol., New York 1939', p. 168 ff.), New York,1944'

643. -- Key, Mode, SPecies ('Journal ofthe Amer. Musicol. Soc.' IV, p. 20 ff.), 1951.

644. GONZALES BRAVO, A., Kenas, pincollos y tarkas (,Estudios Latino-americanos' III, p. 25 ff.), 1937.

644a. GRA'rA, FERNANDO DO LOPEZ, Portu­guese Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 339 ff.), 1954.

645. GRACE, C. W., Songs and poems from Aotearoa (Wellington, 1924).

646. GRADENWITZ, PETER, The Music of Israel; its Rise and Growth through 5000

years (New York, 1949). 647. GRAEBNER, F., Holztrommeln des Ramu­

Distriktes aUf Neu-Guinea ('Globus' LXXXIV, p. 299 ff.), 1902.

648. GRAF, WALTER, Das estnische Volkslied (Vienna, 1933).

649. -- Ueber den deutschen Einfluss aUf den estnischen Volksgesang (diss.), Vienna 1933·

650. -- Zur Spieleechnik und Spielweise von Zeremonialfloten von der N ordkuste Neuguineas ('Archiv f. Volkerk.' II, p. 87 ff.), 1947.

651. -- Ein deduktiver Ansatz musikethno­logischer Forschung ('Anzeiger der phil.­hist. Klasse d. Oesterr. Akad. d. Wis­senschaften' 1948, No. 46, p. 2II ff.).

652. -- Die musikwissenschaftlichen Phono­gramme Rudolf Pochs von der N ordkuste Neuguineas (Vienna, 1950).

653. -- Einige Bemerkungen zur Schlitz­trommel-Verstiindigung in N eu-Guinea ('Anthropos' XL, p. 861 ff.), 1950.

654. -- Zur Individualforschung in der Musik-Ethnologie (,Kultur und Sprache', Festschrift, p. 218 ff.), 1952.

655. -- Repriisentant der vergleichenden Mu­sikwissenschaft (in: ROBERT LACH, Per­sonlichkeit und Werk, zum 80. Ge­burtstag, p. 13 ff.), Vienna, 1954.

656. GRAFF, RAGNWALD, Music of Norwegian

- 82

Lapland (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VI, p. 29 ff.), 1954.

657. GRAINGER, PERCY, The impress of personality in unwritten music ('The Musical Quarterly' I, p. 416 ff.), 1915.

658. GRANET, MARCEL, F2tes et chansons anciennes de la Chine (Paris, 1919); = Festivals and Songs of Ancient China (trans!. by E. D. EDWARDS), New York, 1932.

659. GRATTAN, C. HARTLEY, The Australian busksongs ('The Musical Quarterly' XV, p. 426 ff.), 1929.

660. GRATTAN FLOOD, WILLIAM H., The Story of the Bagpipe (London, 19II).

661. GRESSMANN, H., Musik und Musikin­strumente im Aleen Testament ('Religions­geschichtliche Versuche und Vorarbei­ten' II), Giessen, 1903.

662. GRIAULE, M. and G. DIETERLEN, La harpe-luth des Dogon (,Journal de la Soc. des Africanistes' XX, p. 222), 1950.

663. GRIFFITH, CHARLES E., Folk Music in the Philippines (,Music Supervisors' Journal' X, p. 26 ff. and 62 ff.), 1924.

663a. GRIFFITH, W. J., On the appreciation of African music (,Nigerian Field' XVI, p. 88 ff.), 1951.

664. GRONEMAN, J., De gamelan te Jogfakarta (1890 ).

665. GROSSET, JOANNY, Inde. Histoire de la musique depuis I' origine jusqu'li nos fours (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus'., p. 257 ff.),190 7·

666. GROTTANELLI, VINIGI L., Asiatic in­fluences on Somali culture ('Ethnos' XII, p. 153 ff. (espec. sub VI, p. 172 ff.», 1947·

667. GRUBE, W., Ueber die Musikinstru­mente der Katsckinzen ('Z. f. Ethnol.' XXVII, p. 616 ff.), 1895.

*668. GRtl'NER NIELSEN, H., Folkemusik i 'Danmark (,Nordisk Kultur. Musikk och Musikkinstrumenter', p. 81 ff.), 1934.

669. -- FaerBske Folkemelodier (,Nordisk Kultur. Musikk och Musikkinstrumen­ter', p. 152 ff.), 1934.

669a. GUEBELS, L., African Music and the Christian outlook: I. R. P. PEETERS, P. B, Native Music and the Catholic religion; II. IDOHOU, Indigenous and sacred music; III. N.N., Reflections of a missionary ('African Music Society Newsletter' I, No.2, p. 9 ff.), 1949.

670. GUILLEMIN, M., and J. DUCHESNE, Sur Z' origine asiatique de la cithare grecque ('L'Antiquite Classique' IV), 1935.

*671. GULIK, R. H. VAN, The Lore of the Chinese Lute (Tokyo, 1940).

672. -- Hsi K'ang and his poetical Essay on the Lute (Tokyo, 1941).

673. -- Brief Note on the Cheng, the Chinese Small Cither (,Journal of the Soc. for

Research in Asiat. Mus.' NO.9, p. 10 ff.), 1951.

674. -- The Lore of the Chinese Lute. Addenda et Corrigenda (Tokyo, 1951).

674a. HABIG, J. M., La valeur du rythme dans la musique bantoue (,Problemes d' Afrique Centrale' VII, p. 278 ff.), 1954.

675. HADDON, A. C., Sound-producing In­struments ('Reports of the Cambridge Anthropol. Exped. to Torres Straits' IV (Arts and Crafts), p. 270 ff.), 1912.

676. -- Notes on Wooden Trumpets in New Guinea ('Man' XVII, p. 77 ff., No. 56), 1917.

677. HADEN, R. ALLEN, Dance Music of the Temiar (' Asia Magazine' XXXIX, p. 114 ff.), 1939.

678. HAGEN, KARL, Ueber die Musik einiger Naturvolker (Australier, Melanesier, Po­lynesier) (Diss.), Hamburg, 1892.

679. HAJEK, L., Das Phonogramm-Archiv del' Akademie del' Wissenschaften ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 15 ff.), 1933.

679a. HALSKI, CZESLAW R., Polish Folk Music (,Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 326 ff.), 1954.

680. HANDSCHIN, JACQUES, Mennyiseg es min"seg a zeneben (Quantite et qualite dans la musique) (in 'Melanges offerts a. ZOLTAN KODALY a. l'occasion de son 60ieme anniversaire', p. 55 ff.), Buda­pest, 1943.

681. -- Musikgeschichte (Basel, 1948). 682. -- Del' Toncharacter (Ziirich, 1948). 683. -- La musique exotique (in 'Musica

Aeterna', vol. I, French ed., p. 129 ff.), 1948.

683a. -- Review of KATHLEEN SCHLE­SINGER, 'The Greek Aulos' (' Acta Musicologica' XX, p. 60 ff.), 1948.

684. -- Review of J. KUNST, 'Music in Java' ('Acta Musicologica' XXII, p. 156 ff.), 1951.

685. HANDY, E. S. C., and J. L. WINNE, Music in the Marquesas Islands (Ber. P. Bishop Mus. Bull. XVII), Honolulu, 1925·

686. HARAP, LOUIS, Some Hellenic Ideas on Music and Character ('Musical Quarterly' XXIV, p. 153 ff.), 1938.

687. HARCOURT, RAOUL D', La musique indienne chez les anciens civitises d' A me­rique. I. Les instruments de musique des Mexicains et des Peruviens. (in LAVIG­NAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' V, p. 3337 ff.), 1920.

688. -- (with the collab. of Mrs. MARGHE­RITE D'HARCOURT) La musique des Incas et ses survivances (Paris, 1925).

689. -- L'ocarina a cinq sons dans l'Ame­rique prehispanique (' Journal de la Soc. des Americanistes' XXIII, p. 189 ff.), 1931.

6g0. -- La musique en A merique ('La Musique, des origines a. nos jours', ed.­Larousse, p. 465 ff.), 1946.

6g1. HARICH-SCHNEIDER, ETA, A survey 01 the remains of Japanese Court Music ('Ethnos' 1951, p. 105 ff.).

6g2. -- Die Gagaku in del' Musikabteilung des iapanischen Kaiserhofes ('Kongress­ber. D.M.G., Liineburg 1950', p. 168 ff.), 1951.

6g3. -- Koromogae, one of the Saibara of Japanese Court Music ('Monumenta Nipponica' VIII, no. 1/2, p. 398 ff.), Tokyo, 1952.

694. -- The present Condition of Japanese Court Music ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXIX No. I, p. 49 ff.), 1953.

695. -- The rhythmical Patterns in Gagaku and Bugaku (Leyden, 1954).

696. HARRIS, P. G., Notes on Drums and Musical Instruments seen in Sokoto Province, Nigeria ('Journal of the Royal Anthropol. Inst. of Gr. Britain and Ireland', 1932).

697. HAUSE, H. E., Terms for Musical Instru­ments in the Sudanic Languages ('Suppl. to the Journal of the Amer. Oriental Soc.', LXVIII, No. I), Jan./March 1948, NO·7·

698. HAWLEY, Distribution of the notched rattle ('American Anthropologist' XI), 1898.

*699. HAYDON, GLEN, Introduction to Musi­cology (New York, 1941, 4/1950).

*700. HAYWOOD, CHARLES, A Bibliography of North American Folklore and Folksong (New York, 1951).

701. HEEKEREN, H. R. VAN, Bronzen ketel­trommen ('Orientatie' No. 46, p. 615 ff.). Jan. 1954·

702. HEERKENS, S.V.D., Father P., Lieder del' Florinesen. Sammlung I40 Florine­sischer Lieder und I62 Texte mit Ueber­setzung aus dem Sprachgebiete del' Lio­nesen, Sikanesen. Ngada's und Mang­garaier (Supplement to vol. XLVI of the 'Intern. Arch. of Ethnogr.'), Leyden, 1953·

703. HEFNY, MAHMOUD EL, Ibn Sin'as Musik­lehre (Berlin, 1931).

704. -- Music in Egypt ('Egypt in 1945', p. 218 ff.), Calcutta, 1946.

705. HEGER, FRANZ, Alte Metalltrommeln aus sudost-Asien (Leipzig, 1902).

706. HEINE-GELDERN, ROBERT VON, Bedeu­tung und Herkunjt del' 41testen hinter­indischen Metalltrommeln (Kesselgonge) ('Asia Major' VIII, fasc. 3, p. 519 ff.), 1932.

707. -- Trommelsprachen ohne Trommeln ('Anthropos XXVIII, p. 485), 1933.

708. HEINITZ, WILHELM, Musikinstrumente und Phonogramme des Ost-Mbam-Landes

(in F. und M. THORBECKE, '1m Hochland von Mittelkamerun' vol. III), 1919.

709. -- Musik del' Somali ('Z. f. Musikw.' II, p. 257 ff.), 1920.

710. -- Transkription zweier Lieder aus Nil-Nubien ('Z. f. Musikw.' II, p. 733 ff.), 1920.

7II. -- Eine lexikalische Ordnung fur die vergleichende Betrachtung von Melodien ('Archiv f. Musikwis.' III), 1921.

712. -- Ein Materialbeitrag zur Kenntnis del' arabischen Musik ('Z. f. Musikw.' IV, p. 193 ff.), 1922.

713. -- Musikalisch-dynamische Textaus­lese in faeroischen und faeroisch-danischen Reigent4nzen ('Festschrift-PIPPING'), Helsingfors, 1924.

714. -- Lieder aus Ost-Neumecklenburg ('Z. f. Musikw.' VII), 1925.

715. -- Vier Lieder aus Ost-Neu-Mecklen­burg ('Z. f. Musikwiss.' VIII, p. 257 ff.), 1926.

716. -- Analyse eines abessinischen Harfen­liedes (,Festschrift-MEINHOF', p. 263), 1927.

717. -- Instrumentenkunde (in ERNST Buc­KEN, 'Handbuch der Musikwissenschaft' vol. II, p. Iff.), 1929.

71B. -- Versuch einer Analyse des Berliner Notenpapyrus P. 6870 ('Z. f. Musikw.' XI, p. 222 ff.), 1929.

719. -- A nalytische Betrachtung eines mon­golischen Liedes ('Vox' XVII), 1931.

720. -- Eine M elodieprobe von den Sara­Kaba (ibid.), 1931.

721. -- Strukturprobleme in primitiveI' M u­sik (Hamburg, 1931).

722. -- Die Erfassung des sUbjektiv-moto­rischen Elements in del' musikalischen Produktion PrimitiveI' ('Kongressber. der Interu. Ges. f. Musikw., Liitich 1930', p. ~4B ff.), 1931.

72J.. -- Organologische Studie an den Vari­anten eines Dronning Dagmar-Liedes 1(" Acta Musicologica' III, p. 156 ff.), [932 •

724. -- Chirimia- und Tamb6r-Phonogram­me aus Nordwest-Guatemala ('Vox' XIX, p. 4 ff.), 1933·

725. -- Die vergleichende Musikwissen­schaft als Instrument del' Stil- und Ras­senkunde (,Forschungen und Fortschritte' XI),1935·

726. -- Musikwissenschaft und Volkerkunde (,Mitteilungsblatt der Gesellschaft f. Volkerkunde', No. B, p. 43), 1938.

727. HEINTZE, R., Ueber Batakmusik (in W. VOLZ, 'Die BatakHinder', p. 373 ff.), 1919.

72B. HELFRITZ, HANS, Muziek en Muziekbe­oelening in Arabie ('De Muziek' V, p. 145 ff.), 1931.

72Ba. HENDERSON, ISOBEL, Ancient Greek

Music ('The New Oxford History of Music', 3rd ed., vol. I), 1955.

729. HENRIQUES-URENA, PEDRO, Musica popular de America ('Conferencias' I), La Plata, 1930.

730. HERBIG, REINHARD, Griechische Harfen ('Mitt. des Deutschen Archaologischen Inst., Athenische Abt.' LIV, p. 164 ff.), 1929·

731. HERMANN, EDUARD, Schallsignalsprachen in Melanesien und Afrika ('Nachrichten d. Akad. d. Wiss. in GOttingen' 1943).

732. HERSCHER-CLEMENT, MAD. J., Chants d'Abyssinie ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' II, p. 51 ff.), 1934.

733. -- Notes musicologiques. Chants indi­genes de la Nouvelle Guinee ('La Revue Musicale' No. 173, p. 223), 1937.

734. -- Quelques mots sur la musique indi­gene en Nouvelle Guinee ('L'Ethno­graphie' No. 35/6, p. 51 ff.), 193B.

735. HERSKOVITS, MELVILLE J., Drums and Drummers in Afro-Brazilian Cult-life (The Musical Quarterly' XXX, NO.4, p. 477 ff.), 1944·

735a. -- and R. A. WATERMAN, Musica de culto Alrobahiana ('Revista de Estudios Musicales' I, No.2, p. 65 ff.), 1949.

736. HERZOG, GEORG, The Yuman musical style (' Journal of American Folklore', vol. 4B), 192B.

737. -- Musical styles in North America (,Proc. 23rd Intern. Congr. of America­nists', New York 192B, p. 455 ff.), 1930.

73B. -- Die Musik aul Truk (in 'Ergebnisse der Siidsee-Expedition 190B-'IO', part II, Ethnogr. of Mikronesia, vol. V), Ham­burg, 1932.

739. --On primitive music (,Amer. Anthrop.' XXXIV, p. 546 ff.), 1932.

740. -- The collections 01 phonographic records in North America and Hawaii ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I), 1933.

741. -- Maricopa Music (in L. SPIER, 'Yuman tribes of the Gila River'), Chicago, 1933.

742. -- Speechmelody and primitive music (,Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 452 ff.), 1934·

743. -- Recording primitive music in Africa and America (,Bull. Folk Song Soc.'), 1934·

744. -- African Songs of the Chewa tribe in British East Africa (in NANCY CUNARD, Negro-Anthology), 1934.

745. -- Songs (of the Coast Salish) (in T. ADAMSON, 'Folk tales of the Coast Salish' ('Mem. Amer. Folkl. Soc.' XXVI, p. 422 ff.), New York, 1934.

746. -- SPecial song-types in North A meric­an Indian Music ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' III, p. 23 ff.), 1935.

747. -- Plain ghost dance and Great Basin

Music (,Amer. Anthrop.' XXXVII), 1935·

748. -- Research in primitive and folk music in the United States ('Bull. No. 24 of the Amer. Council of learned Societies'), 1936.

749. -- Die Musik del' Karolinen-Inseln ('Ergebnisse der Siidsee-ExpeditionI908/ '10', Part liB, vol. 9, 2no. 'Halbband' of EILERS, 'West-Carolinen'), 1936.

750. -- A Comparison of Pueblo and Pima Musical Styles (,Journal of American Folklore' XLIX, p. 286 ff.), 1936.

750a. -- Stability of Forms in Traditional and Cultivated Music (,Papers read by members of the Musicol. Soc.' Annual meeting 1938, p. 69 ff.).

751. -- Transcription and Analysis of Tutelo Music (in SPECK, 'The Tutelo Spirit Adoption Ceremony'), Harrisburg, 1942.

752. -- Research in Primitive and Folk Music in the United States (1936).

753. -- Etats-unis d'Amerique (,Folklore Musical' ed. by the Intern. Inst. of Intellectual Cooperation, p. 85 ff.), 1939.

754. -- Investigaci6n sobre la musica pri­mitiva y folkl6rica en los Estados Unidos ('Boletin Latino-Americano de Musica' V, p. 393 ff.), 1941.

755. -- African Influence in North A merican Indian Music (,Transactions of the Intern. Congress of Musicology, New York, 1939', p. 130 ff.), 1944.

756. -- Comparative Musicology (,Musical Journal' IV, p. II and 42 ff.), 1946.

757. -- The Music of Yugoslav heroic epic folk poetry (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' III, p. 62 ff.), 1951.

758. -- Canon in West African xylophone melodies (' Journal of the American Musicol. Soc.' II, p. 196 ff.), 1949.

759. -- Review of MARIUS SCHNEIDER, A proposito des influjo arabe: essayo de etnografia musical de la Espana medieval ('Journal of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' IV, p. 43 ff.), 1951.

760. HEYMANN, Mrs. ALFRED, La guimbarde (,Revue musicale' 1923), p. 236 ff.

761. HICKMANN, HANS, Das Portativ (Kassel, 1936).

763. -- La trompette dans I'Egypte ancienne (Cairo, 1945).

764. -- Un instrument Ii cordes inconnu de l'8poque copte ('Bull. de la Soc. d'Archeo!. copte' XII, p. 63 ff.), 1946/'47.

765. -- Terminologie arabe des instruments de musique (Cairo, 1947).

766. -- Catalogue General des AntiquitBs egyptiennes du Musee du Caire, Nos. 69z0I-698sz: Instruments de Musique (Cairo, 1949).

767. -- Miscellanea musicologica ('Annales

- 85

du Service des Antiquites de l'Egypte' XLVIII, p. 639 ff.), Cairo, 1948: I. Note SUI' une harpe au Musee du Caire; II. SUI' l' accordage des instruments Ii cordes (lyres, harpes, luths).

768. -- ibid., XLIX, p. 417 ff. (Cairo, 1949): III. Surles survivances de la chironomie egyptienne dans la chant lithurgique copte; IV. Un silliet de l'epoque prehistorique; V. Note SUI' une petite harpe en forme de Mche ou de pelle; VI. Quelques precurseurs egyptiens du luth court et du luth echancre.

769. -- Un luth inconnu de l'epoque copte ('Bull. de la Soc. d' Archeolie copte' XII), 1949·

770. -- Music under the Pharaohs (Cairo, 1949).

771. -- L'etat actuel des recherches musi­cologiques en Egypte (,Comm. au IVieme Congres de la Soc. Intern. de Musicologie, BlUe 1949').

772. -- En marge d'une publication parDI'. Hilde Zaloscher ('La Semaine Egyp­tienne' XXIII), Jan. 1949.

773. -- La cliquette, instrument de percus­sion de l' epoque copte ('Bull. de la Soc. d' Archeo!' copte' XIII), Cairo, 1950.

774. -- Cymbales et crotales dans l'Egypte ancienne (' Annales du Service des Antiquites de l'Egypte' XLIX), Cairo, 1950.

775. -- Die kultische Verwendung del' altlJ­gyptischen Trompete ('Die Welt des Orients' V), Stuttgart, 1950.

776. -- The Rattle-drum and Marawe­sistrum (,Journal of the R. Asiatic Soc.', April, 1950).

777- -- Abrege de l'histoire de la musique en Egypte (,Revue de Musicologie' XXXII, Nos. 93-94), Paris, 1950.

778. -- Ein unbekanntes IJgyptisches Saiten­instrument aus koptischer Zeit (,Die Musikforschung' III), 1950.

779. -- Fabrikationsmarken an altlJgypti­schen Blasinstrumenten (ibid. III, p. 241 ff.), 1950.

780. -- Abrege de l'histoire de la musique en Egypte (trans!. in Spanish) (,Boletin cultnral, Departamento de la Prensa, Cairo'), Cairo, 1950.

781. -- id. trans!. in English (Cairo, 1950). 782. -- Quelques observations surla musique

lithurgique des Coptes (Communication au Congres de Musique Sacree, Rome 1950).

783. -- Miscellanea musicologica ('Annales du Service des Antiquites de l'Egypte' L, p. 523 ff.), Cairo 1950: VII. Les harpes de la tombe de Ramses III; VIII. Deux vases sillleurs de l' Egypte ancienne; IX. Le fragment d'un instrument Ii cordes.

7S4. -- Miscellanea egyptologica ('Journal of the Galpin Soc.' I), London, 1951.

7S5. -- Uebel' den Stand del' musikwissen­schaftlichen FOI'schung in Aegypten ('Kongressber. des IV. Kongress der Intern. Ges. f. Musikw.'), Kassel, 1951.

7S6. --Miscellanea musicologica ('Annales du Service des Antiquites de I'Egypte' LI, p. 317 ff. (Cairo 1951): X. Le tam­bourin I'ectangulail'e du Nouvel Empire.

7S7. -- Le gl'elot dans l'Egypte ancienne (Cairo, 1951).

7SS. -- Die altesten Musikel'namen ('Mu­sica' V, p. S9 if.), 1951.

7S9. -- Classement et classification des flfUes, clarinettes et hautbois dB l'Egypte ancienne (,Chronique d'Egypte' XXVI, No. 51, p. 17 ff.), 1951.

790. -- Note on an Egyptian wind instl'u­ment (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' III, p. lOS if.), 1951.

791. -- La castagnette egyptienne (' Annales du Service des Antiquites de I'Egypte' LI), Cairo 1951.

792. -- Arabische Musik (in collab. with ALEXIS CHOTTIN) ('Die Musik in Ge­schichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 577), 1951.

793. -- Aegyptische Musik (ibid., col. 92 ff.), 1951.

794. -- Aethiopische Musik (ibid., col. 105 ff.), 1951.

795. -- Afl'ikanische Musik (ibid., col. 123 ff.), 1951.

796. -- Armenische Musik (ibid. col. 654 ff.), 1951.

797. -- Le metier de musicien au temps des Phal'aons ('Cahiers d'histoire egyptien­nes' IV, 2), Cairo, 1952.

79S. -- Miscellanea musicologica ('Annales du Service des Antiquites de l'Egypte' LII, p. 161 if.), Cairo, 1952: XI. Les luths aux fretees du Nouvel Empire.

799. -- Das Harfenspiel im alten Aegypten ('Die Musikforschung' V, p. 21 if.), 1952.

Soo. -- The antique cross-flute ('Acta Musi­cologica' XXIV, p. lOS ff.), 1952.

SOl. -- Quelques observations sur la musique lithurgique des Coptes d'Egypte ('Atti del Congresso Intern. di Musica Sacra, Roma 1950')' Tournay, 1952.

S02. -- La daraboukah ('Bull. de l'Inst. d'Egypte' XXXIII, p. 229 ft.), Cairo, 1952.

S03. -- La musique polyphonique dans l'Egypte ancienne (ibid. XXXIV, p. 229 if.), 1952.

S04. -- Le feu de la harpe dans I'Egypte ancienne ('Archiv Orientalnf' XX Nos. 3-4, p. 449 ff.), Prague, 1952.

805. -- The Egyptian 'Uffatah' Flute ('Jour­nal of the R. Asiatic Soc.' Oct. 1952).

806. -- Quelques nouveaux documents con-

cernant Ie feu de la harpe et l'emploi de la chil'onomie dans I' Egypte pharaonique ('Kongressber. Intern. Mus. Ges. 1952', p. 263 ff.), 1953.

S07. -- Die Anfange eines geol'dneten Mu­siklebens im Aegypten del' Phal'aonen (Communication Intern. Congress, Vien­na 17-24th May, 1952), Vienna, 1953.

SoS. -- Quelques considerations SUI' la danse et la musique de danse dans l'Egypte phal'aonique ('Cahier d'histoire egyp­tiennes' V, p. 161 ft.), Cairo, 1953.

S09. -- Les harpes de I' Egypte phal'aonique (Essai d'une nouvelle classification) ('Bull. de l'Institut d'Egypte', XXXV, p. 309 ff.), Cairo, 1953.

S10. --Miscellanea musicologica ('Annales du Service des Antiquites de l'Egypte' LIII), Cairo, 1953: XII. La scene musi­cale d'une tombe de la VIieme dynastie a Guizah (Idou),' XIII. Note SUI' un objet en forme d'instl'ument de percussion,' XIV. Une nouvelle cymbalette a manche.

Su. -- Review of MAx WEGNER, 'Die Musikinstrumente des Alten Orient' (1950) (,Orientalische Literaturzeitung' 1954, Nos. 1/2, p. 34).

S12. -- Dieux et deesses de la musique ('Cahiers d'Histoire Egyptienne' VI, p. 31 if.), March 1954.

S12a. -- Fidel I. Ol'ientalische VOI'laufer und Vel'wandte ('Die Musik in Ge­schichte und Gegenwart' IV, col. 156 ff.), 1954.

S12b. -- FlOtencharakter und -fol'men ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' IV, col. 319 if.), 1954.

S13. HIPKINS, ALFRED JAMES, Old Keyboard Instruments (18S7).

S14. -- Musical Instruments, historic, rare and unique (London, IS8S, 2/1945).

S15. -- A Description and History of the Pianoforte and Older Keybord Stringed Instruments (1896).

816. -- Dorian and Phrygian (1903). 816a. HODEIR, A., Prolongements de la musi­

que africaine (,Problemes d' Afrique Centrale' VII, p. 286 ff.), 1954.

S16b. HONDA YASUJI, The Nembutu-melody of the Traditional Songs (' Journal of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic Music', No. 12-13, English Section, p. 8 ff.), Tokyo, Sept. 1954.

*SI7. HOOD, MANTLE, The Nuclear Themeasa Determinant of Palet in Javanese Music (diss., Groningen, 1954).

818. HOOGT, I. M. VAN DER, The Vedic Chant (1929).

819. GOOSE, HARNED PETTUS, Peking Pigeons and Pigeon-Flutes (Peiping, ColI. of Chin. Studies, California ColI. in China, 1938).

820. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, and

- 86-

ABRAHAM, OTTO, Tonsystem und Musik del' ] apaner (,Sammelbande der Intern. Musikgesellschaft' IV), 1903, reprinted in 'Sammelbande ftir vergleichende Musikwissenschaft' I, p. 179 ff.), 1922.

821. -- and -- Uebel' die Bedeutung des Phonographen fiir vergleichende Musik­wissenschaft ('Zeitschrift f. Ethnologie' vol. 36, p. 222 ff.), 1904.

822. -- and -- Phonographierte Tiirki­sche Melodien (ibid. vol. 36), 1904, reprinted in 'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 233 ff., (1922).

823. -- and -- Phonographierte Indische Melodien ('Sammelb. der Intern. Musik­ges.' V), 19°4, reprinted in 'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 251 ff.), 1922.

824. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, M elodischer Tanz ('Z. d. Intern. Musikgesellschaft' V, fasc. 12), 1904.

825. -- Die Probleme del' vergleichenden Musikwissenschaft ('Z. der Intern. Mu­sikg.' 19°5, 3).

826. -- Ueber den gegenwlirtigen Stand del' vergleichenden Musikwissenschaft (,Kon­gressbericht der Intern. Musikges., Basel 1906').

827. -- and ABRAHAM, OTTO, Uebel' die H armonisierbarkeit exotischer M elodien ('Sammelb. der Intern. Mus. Ges.' VII), 1906.

828. -- and -- Phonographierte Indianer­melodien aus Britisch-Columbia (,BOAS Anniversary Vol.' New York, 1906), reprinted in 'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 291 ff. (1922).

829. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, Phonogra­phierte Tunesische Melodien (,Sammelb. der Intern. Mus. Ges.' VIII, 19°7), reprinted in 'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 3II ff. (1922).

830. -- Notiz iiber die Musik del' Bewohner von Siid-Neu-Mecklenburg (in E. STE­PHAN und F. GRAEBNER, Neu-Mecklen­burg, Berlin, 1907), reprinted in 'Sam­melb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 349 ff. (1922).

831. -- Ueberdas Tonsystem und die Musik del' Melanesier ('Kongressber. der In­tern. Musikges., Basel 1906', p. 60), 190 7.

832. -- Ueber die Musik del' Kubu (in B. HAGEN, 'Die Orang-Kubu auf Sumatra', Frankfurt aiM., 1908), reprinted in 'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 359 ff. (1922).

833. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, and ABRA­HAM, OTTO, Vorschllige zur Transkription exotischer Melodien ('Sammelb. der Intern. Mus. Ges.' XI), 1909.

834. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, Phonogra­phierte Melodien aus Madagaskar und Indonesien (in 'Forschungsreise S.M.S.

'Planet' 1906--1907' vol. V, Anthropo­logie und Ethnographie), 1909.

835. -- Wanyamwezi-Geslinge ('Anthropos' IV), 1909.

836. -- and STUMPF, CARL, Uebel' ver­gleichende akustische und musikpsycholo­gische Untersuchungen (in C. STUMPF, 'Beitrage zur Akustik und Musikwissen­schaft', vol. IV-VI, p. 145 ff.), 1910.

837. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON , Uebel' M ehr­stimmigkeit in del' A ussereuropliischen Musik (in 'Kongressbericht der Intern. Mus. Ges., Wien 1910').

838. -- Wasukuma-Melodie ('Extrait du Bull. de l' Academie des Sciences de Cracovie, Classe des Sciences mathemati­ques et naturelles', Serie B. Sciences naturelles), 1910.

839. -- Uebel' einige Panpfeifen aus nord­west Brasilien (in THEODOR KOCH­GRUNBERG, Zwei Jahre unter den Indianern, vol. II, Berlin 1910).

840. -- and STUMPF, CARL, Uebel' die Bedeutung ethnologischer Untersuchungen fiir die Psychologie und Aesthetik del' Tonkunst (in 'Bericht tiber den 4. Kongress f. experimentelle Psychologie', Innsbruck, 1910, vol. IV, p. 256 ff.), 19II.

841. HORNBOSTEL, ERICHM. VON, Uebel' ein akustisches Kriterium fiir Kulturzusam­menhlinge ('Z. f. Ethnologie' 19II, p. 601 ff.).

842. -- Notizen iiber kirgisische Musikin­strumente und Melodien (in R. KARUTZ, 'Unter Kirgisen und Turkmenen', Leipzig 19II ).

843. -- Musikpsychologische Bemerkungen iiber Vogelgesang ('Z. d. Intern. Mus. Ges.' XII), 19II.

844. -- U.S.A. National Music ('Z. der Intern. Mus. Ges.' XII), 19II.

845. -- Review of ALLESSANDRO KRAUS figlio, Appunti sulla Musica dei Popoli Nordici, 1907 ('Anthropos' VI, p. 231), 19II .

846. -- Musik del' Naturvolker ('Meyer's Grosses Konservationslexikon'), 1912.

847. -- Arbeit und Musik ('Z. d. Intern. Mus. Ges.' XIII, p. 341 ff.), 1912.

848. -- and KARL THEODOR PREUSS, Zwei Geslinge del' Cora Indianer (in K. TH. PREUSS, 'Die Nayarit-Expedition' vol. I, p. 367 ff.), 1912.

849. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, Die Musik auf den nordwestlichen Salomo-Inseln (in R. THURNWALD, Salomo-Inseln und Bis­marck-Archipel, vol. I, p. 461 ff.). 1912.

850. -- Melodie und Skala (,Jahrbuch Peters 1913', p. II ff.).

851. -- and CURT SACHS, Systematik del' Musikinstrumente ('Z. f. Ethnologie' XLVI, p. 553 ff.), 1914.

852. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, Die Musik tier Pangwe (in G. TESSMANN, Die Pangwe, vol. II, p. 320 ff.), 1914.

853. -- Bemerkungen uber einige Lieder aus Bougainville (in FRIZZI, Ein Beitrag zur Ethnologie von Bougainville und Buka, 1914)'

854. -- GeslJnge aus Ruanda (in 'Wissen­schaftl. Ergebnisse der deutschen Zen­tral-Afrika-Expedition 1907-1908', vol. VI, 1st. Part, Ethnographle und Anthro­pologie I, edited by JAN CZEKANOWSKI), 1917.

855. - Musik und Musikinstrumente ('Deutsches Kolonial-Lexikon' vol. II), 1919.

856. -- First communication about the Theory of blown fifths (' Anthropos' XIV-XV, p. 569 ff.), 1919.

857. -- Ch'ao-t'ien-tze, eine chinesische No­tation und ihre A usfuhrungen ('Fest­schrift-STUMPF' p. 477 ff.), 1919·

858. -- Formanalysen an siamesischen 01'­chesterstucken ('Archlv f. Musikw.' 1920), p. 306 ff.

859. --Musikalischer E:rotismus ('Melos' 1921, fasc. 9).

860. -- Das E:rotische in der modernen Musik ('Z. f. Aesthetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft' XIX), 1925.

861. -- Eine Tafel zur Logarithmischen DarsteUung von Zahlenverhaltnissen ('Z. f. Physik' VI, p. 29 ff.), 1921.

862. -- Translation of A. J. ELLIS, 'On the Musical Scales of Various Nations' ('Sam­melbll.nde f. vergl. Musikwiss.' I p. Iff.), Miinchen, 1922.

863. -- Musik der Makuschi, Taulipang und Yekuana (in THEODOR KOCH­GRtl'NBERG, Vom Roroima zum Orinoco, vol. III, p. 395 ff.), 1923.

864. -- Review of KURT HUBER, 'Der Aus­druck musikalischer Elementarmotive', Leipzig, 1923) ('Deutsche Literaturzei­tung' 1926).

865. -- Die Entstehung des J odelns (,Be­richt Musikw. Kongress, Basel 1924'), p. 203 ff.

866. -- Geschichte des Phonogramm-Archivs dey Staatlichen Hochschule fur Musik in Berlin (1925).

867. -- Review of R. et M. D'HARCOURT, 'La musique des Incas et ses survivances' Paris, 1925) ('Anthropos' XX), 1925.

868. -- Die Musik dey Semai aUf Malakka ('Anthropos' XXI, p. 277), 1926.

869. -- and OTTO ABRAHAM, ZUY Psycho­logie der Tondistanz ('Z. f. Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane' vol. 98), 1926.

870. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, Psycho­logie dey GeMrserscheinungen (,Handbuch der Physiologie' XI, p. 701 ff.), 1926.

871. -- American Negro Songs (review), ('The Intern. Review of Missions' XV, No. 60), 1926.

872. -- Laut und Sinn ('Festschrift-MEIN­HOF'), 1927.

8]3. -- Musikalische Tonsysteme (in GEI­GER und SCHEEL, 'Handbuch der Physik', vol. VIII, p. 425 ff.), 1927.

874. -- Ethnologisches zu Jazz ('Melos' VI), 192 7.

875. -- Review of WALTER KAUDERN, 'Musical Instruments in Celebes', Gote­borg, 1927 ('Ethnologische Anzeiger II), 192 7.

876. -- Review of FRITZ BREHMER, 'Melo­dieauffassung und melodische Begabung des Kindes' ('Z. f. angewandte Psycho­logie' 1927, Beiheft 36) (,Deutsche Lite­raturzeitung' XLVIII, p. 220 ff.), 1927.

877. -- African Negyo Music ('Africa' vol. I no. I), 1928.

878. -- Musik des Orients (Commentary to an album of exotic records, edited by CARL LINDSTROM A.G.,), 1928.

879. -- Die Maassnorm als kulturhistori­sches Foyschungsmittel ('Festschrift-WIL­HELM SCHMIDT, p. 303 ff.), 1928.

880. -- Tonayt und Ethos ('Festschrift­JOHANNES WOLF' p. 73 ff.), 1929.

881. -- Review of CHARLES W. MEAD, 'The Musical Instruments of the Incas' ('Ethnol. Anzeiger' II, p. 72 ff.), 19291 '32 •

882. -- Gestaltpsychologisches ZUY Stilkritik ('Festschrift-GuIDo ADLER'), 1930.

883. -- Musik des Oyients aUf der Schall­platte (,Kultur und Schallplatte', Berlin, 1931 and 'Die Musik' XXIII, p. 829 ff.), 1931.

884. -- Ueber Verschiebung dey TonMhe ('Z. f. Laryngologie' XXI, p. 100 ff.), 1931.

885. -- Review of WALTER KONIG-BEVER, 'Volkerkunde im Lichte vergleichender Musikwissenschaft', (Reichenberg, 1931) (,Baessler Archiv' XV, p. 55 ff.), 1932.

886. -- Review of ANDREAS ECKARDT, 'Koreanische Musik' (Leipzig 1930) ('Ori­entalische Literaturzeitung' 1931, No. 9/10).

887. -- Review of KANETUNE-KIVOSKE and SVIOTI TUDI, 'Die geschichtliche Denkmaler der japanischen Tonkunst', Abt. I, Hofmusik, Heft I, Saibara ('Z. f. Musikwiss.' XIV, p. 235 ff.), 1932.

888. -- Zum Kongyess fur arabische Musik, Kairo I93Z ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 16 if.), 1933.

889. -- Carl Stumpf und die veygleichende Musikwissenschaft ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 25 ff.), 1933.

890. -- Review of P. G. HARRIS, 'Notes on Drums and Musical Instruments seen in

88 -

Sokoto Province, Nigeria' ('Journal of the Royal Anthropological Inst. of Gr. Britain and Ireland' 1932) ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 63 ff.), 1933.

891. -- The Ethnology of African Sound Instf'uments ('Africa' VI, p. 129 ff. and 277 ff.), 1933·

892. -- Das Bef'linef' Phonogf'ammaf'chiv ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 40 ff.), 1933.

893. -- Phonogf'aphief'te islllndische Zwiege­sange ('Deutsche Islandforschung 1930', p. 300 ff.), Breslau, 1933.

894. -- and ROBERT LACHMANN, Asia­tische Paf'allelen ZUf' Bef'bermusik ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 4 ff.), 1933.

895. -- and -- Das indische Tonsystem bei Bhaf'ata und sein Uf'sprung ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 73 ff.), 1933.

896. HORNBOSTEL, ERICH M. VON, Review of HELEN H. ROBERTS, 'Form in Primitive Music' (New York, 1933) ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' II, p. 60 ff. and 39), 1934.

897. -- Review of HEINZWIESCHHOFF, 'Die afrikanischen Trommeln und ihre ausser­afrikanischen Beziehungen' (in 'Studien zur Kulturkunde' ed. by L. FROBENIUS, vol. II), 1933 ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' III, p. 88 ff.), 1935.

898. -- Fuegian Songs (,American Anthro­pologist', New Series, vol. 38, p. 357 ff.), 1936.

899. -- The Music of the Fuegians ('Ethnos' 1948, p. 61 ff.).

900. HORNBURG, FRIEDRICH, Die Musik del' Tiv ('Die Musikforschung' I, p. 47 ff.), 1948.

901. -- Phonogf'aphierle aff'ikanische Mehr­stimmigkeit (ibid. III, p. 120 ff.), 1950.

902. HOUSTON, JOHN, Aotea (chants and songs) (' Journal of the Polynesian Soc.' XLIV, p. 36 ff.), 1935.

903. HOUSTON-I'ERET, ELSIE, Chants popu­laires du Bresil ('Bibl. mus. du Musee de la Parole et du Musee Guimet', 1St series, vol. I), Paris, 1930.

904. HOWARD, ALBERT H., The aulos or tibia ('Harvard Studies of Philology' IV), 1893.

905. HOWELER, CASPER, Rhythme in Vel's en Muziek (Den Haag, 1952).

906. HOWES, FRANK, Anthropology and Music ('Man' XLV, p. 107 ff. (no. 83)), Sept.1 Oct. 1945.

907. -- Man, Mind and Music, Studies in the philosophy of music and in the relations 0/ the art to anthropology, psychology and sociology (London, 1948).

908. HOWITT, A. W., Songs and songmakers of some A ustralian tribes (' Anthrop. Journal' XVI, p. 327).

909. HSIAO, SHU HSIEN, La chanson populaire chinoise ('Sinologica' I, p. 65 ff.), 1947.

910. HUARD, PAUL, Les instruments de musi­que chez les Unong ('Bull. et travaux de

- 89

l'Inst. indochin. pour l'etude de l'hom­me' II, fasc. I, p. 135 ff.), 1939.

9I1. HUART, CL., Etude biogf'aPhique SUI' trois musiciens arabes (,Journal Asiatique' 8th series, NO.3, p. 141 ff.), 1884.

912. -- Musique pef'sane (in LAVIGNAC, Hist. de la Mus.' V, p. 3065 ff.), undated (but before 1922).

913. HUBERS, Father HUBERT, Kleine musik­ethnologische Beitf'ilge von del' Insel Karkaf' in Neu-Guinea ('Anthropos' XXXVII, p. 122 ff.), 1942/'45.

914. HUBNER, HERBERT, Studien zur Musik im Bismarck-Af'chipel ('Anthropos' XXX, p. 669 ff.), 1935.

915. -- Die Musik im Bismaf'ck-Af'chipel (Berlin, 1938).

916. HUCHZERMEYER, HELMUT, Aulos und Kithaf'a (Diss., Miinster, 1931).

916a. HUDEC, CONSTANTIN, SlovacFolk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 355 ff.), 1954·

917. HULTKRANTZ, AKE, Some Notes on the Af'apaho Sun Dance ('Ethnos' XVII, p. 24 ff.), 1952.

918. HUMBERT SAUVAGEOT, Mrs. M., La musique a travel's la vie laotienne ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' II, p. 14 ff.), 1934.

919. -- Quelques aspects de la vie et de la musique dahomeennes (ibid. II, p. 76 ff.), 1934·

920. HURSTON, ZORA, Dance songs and games ff'om the Bahamas (,Journal of Amer. Folklore' XLIII, p. 294 ff.), 1930.

921. HUSMANN, HEINRICH, Marimba und Sansa del' Sambesikultuf' ('Z. f. Ethno­logie' vol. 68, p. I4 ff.), 1936.

922. --SiebenafrikanischeTonleitef'n(,Jahr­buch der Musikbibliothek Peters', 1937).

923. -- Olympos, die An/Ilnge del' griechi­schen Enharmonik (,Jahrb. der Musik­bibl. Peters' 1937, p. 29 ff.).

924. -- Fiinf- und siebenstellige Centsta/eln ZUf' Bef'echnung musikalischef' Intervalle (Leyden, 1951).

925. -- Afghanistan ('Die Musik in Ge­schichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 121 ff.), 1951.

926. -- Das neuentdeckte Steinzeitlithophon ('Die Musikforschung' V, p. 47 ff.), 1952.

927. -- Uf'sprung und Entwicklung del' Tonsysteme (in preparation).

928. HUTCHINGS, ARTHUR, Music in Bengal (,Music and Letters' XXVII, p. 26 ff.), 1946.

929. -- Indian traditions, classical and populaf' ('Music & Letters' XXVII, p. 29 ff.), 1946.

930. HUTH, ARNO, Die Musikinstrumente Ost­TUf'kestans (Diss., Berlin, 1928).

931. IDELSOHN, A. Z., Die Maqamen del' arabischen Musik (,Sammelbande der Intern. Mus. Ges.' XV, p. II ff.), 1913.

932. -- Phonographierle Gesange und Aus­sprachproben des Hebraischen der iemeni­tischen und persischen Juden (1914).

933. -- Hebraisch-Orientalischer Melodien­schatz (Leipzig, 19 I 4 and following years).

934. -- Phonographierte Gesttnge und Aus­sprachsproben des Hebraischen der ieme­nitischen, persischen und syrischen Juden (Vienna, 1917).

935. -- Paraltelen zwischen gregorianischen und hebraisch-orientalischen Sangesweisen ('Z. f. Musikw.' 1921).

936. -- Jewish music (in) its historical development (New York, 1929,2/1948).

937. -- Der iudische Tempelgesang (in GUIDO ADLER, 'Handbuch der Musik­gesch.' I, p. 149 ff.), 2/1929.

938. -- Die Maqamen in der hebraischen Poesie der orientalischen Juden ('Monat­schr. f. d. Wissenschaft des Judentums' LVII, p. 314 ff.).

939. -- The Features of the Jewish Sacred Folk Song in Eastern Europe ('Acta Musicologica' IV, p. 17 ff.), 1932.

940. -- Parallels between the Old-French and the Jewish Song ('Acta Musicologica' V, p. 26 ff. and VI, p. 15 ff.), 19331'34.

94I. ISAMITT, C., Cuatro instrumentos musi­cales araucanos ('Estudios Latino-ameri­canos' III, p. 55 ff.), 1937.

942. ISAWA, SH., Collection of Koto Music (Tokyo, 1888 and 1913).

943. IYER, T. L. VENKATARAMA, The scheme of 72 melas in Carnatic Music ('The Journal of the Music Academy' XI, p. 80 ff.), 1940.

*944. IZIKOWITZ, KARL GUSTAV, Musical and other Sound-instruments of the South American Indians (Giiteborg, 1927).

945. -- Le tambour a membrane au Perou (' Journal de la Soc. des Americanistes' XXIII, p. 163 ff.). 193I.

946. -- Les instruments de musique des Indiens Uro-Chipaya ('Revista de Inst. de Etnologfa' II, p. 263 ff.), 1932.

947. JACKSON, WILFRID, Shell-trumpets and their distribution in the Old and New world (,Memoirs of the Manchester Literary Soc.' LX, fasc. 8), 1916.

948. JANKOVIC, DANICA S., 40 Serbian dance melodies (Beograd, 1937).

949. -- and LJUBICA JANKOVIC, Danses populaires, vol. I-VI (Beograd, 1934-1951). with a summary in French.

949a. -- Narodne Igre (Beograd, 1949). 950. JANSKY, HERBERT, Volksgesange von

Valkern Russlands. II. Turktatarische Valker: kasantatarische, mischarische, westsibirisch-tatarische, nagaitatarische, turkmenische, kirgisische und tscherkes­sisch-tatarische Gesiinge ('Sitzungsber. d. oesterr. Akad. d. Wiss.', Phil.-hist. Klasse, vol. 227, NO.4), Vienna, 1952.

951. JANUS, CAROLUS, Musici scriptoYes Graeci. Supplementum, melodiarum reli­quiae (Leipzig, 1899).

952. JASIM UDDIN, Folk Music of East Pakistan ('Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' III, p. 41 ff.), 1951.

953. JEANNIN, Dom J., Melodies lithurgiques syriennes et chaldeennes (2 vols.) (1926 and '28).

954. -- L'Octoechos syrien (,Oriens Chris­tianus' new series, III, p. 82 ff. and 277 f.).

955. JENNESS, D., Eskimo music in Northern Alaska ('The Musical Quarterly' VIII, p. 377 ff.), 1922 .

956. JOEST, W., Malayische Lieder und Tttnze aus Ambon und den Uliase (Molukken) ('Intern. Archiv f. Ethnogr.' V, p. Iff.), 1892 .

956a. JOHN, J. T., Village music of Sierra Leone ('West African Review' XXIII, p. 1043 ff.), 1952.

957. JOHNSON, ORME, Musical instruments of ancient Hawaii ('The Musical Quarterly' XXV, p. 498 ff.), 1939.

958. JONES, A. M., African Music in Northern Rhodesia and some other places (Rhodes­Livingstone Museum Occasional Paper No. II, combined with a previous Essay on African Music in 'African Studies'), undated.

959. -- African Music: the Mganda Dance ('African Studies' Dec. 1945, p. 180 ff.).

960. -- What in a smile? (in 'Newsletter of the African Music Soc.' I no. 3, p. 13 ff.), 1950.

96 I. -- Report on a lecture on 'African Music' given to the Bulawayo Music Club in Sept. 1950 (ibid. I no. 3, p. 16 ff.), 1950.

962. -- Hymns for the African (ibid. I no. 3, p. 8 ff.), 1950.

963. -- Blue Notes and Hot Rhythm (ibid. I no. 4, p. 9 ff.). 195I.

964. -- (in collab. with L. KOMBE) The leila Dance Old Style (publ. by the African Music Soc., 1952).

965. -- Folk Music in Africa (,Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' V, p. 36 ff.), 1953.

966. --African Rhythm ('Africa' XXIV, p. 26 ff.), 1954.

967. JONES, WILLIAM, On the musical modes of the Hindus ('Asiatic Researches' III, p. 55 ff.), 1792 (reprinted in S. M. TAGORE, 'Hindu Music', p. 123 ff.), Calcutta, 1882, (vide below No. 1761).

968. JONG LSN., J. L. DE, De Noardske Balke (Assen, 1942).

969. JUNGBLUT, Magic Songs of the Bhils of Jhabua State C. I. (,Intern. Archiv f. Ethnogr.' XLIII, p. Iff.), 1943.

970. JURJANS, A., Lettische Volkslieder (Riga, 1885).

- go

970a. KANAI, KIKOKU, Ryukyu no Minyo (Folksongs of the Ryukyu Islands) (Tokyo 1954)·

970b. KARASTOYANOV, A., Melodichni i har­monichni osnovi na bulgarskata narodna pessen (Sofia, 1950).

971. KARPELES, MAUD, and ARNOLD A. BAKE, Manual for Folk Music Collectors (1951).

971a. -- English Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary of Music and Musicians', 5th ed. vol. III, p. 227 ff.), 1954.

971b. Kashmiri Musiqi (sa, ri, ga, mal, vol. I (Teacher's Training College, Srinagar, undated).

971c. KATAOKA, GIDO, On Shakujo ('Journal of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic Music', No. 12-13, English Section, p.6 ff.), Tokyo, Sept. 1954.

972. KATE, TEN, The musical bow in Formosa (,American Anthropologist' V), 1903.

972a. KATZAROVA-KoUKOUDOVA, R., Bul­garian Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 201 ff.), 1954.

973. KATZENELENBOGEN, D., Anthology of Lithuanian and Latvian Folksongs (Chi­cago, 1935).

974. KAUDERN, WALTER, Musical Instru­ments in Celebes ('Ethnographical Studies in Celebes' III), G6teborg, 1927.

975. KAUFMANN, WALTER, Folksongs of the Gond and Baiga (,Musical Quarterly' XXVII, p. 280 ff.), 1941.

976. KEH, CHUNG SIK, Die koreanische Musik ('Samml. musikw. Abhandl., Strassburg', 1935)·

977. KENNEDY, KEITH, The ancient four-note musical scale Qf the Maoris ('Mankind' I, p. II ff.), 1931.

978. -- The music system of the Fijians (ibid. p. 37 ff.), 1931.

979. -- The drums of Mbau (ibid., p. 219 ff.), 1934.

979a. KIDSON, FRANK, Manx Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 314), 1954·

980. KIESEWETTER, R. G., Die Musik der Araber (Leipzig, 1842).

980a. KIMOTSUKI, KANEKAZU, The Analysis oj Sound-wave (' Journal of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic Music', No. 12-13, English Section, p. II ff.), Tokyo, Sept. 1954·

980b. KINGSLAKE, BRIAN, The Art oj the Yoruba (,African Music Society News­letter' I, NO.4, p. 13 ff.), 1951.

981. KINGSLEY, VICTORIA, Further Notes oj the Illustrated Talk on Folk Music of the West ('The Journal of the Music Aca­demy, Madras' XXII, p. 83 ff.), 1951.

982. KINKELDEY, OTTO, Changing relations within the field of musicology ('Proc. Music Teacher's National Ass.' LX, p. 246 ff.).

983. KIRBY, PERCIVAL R., Oldtime chants of the Mpumuza chiefs ('Bantu Studies' II), 1923.

984. -- Some problems of primitive har­mony and polyphony, with special ref­erence to Bantu practice ('South African Journal of Science' XXIII), 1926.

985. -- A Study of Negro harmony ('Musical Quarterly' XVI), New York 1930.

986. -- The Gora and its Bantu successors ('Bantu Studies' V), 1931.

987. -- The mystery of the great Gomgom ('South African Journal of Science' XXVIII), 1931.

988. -- The recognition and practical use of the harmonics of stretched strings by the Bantu of South Africa (,Bantu Studies' VI),1932.

989. -- The music and musical instruments of the Korana (ibid. p. 163 ff.), 1932.

990. -- The drums of the Zulu ('South African Journal of Science' XXIX, p. 655 ff.), 1932.

991. -- The reed-flute ensembles of South Africa ('Journal of the R. Anthrop. Inst.' XIII), 1933.

992. -- Musical origins in the light of the musical practices of the Bushmen, Hot­tentot and Bantu (,Proc. of the Mus. Association'), Leeds, 1933.

993. -- The ethnology of African sound instruments. A communication on the early history of the mbila in A/rica. ('Bantu Studies' VII), 1934.

994. -- The effect of Western civilization upon Bantu music (in: I. SCHAPERA, 'Western civilization and the Natives of South Africa'), London, 1934.

995. -- The Musical Instruments of the Native Races of South Africa (Oxford I London, 1934).

996. -- The principle of stratification as applied to South African native music ('South African Journal of Science' XXXII, p. 72 ff.), 1935.

997. -- A further note on the Gora and its Bantu successors ('Bantu Studies' IX), 1935·

998. -- The principle of stratification as applied to South African Native Music ('South African Journal of Science' XXXII), 1935.

999. -- The musical practices of the I?Auni and oj. Khomani Bushmen ('Bantu Studies' X p. 373), 1936.

1000. -- A Study of Bushman Music ('Bantu Studies' X, p. 205 ff.), 1936.

1001. -- Indigenous Music (Chapter XXIX of ELLEN HELLMAN, assisted by LEAH ABRAHAMS, 'Handbook of Race Rela­tions in South Africa'), 1949.

1002. -- A note on the shipalapala of the

91 -

Tonga ('South African Journal of Science' XXXV, p. 361 ff.), 1938.

1003. -- The Trumpets of Tut-Ankh-Amen and their successors (' J oum. of the R. Anthrop. Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland' 1950, p. 33).

1004. -- A secret musical instrument: the ekola of the Ovakuanyama of Ovamboland ('South African Journal of Science' XXXVIII, p. 345 ff.), 1942.

1005. -- Bantu ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 1219 ff.), 1951.

1006. -- Buschmann- und Hottentottenmu­sik (ibid. II, col. 501 ff.), 1952.

1007. -- Science and Music ('South-African Journal of Science' LI, p.67 ff.), Oct. 1954·

1007a. -- Primitive Music ('Grove's Dic­tionary' 5thed., vol. VI,P.92I ff.),1954.

1008. KISHIBE, SHIGEO, On the Origin of the P'i-p'a ('Transactions of the Asiatic Soc. of Japan', 2nd ser. vol. XIX, p. 259 ff.), 1940.

1009. -- The Character of the Shi-pu-chi, 'the Ten Kinds of Music' of the T'ang Dynasty (,Journal of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic Music', NO.9, p. 8 vv.), 1951.

1010. -- Emigration of Musicians from Centf'al Asia to China and Diffusion of Western Music in China ('Annales of the Inst. of History, Faculty of General Culture, Tokyo Univ.' No. I), 1953.

10II. KLIER, KARL, Die volkstumliche Quer­pfeife ('Das Deutsche Volkslied' XXV), 192 3.

1012. -- Volkstumliche Quef'f16ten und die MauUrommel ('Kongressber. der Beet­hoven-Zentenarfeier' Vienna, 1927, p. 375 ff.).

1013. -- 250 Jahre Maultrommelmacher­zunft zu Molin (,Tagespost', Linz, No. 226), 29/IX, 1929.

1014. -- Neue Anleitung zum Schwegeln (Vienna, 1931).

1015. KLOSE, H., Musik, Tanz und Spiel in Togo ('Globus' 89), 19I1.

1016. KNOSP, GASTON, La Bif'manie (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Musique', p. 3094 ff.), 1906.

1017. -- Histoire de la musique dans l'lndo-Chine (ibid., p. 3100 ff.), 1907.

1018. -- Ueber annamitische Musik ('Sam­melb. der Intern. Musikges.' VIII, p. 137 ff.), 1906--'07.

1019. -- Les iles Canaries (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Musique', p. 3234 ff.), 1908.

1020. -- Les Chants d' amour dans la musi­que orientale ('Mercure Musical', IV, p. 768 ff.), 1908.

1021. -- Notes SUI' la tablatuf'e chinoise ('Revue Musicale de Lyon' VI, p. 785 ff.), 1909.

1022. -- Notes sur la musique persane (,Guide Musical' IV, p. 283 ff., 307 ff., 327 ff. and 347 ff.), 1909.

1023. -- Notes surla musique indo-chinoise ('Rivista musicale Italiana' XVI, p. 833 ff. and XVII, p. 415 ff., 428 ff.), 1909 and 1910.

1024. -- La Musique dans l'eeducation chinoise (,Mercure de France' LXXXIII, p, 757 ff.), 1910.

1025. -- Rapport sur une mission officielle d'etude musicale en Indochine (Leyden, 19II).

1026. La musique des Indiens de l'Amerique du Nord (in LAVIGNAC, 'Histoire de la Musique' V, p. 3333 ff.), undated (but before 1922).

1027. -- Les Tziganes (ibid., p. 2646 ff.), 192 2.

1028. -- Le prob18me de la musique exotique ('Rivista Musicale Italiana' XXXII, p. 566 ff.), 1925.

1028a. -- Notes sur la musique persane (,Guide musicale' 1909, pp. 307 fl., 327 ff. and 347 ff.).

1029. KOHL, LOUIS VON, Tonende Amtsem­bleme. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte del' chinesischen Musik ('Sinica' VII, p. 5 ff.), 1932.

1030. KOHLBACH, B., Das Widderhorn ('Z. des Ver. f. Volksk.' XV, p. I13 ff.), 1916.

1031. KOLINSKI, MIECZYSLAW, Die Musik del' Primitivstllmme aUf Malakka und ihre Beziehungen zur samoanischen Musik ('Anthropos' XXV, p. 588 ff.), 1930.

1032. -- Suriname Music (in M. J. and F. S. HERSKOVITS, 'Suriname Folklore', New York, 1936).

1033. -- Musica de Culto Afrobahiano ('Revista de Estudios Musicales' I, No. 2, p. 65 ff.), Mendoza, Argentina, Dec. 1949·

1034. -- La musica del Oeste Africano. Musica Europea y extraeuf'opea ('Re­vista de Estudios Musicales' I, No.2, p. 191 ff.), Mendoza, Argentina, 1949.

1034a. --Die Musik Westafrikas (deposited at the Dept. of Anthropology of North­western University).

1034b. -- The structUf'e of melodic move­ment. A new method of analysis (in preparation) .

1034c KOLLER, OSWALD, Die Musik im Lichte del' Darwinischen Theorie ('Jahrb. der musikbibl. Peters' VII, p. 35 ff.), 1901.

1035. KOLLMANN, F16ten und Pfeifen aus Alt­Mexico ('BASTIAN Festschrift'), 1896.

1036. KOMITAS, La musique rustique arme­nienne ('Revue Musicale Mensuelle' 1907, p. 472 ff.).

1037. -- Af'menische Dorfslieder (Leipzig, 1913) (2 vols.).

- 92 -

1038. KONIG-BEYER, WALTER, Volkerkunde im Lichte vergleichender Musikwissen­schaft (Reichenberg, 1931).

1039. KOOLE, AREND, Report on an inquiry into the music and instruments of the Basutos in Basutoland ('Kongressbe­richt Intern. Ges. f. Musikwissenschaft, Utrecht 1952', p. 263 ff.), 1953.

1039a. KRAELING, CARL H., and LUCETTE MOWRY, Music in the Bible ('The New Oxford History of Music', 3rd ed., vol. 1),1955·

1040. KRAUSE, EDUARD, Trommeln aus vorge­schichtlicher Zeit ('Z. f. Ethnologie' XXIV, p. (97) ff.), 1892.

1041. KRAUSS, AL., Di alguni strumenti musicali della Micronesia e della Mela­nesia regalati al Museo Nazionale d'an­tropologia e di etnologia dal dott. Otto Finsch (,Archivio per l'Anthropologia e la Etnologia, Florence' XVII, p. 35 ff.), 1887.

1042. KREMENLIEV, BORIS A., Bulgal'ian­Macedonian Folk Music (Berkeley! Los Angeles, 1952).

1043. KRISHNA RAo, H. P., The Psychology of Music (Mysore, 1916).

1044. -- The Psychology of Music (Ban­galore, 1923).

1045. KROHN, ILMARI, Geisttiche Melodien (,Suomen Kansan Sll.velmill.' I), 1898.

1046. -- Welches ist die beste Metkode, um V olks- und volksmilssige Lieder nach ikrer melodiscken Beschaffenheit lexi­katisck zu ordnen ('Z. d. Intern. Musik­ges.' IV, p. Iff.), 1902/,03.

1047. -- Weltliche Melodien (,Suomen Kansan Sll.velmiii.' II), 1904.

1048. -- Tanzmelodien (ibid. III). 1049. -- Mongolische Melodien ('Z. f. Mu­

sikw.' III, p. 65 ff.), 1920. 1050. -- Melodien del' Permier ('Mem. de

la Soc. Finno-Ugrienne' LVIII), Hel­sinki, 1929.

1051. -- Die finnische Volksmusik ('Ber. a.d. Inst. f. Finnlandkunde', Greifs­wald, 1935).

1052. -- Modszel'tani kBI'desek az osszeha­sonlito nepdalkutatdsban (ZUl' Methode del' vel'gleichenden Volksmelodienfor­sckung) (in 'Melanges offerts a. ZOLTAN KODALY a. l'occasion de son 60ieme anniversaire', p. 97 ff.), Budapest, 1943.

1053. KRUYT, ALBERT C., De fluit in Indo­nesiiJ ('Tijdschrift van het Bataviaasch Gen.' LXXVIII, p. 246 ff.), 1938.

1054. KUBA, LUDVIK, Slovanstvo ve svych zpevech (Prague, 1884-1929).

1055. -- Piesmei naPieviiz Bosne i Herce­govine ('Glasnik Zemaljskog Muzeja u Bosni i Hercegovine' XVIII, 183 ff., 354 ff., 499 ff.; ibid. XIX, p. 103 ff., 273 ff., 405 ff., 629 ff.; ibid. XXI, p. 303

ff., 581 ff.; XXII, p. 513 ff.), Sarajevo, resp. 1906, 1907, 1909 and 1910.

1056. -- Einiges Uber das istro-dalmatini­sche Lied ('Ber. 3. Kongress d. Intern. Musikges.' 1909, p. 271 ff.).

1057. KUHNERT, F., ZUl' Kenntniss del' chine­sischen Musik ('Wiener Zeitschr. ffir die Kunde des Morgenlandes' XIV, p. 126 ff.), 1900.

1058. -- Besteken Beziehungen zwischen chi­nesischer und ungarischel' Musik? (,Ke­leti Szemle' III, p. Iff.), 1902.

1059. KUNIKE, Musikinstrumente aus dem alten Michoacan ('Baessler Arehiv' II), 1911.

*1060. KUNST, JAAP, Terschellinger Volks­leven (1st. ed. 1914; 2nd and 3rd. ed. The Hague, 1938 and 1950).

1061. -- Het levende lied van Nederland (1st. ed. 1918/'19; 4th. ed. Amsterdam, 1948).

*1062. -- and KUNST-VAN WELY, C. J. A., De toonkunst van Bali (Weltevreden, 192 5).

1063. -- and -- De toonkunst van Bali II ('Tijdschrift v.h. Kon. Bataviaasch Genootschap' LXV, p. 369 vv.), 1925.

*1064. KUNST, JAAP, (in collab. with R. GORIS), Hindoe-Javaansche muziekin­stl'umenten (Weltevreden, 1927).

1065. -- Over eenige Hindoe-Javaanscke muziekinstl'umenten ('Tijdschrift v.h. Kon. Bataviaasch Genootschap' LXVIII, p. 347 ff.), 1929.

1066. -- Een overwalsche bloedverwant van den Javaanschen gamelan ('Ned.-Indii! Oud & Nieuw' XIV, p. 79 ff.), 1929.

1067. -- De l'origine des echelles musicales iavano-balinaises (,Journal of the Siam Soc.' XXIII, p. III ff.), 1929.

*1068. -- A Study on Papuan Music (Bandung, 1930).

106g. -- Songs of NorlhNew-Guinea (Publ. NO.2 of the Neth.-Indian Musicological Archives'), 1931.

1070. -- Oude Westersche liederen uit Oos­tersche landen (Bandung, 1934).

*1071.--De toonkunst van Java (2 vols), The Hague, 1934.

1072. -- Musicological Exploration in tke Indian Archipelago ('The Asiatic Re­view' October 1936).

1073. -- A musicological al'gument for cul­tUl'al relationship between Indonesia - probably tke Isle of Java - and Centl'al Africa ('Proc. of the Musical Association', Session LXII), 1936, ±

Ein musikologischel' Beweis fur Kultul'zusammenhllnge zwischen Indo­

nesien - vermutlick Java - und Zentral­Afrika ('Anthropos' XXXI, p. 131 ff.), 1936.

1074. -- Bij den dood van EI'ich von HOl'n-

-93 -

bostel ('Orgaan der Federatie van Ned. Toonkunstenaarsvereenigingen', Jan. 1936) = Zum Tode Erich von Hcwn­bostels ('Anthropos' XXXII, p. 239 ff.), 1937.

1075. -- New Light on the early History of the Malay A"chipelago ('Indian Art and Letters' XII, p. 99 ff.), 193B.

1076. -- Music in Nias (Leyden, 193B). 1077. -- In Memoriam Robert Lachmann

(,Cultureel Indi/!' I, p. 29B), 1939. lo7B. -- Een onbekend Javaansch muziek­

instrument (,Cultureel Indi/!' I, p. 140 ff.),1939·

1079. -- Een me"kwaardig blaasinstrument: de M aleische duivenlokfluit (ibid. II, p. 47 ff.), 1940.

loBo. -- Indonesische muziek en Gouverne­mentszorg ('Kroniek voor Kunst en Kultuur' V, p. 243 ff.), 1940.

loBI. -- Review of CLAUDIE MARCEL­DUBOIS, 'Les instruments de musique de l'Inde ancienne' (,Cultureel Indi/!' IV, p. 226 ff.), 1942.

*10B2. -- De waardeering van elltotische musiek in den loop der eeuwen (inau­gural oration) (The Hague, 1942).

loB3. -- Music in Flores, a Study of the vocal and instrumental Music among the Tribes living in Flores (Leyden, 1942).

IOB4. -- Barabu¢ur-Iuiten met stemmen ('Cultureel Indi/!' V, p. 30), 1943.

*loB5. -- Een en ander over de muziek en den dans op de Kei-eilanden (Public. LXIV of the Royal Tropical Institute, Amsterdam),1945·

10B6. --Het lot der Javaansche gamelans (,Indonesia' Bth Sept. 1945).

loB7. -- Review of F. BALTAZARD SOL­VI]NS, 'Les Hindous' (,Cultureel Indi/!' VII, p. 197 ff.), 1945.

10BB. -- Muziek en Dans in de Buitenge­westen (Publ. LXVII of the R. Tropical Inst., Amsterdam), 1946.

10B9. -- Een novum op Indonesisch muziek­gebied (,Cultureel Indi/!' VII, p. 200 ff.), 1945 = 'Mensch en Melodie' I, p. 23 ff., (1946).

1090. -- Teylers muzikale prijsvraag (,Mensch & Melodie' I, p. 19 ff.), 1946.

1091. -- Walter Spies als musicus ('Cultu­reel Indi/!' VIII, p. 25 ff.), 1946.

1092. -- De Inheemsche muziek en de Zending (Publ. LXXII of the R. Tropical Inst.), 1947.

1093. -- Musicology ('Report on the Scien­tific Work done in the Netherlands on behalf of the Dutch Overseas Territories during the period between approxi­mately 191B and 1943', publ. by the Werkgemeenschap van Wetensch. or­ganisaties in Nederland, and compiled

- 94

by the late Dr. B. J. O. SCHRIEKE), p. 194 ff. (194B).

1094. --Around Von Hornbostel's theory of the cycle of blown fifths (Publ. LXXVI of the R. Tropical Inst.), 194B.

1095. -- A hypothesis about the origin of the gong ('Ethnos' 1947, p. 79 ff. and 147).

1096. -- The Music of Bali and its emotional appeal ('Britain and Holland' 1949).

1097. -- Sundanese Music ('Art and Let­ters': India and Pakistan' New Series vol. XXII no. 2, p. 54 ff.), 1949.

109B. -- The cultural background of Indo­nesian Music (Publ. LXXXII of the R. Tropical Inst.; Amsterdam), 1949.

*1099. -- Music in Java, its History, its Theory and its Technique (2 vols.), The Hague, 1949.

lIOO. -- La Musique indonesienne (,Revue du Monde Nouveau' 1950, No. I, p. 86 ff.).

lIOI. -- Metre, Rhythm and Multipart Music (Leyden, 1950).

lI02. -- Musiek en Dans in Westelijk Nieuw-Guinea (Publ. XCIII of the R. Tropical Inst., Amsterdam), 1950.

lI03. --Die zooo-ilthrige Gesckichte Sild­Sumatras gespiegelt in ihrer Musik ('Kongress-Bericht, Liineburg 1950'), 1951.

1I04. -- In Memoriam D". Ernest Diamant ('Mens en Melodie' VII, p. 60 ff.), 1952.

1I05. -- Nederlandse Volksdansen (,Pro­gram of the National Folkloristic Festival, Hengelo, 17th Aug. 1952'), p. IS ff.

1I06. -- Sociologische bindingen in de mu­ziek (inaugural oration) (The Hague, 1953)·

1I07. -- Begdia the gamelan boy, a Story of the Isle of Java with musical illustra­tions by the Study Group for Gamelan Music 'Babar Layar' (L. P. record No. 00165 L, made by Philips), 1953.

1I0S. -- Kulturhistorische Beziehungen zwi­schen dem Balkan und Indonesien (Publ. CIII of the R. Tropical Inst., Amsterdam), 1953.

1I09. -- Gamelan Music (,Kongressbericht Intern. Mus. Ges., Utrecht 1952', p. 271 ff.), 1953.

1I10. -- Een en ander over auteursrecht op volksliederen (,Mens en Melodie' IX, p. 15 ff.), 1954.

II II. -- Alexander John Ellis ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' vol. III, col. 12B4 ff.), 1954.

1112. -- Cultural Relations between the Bal­kans and Indonesia (Publ. CVII of the Royal Tropical Inst., Amsterdam), 1954.

11I3. -- Flores ('M.G.G.' vol. IV, col. 415 ff.), 1954.

II 14. -- Gamelan (ibid. vol. IV), 1955. II15. -- Gong (ibid. vol. IV), 1955. lII6. -- Hindu-Javanische Musik (ibid.

vol. V), 1956. II17. - Java (ibid. vol. V), 1956. lll8. KURATH, GERTRUDE P., Iroquois mid­

winter medicine rites (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' III, p. 96 ff.), 195I.

lll9. -- Local Diversity in Iroquois Music and Dance (in WILLIAM FENTON, 'Sym­posium on Local Diversity in Iroquois Cultus' (,Bull. of the Bureau of Amer. Ethnology' No. 149, p. I09 ff.), 195I.

1120. -- Syncopated Therapy (,Midwest Folklore' I, p. 179 ff.), 195I.

1121. -- Therapeutic Dance Rhythms ('Dan­ce Observer', Oct. 1952, p. II7 ff.).

1122. --An Analysis of the Iroquois Eagle Dance and Songs ('Bull. of the Bureau of Amer. Ethnology' No. 156, p. 223 ff.), 1953.

ll23. -- The Tutelo Harvest Rite: a musical and choreographic analysis ('Scientific Monthly' LXXVI, p. 153 ff.), 1953.

ll24. -- The Tutelo Fourth Night Spirit Release Singing ('Midwest Folklore' IV, p. 87 ff.), Bloomington, Indiana Univ., 1954)·

II24a. -- Rhythms of Work and Play (,Journal of Health, Phys. Education and Recreation' IX, p. 5 ff.), 1938.

II24b. -- Los Concheros ('Journal Ameri­can Folklore' LIX, p. 234 ff.), 1946.

ll24c. -- Los Arrieros of Acopilco ('Western Folklore' VI, p. 3 ff.), 1947.

II24d. --Bronze Ceremonials (,Journal of Health, Phys. Education and Recrea­tion' XIX, p. 4 ff.), 1948.

II24e. --Mexican Moriscas (ibid. LXII, p. 244 ff.). 1949·

II24f. -- The Feast of the Dead (,Bull. of the Bureau of Amer. Ethnology' No. 149), 1951.

II24g. -- Matriarchal Dances of the Iro­quois ('Froc. Intern. Congress of Ameri­canists' 1952).

II24h. -- Chippewa Sacred Songs in Reli­gious Metamorphosis ('Scientific Month­ly' LXXIX, p. 5 ff.), 1954·

II24i. -- Modern Ottawa Dancers (,Mid­west Folklore' V, p. Iff.), 1955.

II25. KUROSAWA, TAKATOMO, The Musical Bow of the Bunun Tribe in Formosa and suggestion as to the Origin of the Pen­tatonic Scale (' Journal of the Soc. f. Research in Asiatic Music' No. ID-II, p. 2 ff.), Dec. 1952.

II26. KURTH, E., Musikpsychologie (1931). II27. KUTTNER, FRITZ A., Die verborgenen

Beziehungen zwischen Sprache und Musik, (dargestellt am Beispiel Chinas) ('Musica' V, p. 13 ff.), 1951.

II28. -- The Musical Significance of ar­chaic Chinese Jades of the Pi Disc Type ('Artibus Asiae' XVI fasc. 1-2, p. 25 ff.), 1953.

II29. -- Nochmals: die Steinzeit-Lithophone von Annam ('Die Musikforschung' VI, p. I ff.), 1953.

II30. -- Del' stroboskopische Frequenzmes­ser (ibid. VI, p. 235 ff.), 1953.

II31. KUTZ, ADALBERT, Musikgeschichte· und Tonsystematik (Berlin, 1943).

II32. LABOURET, HENRI, Langage tambourine et sittltf (,Bull. du Comite d'etudes hist. et scientifiques de l' A.O.F.' 1923, p. 120 ff.).

II33. LACH, ROBERT, Natur- und orientali­sche Kulturvolker (,Studien zur Ent­wicklungsgeschichte der ornamentalen Melopoie. Beitrage zur Geschichte der Melodie', p. 93 ff.), Leipzig, 1913.

II34. -- Del' Einfluss des Orients aUf die Musik des Abendlandes ('Oesterr. Mo­natschrift fiir den Orient' XL, p. 327 if.), 1914.

II35. -- Orientalistik und vergleichende Mu­sikwissenschaft ('Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes' XXIX, p. 463 ff.), Vienna, 1916.

II36. -- Das Kadenz- und Klauselproblem in der vergleichenden M usikwissenschaft ('Z. f. d. oesterr. Gymn.', LXVII, p. 601 ff.), 1916.

II37. -- Vorliiufiger Bericht Uber die im Auftrage der kais. Akad. d. Wiss. erfolgte A ufnahme del' Gesange russischer Kriefsgefangener im August und Sep­tember I9I6 (46. Mitteilung der Phono­gramm-archiv-Kommission der Akad. d. Wiss.), 1917.

II38. -- id. in 1917 (47. Mitteilung der Akad. d. Wiss.), 1918.

II39. -- Die Musik del' turk-tatarischen, finnisch-ugrischen und Kaukasusvolker in ihrer entwicklungsgeschichtlichen und psychologischen Bedeutung fur die Ent­stehung der musikalischen Formen ('Mit­teil. der Anthropol. Ges., Wien', vol. 50, p. 23 if.), 1920.

II40. -- Das Phonationsproblem in del' ver­gleichenden Musikwissenschaft (,Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift', 1920, Nos. 16, 18 and 19: pp. 749-752, 837-840 and 881-884).

II41. -- Eine Studie uber Vogelgesang (,Musikalischer Kurier' II, p. 22 ff.), Vienna, 1920.

1142. -- Musik im Islam ('Der Auftakt' I, p. 282 ff.), Prag, 1920/,2I.

II43. -- Das Problem des Sprachmelos (,Wiener Medizinische W ochenschrift', 1922, No. 27, p. II73 ff.).

II44. -- Musik in China ('Der Auftakt' III p. 35 ff.), Frag, 1922.

- 95-

1145. -- Musik de'f' Japane'f' (ibid. II, p. 167 ff.), Prag, 1922.

1146. -- Die Musik Ostasiens (,Faust', vol. 1922, fasc. 8, p. 26 ff.).

1147. -- De'f' O'f'ient in de'f' altesten abend­landischen Musikgeschichte ('Ber. des Forschungsinstitutes fUr Osten und Orient' III).

1148. -- De'f' U'f'sp'f'ung de'f' Musik im Lichte des Tie'f'gesangs (,Wiener Medi­zinische Wochenschrift', 1923, Nos. 28 and 30/31, p. 1307-1310 and 1401-1406).

1149. -- Das Rassenp'f'oblem in de'f' ve'f'­gleichenden Musikwissenschaft ('Berich­te des Forschungsinstitutes ftir Osten und Orient' III, p. 1°7-122), Vienna 192 3.

1150. -- Zur Geschichte des musikalischen Zunftwesens (Akad. d. Wiss. zu Wien, Phil.-hist. Klasse, Sitzungsber., vol. 199), 1923.

115!. -- Der O'f'ient in de'f' aliesten abend­landischen Musikgeschichte ('Ber. d. Forschungsinst. f. Osten u. Orient' III, p. 162 ff.), Vienna, 1923.

1152. -- Die Musik de'f' Natur- und orien­talischen Kulturvolker (in GUIDO ADLER, 'Handbuch der Musikgeschichte' vol. I), 1924, 2/1930.

1153. -- Das Konstruktionsprinzip der Wie­derholung in Musik, Sprache und Literatur (Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien, Phil.-hist. Kl. Sitzungsber. No. 201, Bd. z), 1925.

1154. -- Das musikalische Konstruktions­prinzip der altmexikanischen Tempel­gesange (' JOHANNES WOLF-Festschrift' 1929), p. 88 ff.

1155. -- Die vergleichende Musikwissen­schaft, ihre M ethoden und Probleme (Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien, Phil.-hist. Klasse, Sitzungsber., vol. 200), 1924.

1156. -- Vergleichende Kunst- und Musik­wissenschaft (ibid. vol. 201), 1925.

1157. -- Gesange russischer Kriegsgefange­ner, part I, finnisch-ugrische Volker, 1st section: wotjakische, syrjanische und permiakische Gesange (ibid. vol. 203), 1926; id. part III, Kaukasusvolker, 1st section: Georgische Gestlnge (ibid. vol. 204), 1928; id. part I, finnisch-ugrische Volker, 3rd section: Tscheremissische Gesiinge (ibid. vol. 204), 1929; id. part II, Turk-tatarische Volker, 1St section: Krimtatarische Gesiinge (ibid. vol. 211), 1930; id. part III, Kaukasusvolker, 2nd section: l'vlingrelische, abchasische, sva­nische und ossetische Gesiinge (ibid. vol. 205), 193!.

II58. -- Finnisch-ugrische VOlker, 2nd sec­tion: M ordwinische Gesiinge (ibid. vol. 205), 1933; id. part II, Turktatarische

- 96

Volke'f', 2nd section: Baschki'f'ische Gesange (ibid. vol. 218),1939; id. part I. Finnisch-ug'f'ische Volke'f', 4th section: Tschuwaschische Gesange (ibid. VOI:218), 194°·

II60. -- Geo'f'gische Gesiinge ('Anzeiger der phil.-hist. Klasse der Akad. d. Wis­sensch. in Wien' vol. LXIII, p. 13 ff.), 1926.

II6!. -- Tscheremissische Gesiinge (ibid. vol. LXIII, p. 138 ff.), 1926.

II62. -- Ming'f'elische, abchasische, svani­sche und ossetische Gestlnge (ibid., vol. LXIII, p. 140 ff.), 1926.

II63. -- MO'f'dwinische Gestlnge (ibid., vol. LXIII, p. 145 ff.), 1926.

1164. -- Ve'f'gleichende Sprach- und Musik­wissenschaft (,PAUL KRETSCHMER-Fest­schrift', p. 128 ff.), 1926.

II65. -- Die Musik der Inkas ('Der Auf­takt' VI, p. 124 ff.), Prag, 1926.

1166. -- Die Musik der Inkas ('Der Zu­schauer' 1925/26, fasc. 8, p. 6 ff.).

II67. -- Review of R. et M. D'HARCOURT, 'La musique des Incas et ses survivan­ces' ('Mitteil. der Anthropol. Ges. in Wien' LVII, p. 73 ff.), 1926/,27.

II68. -- Review of R. et M. D'HARCOURT, 'La musique des Incas et ses survivances' ('Z. f. Musikw.' IX, p. 240 ff.), Leipzig, 1926/,27.

II69. -- Die physiologischen Urtypen de'f' musikalischen Formen ('Wiener Medi­zinische Wochenschrift' LXXVII, col. 15 ff.), 1927.

II70. -- Die vergleichende Musikwissen­schaft ('Forschungen und Fortschritte' III, p. 210 ff.). Berlin, 1927.

II7!. -- Kaukasische Volksgesiinge (ibid. IV, p. 43 ff.), 1928.

II72. -- Musikalische Ethnographie ('Mit­teil. der Anthrop. Ges. in Wien' LX, p. 356 ff.), 1930.

II73. LACHMANN, ROBERT, Die Musik in den tunesischen Stadten ('Archiv f. Musikw.' V),1923·

II74. --Ein grundlegendes Werk iiber die Musik Indiens ('Archiv f. Musikw.' VI, p. 484 if.), 1924.

II75. -- Musik und Tonschrift der No ('Proc. Musicol. Congress, Leipzig, June 1925', p. 80 if.), 1925.

II76. -- Zur aussereuropiiischen Mehr­stimmigkeit (Beethoven Festival, Vien­na 1927; Kongressbericht, p. 321 ff.).

1177. -- Ostturkestanische Gesiinge (in A. VON LECOQ, 'Von Land und Leuten in Ostturkestan'), 1928.

1178. -- Die Weise vom Lowen und de'f' pythische Nomos ('Festschrift-JoHAN­NES WOLF', p. 97 if.), 1929.

II79. -- Musik des Orients (Breslau, Jeder­mann's Bticherei, 1929).

n80. --Die Musik der aussereuropllischen Natur- und Kultuf'Volker (in BeCKEN, 'Handbuch der Musikwissenschaft'), 1929.

n81. -- Musikaliscke Forschungsaufgaben im Vorderen Orient ('Bericht iiber die I. Sitzung der Ges. zur Erforschung der Musik des Orients am 27. April 1930' p. 3 ff.), Berlin, 1930.

n82. -- Von der Kunstmusik des vorderen Orients ('Kultur und Schallplatte' II, p. 164 ff.), 193I.

1I83. -- Asiatische Parallelen zur Berber­musik (in collab. with E. VON HORN­BOSTEL) ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 4 ff.),1933·

II84. -- Das indische Tonsystem bei Bha­rata und sein Ursprung (in collab. with E. VON HORNBOSTEL) (ibid., I, p. 73 ff.), 1933.

II85. -- Die Vina und das indische Tonsy­stem bei Bharata (ibid. II, p. 57ff.), 1934.

II86. -- Musiksysteme und Musikauffas­sung (ibid. III, p. Iff.), 1935.

1I87. -- Mustaqbil al-miisiqa l-'arabijfa ('AI Kullijja l-'arabijja' XVI, vol. I p. 17 ff.), 1935.

1I88. -- Jewish Cantilation and Song in the Isle of Dierba ('Archives of Oriental Music', The Hebrew Univ., Jerusalem, 1940).

II89. -- and A. H. Fox STRANGWAYS Muhammedan Music ('Grove's Dic­tionary of Music' 4th ed., vol. III, p. 575 ff.), London, 1940.

1I90. LALOY, LoUIS, Musique et danses cam­bodgiennes (,Mercure Musical' 1906, p. 98 ff.).

1I91. -- Notes sur la musique cambod­gienne ('Ber. iiber den 2. Kongress der Intern. Musikges. zu Basel') , Leipzig, 1907, p. 61 ff.

1I92. -- La musiql'e chinoise (Paris, 1910). 1I93. -- Hoat-Nan Tze et la mlfsique

('T'oung Pao' XV, p. 501 ff.), 1914. II94. -- La Musique et les philosophes

chinois (,Revue Musicale' VI, p. 132 ff.), 1925.

II95. LAND, J. P. N., Recherches sur l'histoire de la gamme arabe ('Proc. of the 6th Intern. Congress of Orientalists, Leyden 1883', vol. II, 1st section, p. 35 ff.), Leyden, 1884.

1196. -- Essais de notation musicale chez les arabes et les persans ('Etudes archeologi­

ques, linguistiques et historiques dediees a M. Ie Dr. C. Leemans', p. 315 ff.), Leyden, 1885.

II97. -- Remarks on the Earliest Develop­ment of Arabic Music ('Proc. of the 9th Intern. Congress of Orientalists, Lon­don 1892' vol. II, p. 155 ff.), London 1893.

II98. -- Over onze kennis der J avaanscke muziek (Introduction to J. GRONEMAN, 'De gamelan te Jogjakarta'), 1890.

II99. -- Tonschriftversucke und Melodien­proben aus dem muhammedanischen Mittelalter ('Vierteljahrschr. f. Musikw.' vol. 2), 1886, reprinted in 'Sammel­bi!.nde f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 77 ff., (1922).

1200. LARA, M. DE, and ESCOBAR, M. L., Ritmo y melodia nativos de Venezuela ('Estudios Latino-americanos' III, p. 121 ff.), 1937.

1200a. -- and -- Los instrumentos musi­cales aborigenes y criollos de la Argentina (Buenos Aires, undated).

1201. LAUNIS, ARMAS, Lappische Juoikosme­lodien (Helsinki, 1908).

1202. -- Ueber Art, Entstehung und Ver­breitung der estnisch-finnischen Runen­melodien (Helsinki, 1910).

1203. -- Runen (,Suomen Kansan Savel­mill.' VI), 1910 and 1930.

1205. -- Pentatonik in den Melodien der Lappen (Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien, Phil.­hist. Klasse, Sitzungsber. vol. ? ?), 19? ?

1206. LAXTON, P. B., and TE KAUTU KAMo­RIKI, 'Ruoia', a Gilbertese Dance ('The Journal of the Polynesian Soc.' LXII, p. 57 ff.), March 1953·

1207. LEDEN, CHRISTIAN, Musik und Titnze der gronlllndiscken Eskimos ('Z. f.

,Ethnologie' XLIII), 19II. 1208. -- Musikethnologische Gronlande:rpe­

dition ('Z. der Intern. Musikges.' XII, p. 370 ff.), 1910.

1209. -- Ueber die Musik der Smith Sund Eskimos und ihre Verwandtschaft mit der Musik der amerikanischen Indianer (Copenhagen, 1952).

1210. LEHMANN-NITSCHE, ROBERT, Patago­nische Gesllnge und M usikbogen (' An­thropos' III, p. 916 ff.), 1908.

12II. LEHTISALO, T., Beobachtungen uber die Jodler ('Suomalais-Ugrilaisen Seura Aikakausk' XLVIII, No.2, p. Iff.), 1937·

1212. LEROUX, CH., La musique classique iaponaise (19II).

1213. LEVIS, JOHN HAZEDEL, The Musical Art of Ancient China ('T'ien Hsia Monthly' I, p. 404 ff.), 1935.

1214. -- Foundations of Chinese Musica Art (Peiping, 1936).

1215. -- Chinese Music ('Asia' XXXVII p. 863 ff.), 1937.

1216. LEVY, J., Die Signalinstrumente in den altfranzosischen Te:rten (Diss., Halle, 1910).

1217. LICHTVELD, Lou, De muziek der Rood­huiden ('Leven en Werken' IV, N.S., No. I, p. 3 ff.), Januari 1940.

- 97 --..

1218. --Muziek ('Ons Koninkrijk in Ame­rika', p. 84 ff.), 1947.

1219. LIMA, EMIRTO DE, La musique Colom­bienne ('Acta Musicologica' II, p. 92 ff.), 1930.

1220. -- La chanson populaire en Colombie (ibid. IV, p. 128 ff.), 1932.

1221. -- Las flautas indigenas colombianas (,Estudios Latino-americanos' III, p. 67 ff.), 1937.

1222. -- Diverses manifestations folklori­ques sur la cdte des A ntilles en Colombie ('Acta Musicologica' VII, p. 167 ff.), 1935·

1223. LINDBLOM, GERHARD, Die Stosstrom­mel, insbesondere in Afrika ('Ethnos' 1945, p. 17 ff.).

1224. LINDEMAN, L. M., Aeldre og nyere norske Fjeldmelodier (1853-'67).

1224a. LINDSAY, MAURICE, Scottish Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5thed., vol. III, p. 346 ff.), 1954.

1225. LIU, CHARLES, On the Jew's Harps from H ainan Island (,Journal of the Science Soc. of China' XX, p. 12 ff.), 1938.

1226. LIU, CHUNGSHEE HSIEN, Sur un instru­ment musical Ii anches libt"es en usage chez les Miao dans la Chine du Sud­Ouest ('VEthnographie' N.S. XXVIII, p. 27 ff.), 1934.

1227. LLOYD, LLOYD S., The Myth of Equal­Stepped Scales in Primitive Music (,Music and Letters' XXVII, p. 73 ff.),1946.

1228. -- Hornbostel's Theory of Blown Fifths ('Monthly musical record', London, 1946, Jan. and Febr.).

1228a. -- Pitch notation ('Grove's Dic­tionary' 5th ed. vol. VI, p. 785 ff.), 1954.

1228b. -- Pitch, standard, (,Grove's Dic­tionary 5th ed., VI, p. 788 ff.), 1954.

1229. LODS, ADOLPHE, Les idees des anciens Israelites sur la musique (' Journal de Psychologie' 1926).

1230. LOMAX, JOHN A. and ALAN, Folk Song: U.S.A. The III Best American Ballads (New York, 1947).

1230a. LONG, KENNETH R., African Folk­Song. Some notes on the Music of the Bantu Tribes 01 Southern Africa (in ·Hinrichsen's Musical Yearbook' VII, p. 577 ff.), 1952.

1230b. LONGMORE, L., Music and Song among the Bantu People in urban areas on the Witwatersrand ('African Music Society Newsletter' I, p. 15 ff.), 1953.

1231. LOORITS, OSKAR, Volkslieder der Liven ('Opetatud Eesti Seltsi toimetused' XXVIII), Tartu, 1936.

1232. LORD, ALBERT B., Yugoslav epic songs, vol. I (Harvard Univ. Press, 1954).

1233. LORET, VICTOR, Quelques documents relatifs a la litterature et Ii la musique

- 98

populaires de la Haute-Egypte ('M~moi­res de la Mission Archeologique Fran­c;aise au Caire' I, p. 305 ff.), 1881/'84.

1234. --US fltUes egyptiennes antiques ('Journal Asiatique' LXIV), 1889.

1235. -- Egypte. Note surles instruments de musiqUt! de l'Egypte ancienne (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' I, p. Iff.), 1910.

1236. MACHABEY, A., La musique des Hittites ('Revue de Musicologie' XXIII, p. I

ff.), 1944. 1237. -- La musique sumho-chaldBenne t!t

egyptimne ('La musique des origines a. nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 59 ff.), 1946.

1238. -- La musique hBbraique (ibid., p. 63 ff.), 1946.

1239. -- La musique grecque (ibid., p. 64 ff.),1946.

1240. --La musique latine (ibid., p. 67 ff.), 1946.

1241. -- La musique et la medecine (,Poly­phonie' 1950, Nos. 7-8, p. 40 ff.).

1241a. -- La notation musicale (Paris, 1952).

1242. MACHIDA, KASHO, Notes on Japanese Music (Japan, 1953).

1242a. MACKAY, MERCEDES, The traditional musical instrummts of Nigeria (,The Nigerian Field' XV, NO.3, p. II2 ff.), 1950.

1243. MACLEAN, CHARLES, The Principle of the Hydraulic Organ (,Sammelb. der Intern. Musikges.' VI, p. 183 ff.), 1905·

1244. MACLER, FREDERIC, La musiqUt! en Armenie (Paris, 1917).

1244a. MADUMERE, ADELE, Ibo village music (,African Affairs' LII, Jan. 1953, p.63 ff.),

1245. MAES, JOSEPH, Xylophones du Congo beige (,Revue Congolaise' III (1912).

1246. -- Les tams-tams du Congo Beige '(Louvain, 1912).

1247. -- La sanza du Congo Beige ('Congo, revue g~n~rale de la colonie beige', 1921).

1248. -- Les Lukombe ou instruments de musique Ii cordes des populations du Kanai - Lac Leopold - LuhBnie ('Z. f, Ethnologie' LXX, p. 240 ff.), 1939.

1249. MA HIAo-Ts'IUN, La musiqUt! chinoise ('La musique des origines a nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 438 ff.), 1946.

1250. MAHILLON, VICTOR, Catalogue de­scriptif et analytique du Musee instru­mental du Consel'vatoire de Bl'uxelles (5 vols.), Bruxelles/Gand 2/1893-1922.

1251. MAHLER, ELSA, Altl'ussische Volkslieder aus dem Pecoryland (Basel, 1951).

1252, MANIZER, H. H., Music and musical instruments among some Bl'asilian tribes

('Sbornik muzei antropol. i. etnogr. pri ross. akad. nauk.' V), Petrograd, 1918.

1253. MANKER, ERNST, Die Lappische Zau­berl1'ommel. 1. Die T1'ommel als Denkmal materielle1' Kultu1' ('Acta Lapponica' I), Stockholm, 1938.

1254. MANSOOR UDDIN, M., Folksongs. Thei1' uses in Pakistan (Dacca, 1952).

1255. -- Folk Songs in East Pakistan ('Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' V, p. 51), 1953.

1256. MANUSAMA, A. TH., K1'ontjong als muziekinst1'ument, als melodie en als ge­zang (Batavia, 1919).

12500. MAQUET, J. N., La musique chez les Bapende (,Problemes d' Afrique Cen­trale' VII, p. 299 ff.), 1954.

1256b. -- Initiation d la musique congolaise ('Jeunesses Musicales' No. 21, Dec. 1953, p. 3 ff.).

1256&. -- Musiciens Bapende ('Bulletin des Femmes Coloniales', Jan. 1954, P.31 ff.).

*1257. MARCEL-DuBIOS, CLAUDIE, Inst1'u­ments de M usique de 1'1 nde ancienne (Paris, 1941).

1258. -- Les inst1'uments de musique popu­lai1'es ('La Musique des origines a. nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 53 ff.), 1946.

1259. -- La musique de l'Inde (ibid., p. 454 ff.), 1946.

1259a. -- F1'ench Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 239 ff.), 1954·

1260. MARIANO, P. A., BU1'mese Music and Musical Inst1'uments (in J. G. SCOTT, 'Burma, a Handbook of Practical In­formation', London, 3/1921), p. 360 ff.

1261. MARI]IC, FATHER BRANIMIR, Die Volks­musik Bosniens und de1' He1'zegovina (1936).

1262. MARINUS, ALBERT, Le /olklO1'e des in­stmments de musique ('Le Folklore braban~on' XIII, Nos. 73-74), Brussels, 1933·

1263. MARKS, R. W., The Music and Musical Inst1'uments of Ancient China ('The Musical Quarterly' XVIII), 1933.

1264. MARQUES, A., Ancient Hawaiian music ('Hawaiian Annual' 1914, p. 97 ff.).

1265. -- Music in Hawaii Nei (ibid. 1886, p. 51 ff.).

1266. MARTENS, FREDERICK H., Music in the life 0/ the Aztecs ('The Musical Quar­terly' XIV, p. 413 ff.), 1928.

1267. -- Mahomet and music (ibid. XII, p. 376 ff.), 1926.

1268. -- The influence of music in w01'ld histo1'Y (ibid. XI, p. 196 ff.), 1925.

1269. -- Music in Chinese fai1'ytale and legend (ibid. VIII, p. 528 ff.), 1922.

1270. MARTIN, E., T1'ois documents de musique g1'ecque. T1'anscriptions commentees de Deuxieme hymne delphique Ii A pollon, Epitaphe de Seikilos (lIe s. ap. J.-C.) et /1'agment d'un Choeu1' d'01'este d'Euri­pide (1953).

*1272. MARTINEZ TORNER, EDUARDO, Biblio­g1'aphie du folklO1'e musical espagnol ('Art populaire' II, p. 159 ff.), 1931.

1273. MARX, B. L., The Hawaiian mele from a musical standpoint ('Hawaiian Annual' 1904, p. 154 ff.).

1274. MASU, GEN]IRO, The place of folk music in the cultu1'al life of the p"esent day in Japan ('Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' V, p. 64 ff.), 1953.

1275. -- Japanese Music and Japanese Life ('Japanese Music'), Tokyo, 1953.

1276. MATCHINSKY, A., A P1'opos de la gamme musicale egyptienne ('Publ. du Musee de I'Hermitage' II, p. 9), 1935.

1277. MATOS, MANUEL GARCIA, Li1'ica popu­la1' de la Alta Ext1'emadu1'a (folklO1'e c01'eog1'afico y costumbrista) (436 docu­mentos musicales ineditos) , Madrid, undated (after 1931).

1278. -- Cante flamenco. Algunas de sus p1'esuntos origenes (' Anuario Musical de l'Instituto de Musicologfa' V, p. 97 ff.), Barcelona, 1950.

1279. -- Cancione1'o popula1' de la P1'ovincia de Madrid, vol. 1. Edicion critica por MARIUS SCHNEIDER Y J OSK ROMEU FIGUERAS (Barcelona/Madrid, 1951).

1280. MATSUNAGA, SUSUMO, The evolution of samisen music ('Contemporary Japan' III, p. 105 ff.), 1934.

1281. MATTHIEU, G., Le Systeme musical ('T'oung Pao' XV (1915); p. 339 ff.; XVII (1917), p. 489 ff.; XVIII (1918), p. 31 ff.; XIX (1918/,19), p. 41 ff.; XX (1920/,21), p. 40 ff. and p. 355 ff.).

1282. MAYER-SERRA, OTTO, Pan01'ama de la musica mexicana (Mexico, 1941).

1283. MCALLESTER, DAVID P., Peyote Music ('Viking Fund Publ. in Anthrop.' XIII), New York, 1949.

1284·--Menomini Peyote Music (in J. S. SLOTKIN, 'Menomini Peyotism') (Phila­delphia, Transactions of the Amer. Phil. Soc.' XLII, part 4, p. 681 ff.), 1952.

1284a -- Notes on the Music of the Navajo C1'eation Chants (in Record album 'Navajo Creation Chants', issued by Peabody Museum, Harvard Univ., p. 33 ff.), 1952.

1284b. -- Enemy Way Music. A Study of Social and Esthetic Values as seen in Navaho Music (,Papers of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnography' XLI), 1954.

99 -

1285. MCPHEE, COLIN, The 'absolute' music in Bali ('Modem Music' XII, no. 4, p. 163 ff.), 1935.

1286. -- Figuration in Balinese Music ('Peabody Bull.', May 1935).

1287. -- The Balinese Waiang koeUt and its music ('Djawa' XVI, p. Iff.), 1936.

1288. -- Angkloeng gamelans in Bali ('Dja­wa' XVII, p. 322 ff .. ), 1937.

1289. -- Children and Music (ibid. XVIII, p. 309 ff.), 1938.

1290. -- Musical Exploration in Bali ('Musical America' LX, NO.3 p. 12, 263), 10 Febr. 1940.

1291. -- The Music ot Bali, recorded by COLIN McPHEE, BENJAMIN BRITTEN and GEORGES BARRERE (Schirmer's Library of recorded music' No. 17), New York, 1940.

1292. -- Balinese Ceremonial Music, tran­scribed for two pianos, four-hands (New York, 1940).

1293. -- The technique of Balinese Music ('Bull. of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' No. 6, p. 4 ff.), 1942.

1294. -- The five-tone Gamelan Music of Bali ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXV, no. 2, p. 250 ff.), 1949.

1295. -- A club of small Men (1947). 1295a. -- Music in Bali I93I-I939 (in

preparation). 1296. MEAD, CHARLES W., The Musical

Instruments of the Incas ('Anthrop. Papers of the Amer. Mus. of Natural Hist.' XV, part III), 1924.

1297. MEIJER, D. H., De spleettrom (,Tijd­schr. v. h. Batav. Gen.' LXXIX, p. 415 if.), 1917.

1298. MELO, GUILHERME DE, A Musica Brasil (Rio de Janeiro, 1947).

1299. MELO, VERISSIMO DE, Rondas in/antis brasileiras ('Revista do Arquivo' CLV, p. 227 if.), Sao Paulo, 1953.

1300. MENDOZA, VICENTE T., Los percutores precortesianos ('Anales del Museo Na­cional de Arqueologfa' VIII), 1913.

1301. -- Los teponazlis en las civilizaciones precortesianas (ibid.), 1933.

1301a. -- Musica indfgena Otomi vol. I ('Revista de Estudios Musicales' V/VI, p. 351 ff.), Mendoza, Argentina, 1951.

1302. MENG, CHIH, Remarks on Chinese Music and Musical Instruments (China Institute, New York, 1932).

1304. MERRIAM, ALAN P., Instruments and instrumental usages in the history 0/ iazz (diss.) (Evanston, Ill., 1948).

1305. -- Notes on Cheyenne Songs (,Journal of the American Musicol. Soc.' III, p. 289 ff.), 1950.

1306. -- Flathead Indian Instruments and their Music ('Musical Quarterly' XXXVII, p. 368 ff.), July 1951.

1307. -- Afyican Music Reexamined in the Light of New Materials fyom the Belgian Congo and Ruanda-Uyundi ('Zaire' VII, p. 245 ff.), March 1953.

1308. -- Les Styles Vocaux dans la Musique du Ruanda-Urundi (,Jeune Afrique' VII, p. 12 ff.), 1953. .

1308a. -- Recording in the Belgian Congo ('African Music Society Newsletter' I, June 1952, p. 15 ff.).

1308b. -- Song text of the Bashi ('Zaire' VIII, p. 27 ff.), 1954.

1309. -- and BARBARA W. MERRIAM, Flathead Indian Music. Repoyt on Field Research (Evanston, 1950).

1310. MERSMANN, H., Gyundlagen einer musi­kalischen Volksliedfoyschung (Leipzig, 1930).

13II. METFESSEL, MILTON E., Phonophoto­graphy in Folk Music (Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1928).

1312. -- The Styobophotogyaphy ('Journal of Gen. Psychology' II, p. 135 ff.), 1929.

1313. MET RAUX, A., Le Mton de rythme. Contribution a l' etude de la distribution geographique des elements de culture d' origine melanesienne en A meyique du Sud (,Journal de la Soc. des Ameri­canistes', N.S. XIX, p. II7 ff.), Paris, 192 7.

1314. MEYER, A. B., Die Nasen/lote im Ost­indischen Archipel ('Globus' LXXV, No. 12), Braunschweig, 1899.

1315. MICHAELIDES, SOLON, The Neohellenic Folk Music (Limassol, Cyprus, 1948).

1316. -- Greek Folk Music, its preservation and traditional practice (' J oumal of the

. Intern. Folk Music Council' I, p. 21 ff.), 1949.

1317. -- Greek (Neo-Hellenic) Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 268 ff.), 1954.

1318. MILES, C., Aboriginal musical instru­ments in North America ('Hobbies' LVII, p. 134 ff.), 1953.

1319. MILISEVIC, VLADO, Melodies populaires de la Bosnie (ed. by the National Mus. of Banja Luka) , BanjaLuka, 1954.

1320. MOBERG, CARL ALLAN, Swedish Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 372 ff.), 1954.

1320a. MOECK, HERMANN, Ursprungund Tra­dition der KernspaltflOten der Eu1'o­paischen Folklore und die Herkunjt der musikgeschichtlichen Kernspaltfloten­Typen (Diss. Giittingen, 1951). (soon to be published).

1321. MONDON-VIDAILHET, M., La musique Ethiopienne (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' V, p. 3179 if.). undated, but before 1910.

1322. MONTANDON, GEORGES, Genealogie des instruments de musique et les cycles de

100 -

civilisation ('Archives suisses d'Anthro­pologie generale' III, fase. I), 1919.

1323. MOOR, ARTHUR PRICHARD, Oriental Music (in OSCAR THOMPSON, 'Intern. Cyclopedia of Music and Musicians' 4th ed., p. 1322 ff.), 1946.

1324. MOORE, GEORGE F., Symphonia not a Bagpipe (' Journal of Biblical Lite­rature' XXIV, p. 166 ff.), 1905.

1325. MOREUX, SERGE, La musique japonaise ('La musique des origines a nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 446 ff.), 1946.

1326. MORICI, G., Canti popolari lituani (Rome, 1925).

1327. Moss, CLAUDE RUSSELL and A. L. KROEBER, Nabaloi Songs ('Univ. of California Publ. in Amer. Archeol. and Ethnol.' XV, p. 187 ff.), Univ. of Cal. Press, May 1919.

1328. MOULE, A. C., A List of the Musical Instruments of the Chinese ('Journal of the North-China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Soc.' XXXIX), 1908.

1329. -- A Western Organ in Mediaeval China ('Journal of the Royal Asiatic Soc.', April, 1926).

1330. MUKERJ1, D. P., Indian Culture and Music (in 'The Cultural Heritage of India' III, p. 601 ff.), Calcutta, 1939.

1331. -- Indian Music (Bombay, 1945). 1332. MtJLLER, Einige Notizen Uber die

japanische Musik ('Mitt. der Deut-schen Ges. f. die Natur- und Volkerk. Ostasiens' I, fasc. 6), 1876.

1333. MURKO, M., Phonographische Aufnah­men epischer, meist mohammedanischer Volkslieder im nordwestlichen Bosnien (1912).

1334. -- Phonographische Aufnahmen epi­scher Volkslieder im mittleren Bosnien und der Herzegowina (1915).

1335. MURSELL, JAMES L., Psychology and the problem of the scale ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXII, p. 564 ff.), 1946.

1336. MUTATKAR, Mrs. SUMATI, Alap in Hindusthani music (,The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XXIV, p. 77 ff.), 1953·

1337. Muziek uit Olievaten (,Terpsichore' VII, p. 52 ff.), May, 1954.

1338. MYERS, CH. S., The Rhythm-Sense of Primitive Peoples ('Ber. 5th Intern. Psychol. Congress in Rome 1904').

1339. -- A Study of Rhythm in Primitive Music ('British Journal of Psychology' I, p. 397 ff.), 1905.

1340. -- Music of the Veddas (in SELIG­MANN, 'The Veddas'), Cambridge, 19II.

1341. -- The Study of Primitive Music (,Musical Antiquary' III, p. 12Iff.),1912.

1342. -- Music (in 'Reports of the Cam­bridge Anthrop. Exped. to Torres Straits' IV), 1912.

1343. -- The beginnings of music (in 'Essays and Studies presented to WILLIAM RIDGEWAY', P.561 ff.), 1913.

1344. -- A Study of Sarawak Music (,Sammelba.nde der Intern. Musikges.' XV, p. 296 ff.), 1913/,14'

1345. NADEL, SIEGFRIED, The Origins of Music ('The Musical Quarterly' XVI, p. 531 ff.), 1930.

1346. -- Marimba-Musik ('Sitzungsber. der phil.-hist. Klasse der Akad. d. Wiss. zu Wien' CCXII) , 1931.

1347. -- Sur la structure des systemes de gammes et Ie probleme du 'cycle' dans la musique primitive ('Art populaire' vol. II, p. 102 ff.), 1931.

1348. -- Musikalische Astrologie ('Der Erd­ball' V, p. 441 ff.), 1931.

1349. -- Zur Ethnographie des afrikani­schen Xylophons ('Forschungen und Fortschritte' VIII, p. 444 ff.), 1932.

1350. -- Georgische Gesltnge (Berlin, 1933). 1351. -- Messungen an kaukasischen Grif­

flochpfeifen ('Anthropos' XXIX, p. 469 ff.), 1934.

1352. NARASIMHAN, V. M., Temple Curiosi­ties. Some strange musical objects ('The March of India' VI, p. 41 ff.), Jan., Febr.1954·

1353. NATHAN, M. MONTAGUE, Armenian Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 184 ff.), 1954.

1354. NAU, WALTER G., A triptych from the A rbatsky collection at the Newberry Library, Chicago (Ill.) (Chicago, 1954).

1355. NEOG, SRI MAHESWAR, An old Assa­mese work on timing in Music ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XXII, p. 147 ff.), 1951.

1355a. NETTEL, REGINALD, Sing a song of England. A social history of traditional song (London, 1954).

1356. NETTL, BRUNO, Historical Perspective in Primitive Music: the Shawnee Musical Style ('Journal of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' V, No.2), 1952.

1357 -- Stylistic Variety in North American I ndian Music (' Journal of the American Musicol. Soc.' VI, p. 160 ff.), 1953.

1358. -- North American Indian Musical Styles (' J oumal of American Folklore' LXVII No. 263, p. 45 ff. and p. 297 ff.), 1954.

1359. -- Notes on Musical Composition in Primitive Culture (' Anthropological Quarterly' XXVII (N.S. II), p. 81 ff.), July 1954.

1360. -- Ibo Songs from Nigeria, Native and Hybridized ('Midwest Folklore' 1954, p. 237 ff).

1361. -- Te:n-music relationships in Ara­paho songs ('Southwestern Journal of Anthropology' X, p. 192 ff.), 1954.

- lOI

1361a. -- Stylistic change in folk music ('Southern Folklore Quarterly' XVII, p. 216 ff.), 1953.

1361b. -- North American Musical Styles (' Journal of American Folklore' LXVII, p. 297 ff. and p. 351 ff.), 1954.

1361c. -- Notes on musiacl composition in primitive cultut'e (' Anthropological Quarterly' XXVII, p. 81 ff.), July, 1954.

1362. NEVERMANN, HANS, Hawaii. Musik ('Die Musik' XX, p. 818 ff.), 1928.

1363. NEWMAN, A. K. and W. H. WARREN, On the musical notes and othet' features of the long MaOt'i tt'umpet ('Transactions of the New Zealand Inst.' XXXVIII, p. 134 ft.), 190 6.

1364. NEWMARCH, ROSA, Rumanian Folk Music (,Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 342 ft.), 1954.

1364a -- Russian Folk Music (ibid., III, p. 343 ff.), 1954·

1365. NGUYEN VAN HUYEN, Les Chants altet'nes des garfons et des fitles en Annam (Paris, 1934).

1366. NIKOLOV, KOSLA, Beitt'iige zum Studium des bulgat'ischen Volksliedes. Mett'ik, Rhythmik, Tonalitllt (Berlin, 1942).

1366a. NORLIND, TOBIAS, Bidt'ag till Mat'in­tt'umpetens historia (,Svensk Tidskrift for Musikforskning' IV, p. 97 ff.), 1922.

1367. -- Bidrag till kantelens histot'ia (1923).

1368. --Musikinstrumentensystematik (,Svensk Tidskrift f. Musikforskning' XIV, p. 95 ft.), 1932.

1369. -- Lyra und Kithat'a in del' Antike (ibid. XVI, 1934).

1370. -- Beitt'ttge zut' chinesischen Instru­mentengeschichte (ibid. XV, p. 48 ff.), 1933·

1371. -- Den svenska lutan (ibid. XVI, 1935)·

1372. -- Systematik del' Saiteninstrumente, vol. I. Geschichte det' Zither (1936).

1373. -- Systematik det' Saiteninstrumente, vol. II. Geschichte des Klaviers (1939).

*1374 -- Musikinstrumentens Histot'ia (Stockholm, 1941).

1375. -- Die indonesischen Gambus-Instru­mente ('Ethnos' XVIII, p. 143 ff.) 1953.

1376. Notation of Folk Music. Recommanda­tions of the Committee of Experts, con­vened by the Intern. Archives of Folk Music, Geneva 4-9 July I949 and Paris I2-I5 December I950 (issued in 1952 with the assistance of Unesco).

1377. OBRESCHKOFF, CHRISTO, Das bulgari­sche Volkslied ('Berner Veroff. z. Musik­forschung' IX).

1378. O'BRIEN, F., Minstrels of the tropics (the Arioi) ('Century' C, p. 714 if.), 1920.

1378a. OLIVER, D. L., The relation between

slit-gongs and t'eknown in a Solomon Islands culture (in KROEBER, 'Anthro­pological Society Papers' (Berkeley) Nos. 8 and 9, p. 69 ff.), 1953·

1379.00ST, P. J. VAN, Chansons populait'es de la region des Ot'tos ('Anthropos' VII), 1912.

1380. -- La musique chez les Mongols des Ut'dus (ibid., X and XI), 1915/,16.

1381. -- Chansons populait'es chinoises (190 ?).

1382. -- Receuil de chansons mongoles ('Anthropos' III, p. 219 ff.), 1908.

1383. O'REILLY, PATRICK, Autout' de la musique des N eo-CalBdoniens (' Journal de la Soc. des Oceanistes' II, p. 93 ff.), 1946.

1384. ORTIZ, FERNANDO, Les Instrumentos de la Musica Afrocubana. vol. I. Los Instrumentos Anat6micos y los Palos Percusivos; vol. II. Los Instrumentos Sacuditivos, los Frotativos y los Hierros; vol. III, Los tambores xilofonicos y los membt'an6fonos abiertos (Habana 1952).

1385.0SA, SIGBJ0RN B., Hat'dang Fela, the Hardanget' Fiddle (Oslo, 1952).

1385a. OSANAI, TADAO, Twice intermediate tuning (' Journal of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic music' lOIn, p. 5 ft.), 1952.

1385b. OSBURN, MARY HUBBELL, Some pt'e­historic musical instt'uments of N ot'th­America ('Hinrichsen's Musical Year­book' VII, p. 243 ff.), 1952.

1386. O'SULLIVAN, D. J., Irish Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 289 ff.), 1954.

1387. OTA, TARO, Wind instruments of the Ainu ('Journal of the Soc. f. Research in Asiatic Music' IX, p. 5 ff.), March195 1.

1388. PANOFF, PETER, Phonographierte wot­jakische, permjakische und tatat'ische Lieder ('Z. f. Musikw.' XI), 1929.

1389. -- Die altslawische Volks- und Kit'-chenmusik (in BUCKEN, 'Handbuch der Musikwissenschaft'), 1929.

1390. PANUM, HORTENSE, The stringed instru­ments of the Middle Ages (London, undated, but published after 1921).

1391. -- Middelalderens Musikinstrumenter (,Nordisk Kultur. Musikk og Musikk­Instrumenter', 1934, p. 50 ff.).

1392. PATERSON, A., Old Lithuanian Songs (Kaunas, 1939).

1393. PAUCITIS, K., Latvian Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 313 ff.), 1954.

1394. PAYER, Ein am Amazonenstrom ge­brauchlicher Trommelapparat ('Z. f. Ethnologie' XXXV), 1903.

1394a. PEARSE, ANDREW, Aspects of change in Carribean folk music (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VII, p. 29 ff.), 1955.

- 102

1395. PEDRELL, FELIPE, Cancionero Musical Popular Espanol (3 vols.), Valls, Cata-· Ionia, undated.

1396. PELAGAUD, FERNAND, Syriens et Phry­giens (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' I, p. 49 ff.), 1910.

1397. PEPPER, HERBERT, Les problemes gent!­raux de la musique populaire en A/rique noire (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' II, p. 22 ff. and 'News­letter of the African Music Soc.' I No. 3, p. 4 ff.), 1950.

1398. -- Images musicales equatoriales ('Tropiques' XLVIII), Dec. 1950.

1399. -- Musique centre-a/ricaine ('Encycl. coloniale et maritime'), 1950.

1400. -- Sur un Xylophone Ibo ('Newsletter of the African Music Soc.' IV, No.2, p. 35 ff.), 1952.

1401. -- L'enregistrement du son et l'art musical ethnique (,Bull. Inst. Et. centrafr.', new series, 1952, p. 143 ff.).

1401a. -- Essai de definition d'une gram­maire musicale noire ('Problemes d' Af­rique Centrale' VII, p. 289 if.), 1954.

1402. PERI, NOEL, Essai sur les Gammes japonaises (Paris, 1924).

1403. PETIT, RAYMOND, Exotic and contem­porary music ('The Musical Antiquary' XI, p. 200 ff.), 1934.

1404. PETNEKI, JENO, Das ungarische Volks­lied (Budapest/Leipzig/Milano/Danubia 1943)·

1405. PHILLIPS, EKUNDAYO, Yoruba Music (J ohannesburg, 1953)·

*1406. PICKEN, LAWRENCE, Chinese Music ('Grove's Dictionary of Music and Mu­sicians', 5th ed., vol. II, p. 219 ff.), 1954.

1407. -- japanese Music (ibid., vol. IV, p. 589 ff.), 1954.

1407a. -- Instrumental Polyphonic Folk Music in Asia Minor ('Proc. R. Musical Ass.' LXXX, p. 73 ff.), 1954.

1407b. -- The Music 0/ Far-Eastern Asia ('The New Oxford History of Music', 3rd ed., vol. I), 1955.

1407c. -- Review of • Kashmiri Musiqi (sa, ri, ga, mal' ('J oumal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VII, p. 62 ff.), 1955.

1408. PIGGOTT, FRANCIS, The music and musical inst1'uments 0/ japan (London, 1909).

1408a. Piobai1'eachd, edited by the Pio­bairreachd Society (several volumes), Glasgow 192? - 193?

1409. PLISCHKE, HANS, Geiste1'trompeten und Geister/laten aus Bambus vom Sepik, Neuguinea ('Jahrbuch des Mus. f. Volkerk. zu Leipzig' VIII, p. 57), 1922.

1410. POLADIAN, SIRVART, Armenian Folk Songs (Publ. in Music of the Univ. of California, II, no. I), Berkeley/Los Angeles, 1942.

14II. POLAK, A. J., Die Ha1'monisierung indischer, turkischer und japanische1' Melodien (Leipzig, 1905).

1412. PONCE, M. M., Apuntes sobre musica mexicana ('Estudios Latino-americanos' III, p. 37 ff.), 1937.

1413. POPLEY, HERBERT A., The Music of India (Calcutta/London, 1921).

1414. PORTMANN, M. V., Andamanese Music (' J oumal of the R. Asiat. Soc.' XX, p. 181 ff.), 1888.

1415. POUND, EZRA, 'Noh' plays ('The translations of Ezra Pound', p. 2II ff.), London, Faber & Faber, undated.

1416. PRADINES, EMERANTE DE, Instruments 0/ Rhythm ('To Morrow' III No. I, p. 123 ff.), 1954.

1417. PRINGSHEIM, KLAUS, Music 0/ Thailand ('Contemporary Japan' XIII, p. 745 ff.),1944·

1418. -- Siamesische Ope1'n ('Stimmen' 1950, fasc. 18, p. 520 ff.).

1419. PSACHOS, C. A., Le chant populaire hellenique de I' antiquite Ii nos jours ('Art populaire' II, p. 126), 1931.

1420. PULESTONE, F., Af1'ican drums (Lon­don, 1930).

1421. QUASTEN, JOHANNES, Musik und Ge­sang in den Kulten der heidnischen Antike und christlichen Fruhzeit (Miin­ster, 1930).

1422. RAFFLES, THOMAS STAMFORD, The History of java (1817), p. 469 ff.

1423. RAGHAVAN, V., Nagasvara ('The Jour­nal of the Music Academy, Madras' XX, p. 155 ff.), 1949.

1424. -- An Outline Lite1'a1'Y History 0/ Indian Music (ibid. XXIII, p. 64 ff.), 1952.

1425. -- Some early 1'eterences to Musical Ragas and Instruments (ibid. XXIII, p. II5 ff.), 1952.

1426. RAJAGOPALAN, T. K., The Music of the Sama-Veda Chants ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XX, p. 144 ff.),1949·

1427. RAMACHANDRAN, K. V., The evolution 0/ the theory of music in the Vijaya­nega1'a Empire ('S. Krishnasnami Aiy­angar Commemoration Volume', 1936).

1428. -- Carnatic Ragas from a new angle­Sankarabharana (' Journal of the Music Academy, Madras', XXI, p. 88ff.), 1950.

1429. -- Carnatic Ragas and the textual Tradition (Madras, 1950).

1430. -- Apuroa Ragas 0/ Tyaga1'aja's Songs (Madras, 1950).

1431. -- Music and Dance in Kalidasa (Madras, 1950).

1432. -- Subandhu's Overtones (,Journal of the Music Academy, Madras', XXIII, p. 3 ff.), 1953·

1433. RAMACHANDRAN, N. S., The Ragas 0/

103 -

Karnatic Music (Univ. Madras, 1938). 1434. RAMON Y RIVERA, LUIS FELIPE,

Poliritmia y mel6dica independiente ('Archivos Venezolanos de Folklore' I), Caracas, 1952.

1435. RANADE, G. H., The Indian music of the Vedic and the classical period (The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XIX, p. 71 ff.), 1948.

1436. -- Hindusthani Music, an Outline of its Physics and Aesthetics (Sangli, 1938, Luzac & Co. London).

1437. RANKI, GVC>RGY, Indokinai dallamok (in 'Emlekkonyv Kodaly ZolUn 70. sZiiletesnapjara', p. 412 ff.), Budapest, 1953·

1438. RATANJANKAR, PANDlT, The closed Forms of Hindusthani Music ('The Journal of the Musical Academy, Madras' XX, p. 78 ff.), 1949.

1439. -- Just Intonation in Hindusthani Raga Singing (ibid. XX, p. 89 ff.), 1949.

1440. -- Points of Affinity between Hin­dusthani and Carnatic Music (ibid. XXI, p. 73 ff.), 1950.

1441. -- Ragas in Hindusthani Music (ibid. XXII, p. 97 ff.), 1951.

1442. -- Raga Expression in Hindusthani Music (ibid. XXIII, p. 56 ff.), 1952.

1443. RAUDKATS, A., Estnische Volkstanze und Kinderspiele (Tartu, 1926{'27).

1444. READ, F. W., A new interpretation of the Phaestos disk: the oldest music in the world? ('The Quarterly Statement, a journal of Palestine Research and Discovery' Jan. 1921, p. 29 ff.).

1445. REESE, GUSTAVE, Music in the Middle Ages (New York, 1940).

1446. REINACH, THEODORE, La musique Grecque (Paris, 1926).

1447. REINER, M., The Music Rule (,Expe­rientia' V, p. 441 ff.), Basel, Oct. 1949.

1448. REINHARD, KURT, Die Musik Birmas (Wiirzburg-Aumiihle, 1939).

1449. -- Die Musik exotischer Volker (Ber­lin, 1951).

1450. -- Das Berliner Phonogramm-Archiv ('Die Musikforschung' VI, p. 46 ff.), 1953·

1451. -- Tonmessungen an fiinf ostafl'ikani­schen Klimpern ('Die Musikforschung' IV, p. 366 ft.), 1951.

1452. -- Die Musik des mexikanischen Fliegerspiels ('Z. f. Ethnologie' LXXIX p. 59 ft.), 1954·

1453. REINHOLM, A., Finnish Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 237 ft.). 1954·

*1454. REISNER, ROBERT GEORGE, The lite­rature ot Jazz. A preliminary biblio­graphy (New York, The N. Y. Public Library, 1954).

1455. REvEsz, GEZA, Del' Ursprung dey Musik

('Intern. Archiv f. Ethnogr.' XL, p. 65 ff.), 1941.

1456. -- Einfiihrung in die Musikpsycho­logie (Bern, 1946).

1457. RHODES, WILLARD, Acculturation in North A merica'll I ndian Music (,Selected Papers of the XXIXth Intern. Con­gress of Americanists', p. 127 ff.), Chicago, 1952.

*1458. -- North American Indian Music: a Bibliographical Survey of Anthropolo­gical Theory ('Notes' X, p. 33 ff.), 1952.

1459. RIBEIRO, DARCY, Music of the American Indian (10 vols.), Washington, Library of Congress, 1954-'55).

1459a. -- Noticia dos Ofaie-Chavante ('Revista do Museu Paulista, N.S. V, p. 105 ff.), Sao Paulo, 1951.

1460. RIBERA v TARAGO, J., Music in A ncient A rabia and Spain (New York, 1950).

1461. RICHARD, Mrs. TIMOTHY, Paper on Chinese Music (Shanghai, 1899).

1462. RIEGLER, EMIL, Studien iiber das rumanische Volkslied (1927).

1463. -- Das rumanische Volkslied (Berlin, 1943)·

1464. RIEMANN, LUDWIG, Ober eigentiimliche bei N atur- und orientalischen K ultur­vOlker'll vorkommende Tonreihen und ihre Beziehungen zu den Gesetzen del' Harmonie (Essen, 1899).

1465. RIHTMAN, CV]ETKO, Polyphonic Forms in Bosnian and Hercegovinian Folk­music (,Bilten. lnst. za proucavanje folklora u Sarajevo' I, p. 7 ff.), Sara­jevo, 1951.

1466. -- Les formes polyphoniques dans la musique populaire de Bosnie et d'Her­ztfgovine ('Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' IV, p. 30 ff.), 1952.

1467. -- Yugoslav Folk Music (,Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 412 ff.), 1954·

1468. RITTER, HELMUTH, Del' Reigen del' tanzenden Derwische ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 28 ff.), 1933.

1469. ROBERTS, HELEN HEFFRON, Some songs of the Puget Sound Salish (in collab. with H. K. HAEBERLIN) (' Journal of Amer. Folklore' XXXI), 1918.

1470. -- Chakwena Songs of Zuni and Laguna (ibid. XXXVI), 1923.

1471. -- Folksgames at Jamaica, collected by MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH, with music recorded by HELEN H. ROBERTS (Poughkeepsee, New York, Vassar College, 1922).

1472. -- Christmas mumming in Jamaica by MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH, with music recorded by HELEN H. ROBERTS (Poughkeepsie, New York, Vassar College, 1923).

- 104

1473. -- Songs of the Copper Eskimo ('Report of the Canadian Arctic Exped. 1913/,18' XIV) (in collab. with D. JENNESS), Ottawa, 1925.

1474. -- Ancient Hawaiian Music ('Bull. No. 29 of the Ber. P. Bishop Mus.'), Honolulu, 1925.

1475. -- Possible survivals of African song in Jamaica (,Musical Quarterly' XII), 1926.

1476. -- Variation in melodic renditions as an indicatOl' of emotion ('Psychological Review' XXXIV), 1927.

1477. -- New Phases in the Study of Primi­tive Music (,Amer. Anthrop.' N.S. XXIV, p. 144 if.), 1928.

1478. -- Jamaica FolklOl'e, collected by MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH, with music recorded by HELEN H. ROBERTS (New York, 1928).

1479. -- How the Hawaiian instrument, the Ukulele, received its name ('Journal of the Polynesian Soc.' XL, p. 175 if.), 1931.

1480. -- Suggestions to field workers in col­lecting folk music and data about instru­ments (' Journal of the Polynesian Soc.' XL, p. 103 if.), 1931.

1481. -- Melodic composition and scale foundations in primitive music (,Amer. Anthrop.' N.S. XXXIV, p. 79 ff.), 1932.

1482. -- Form in Primitive Music (New York, 1933).

1483. -- Modern Tahitian popular songs 01'

ute, sung by Armstrong SPeYry (Inst. of Human Relations, Yale Univ., Publ. in Anthrop., 1932).

1485. -- The pattern phenomenon in primi­tive music ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 49 ff.), 1933·

1486. -- Musical areas in aboriginal North America ('Yale Univ., Publ. in An­throp.' XII), 1936.

1487. -- The Viewpoint of Comparative Musicology ('Proc. Music Teachers Nat. Ass.' XXXI, p. 233 ff.), 1936.

1488. -- The Songs of the Nootka Indians of Western Vancouver Island ('Transac­tions of the American Philosophical Soc.', Philadelphia, 1955).

1489. ROBINSON, KENNETH, Chinesische Mu­sik ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' II, col. II95 ff.), 1952.

1490. ROBSON, JAMES, Ancient Arabian mu­sical instruments as described by AI­Mufaddal ibn Salama (9th century), Glasgow, 1938.

1490a. ROCHE, SIMONE, Collection Musee de I'Homme (Paris), Catalogue prepared by the Intern. Commission on Folk Arts and Folklore (C.LA.P.), Unesco, Paris, 1952.

1491. RODRIGUES, J. BARBOSA, 0 canto e la danfa selvicola ('Revista Brazileira' III, vol. IX, p. 32 ft.), Rio de Janeiro, 1881.

1492. ROMANSKY, L., Die einfachen Koledo­Refrains del' bulgarischen Weihnachts­lieder (Sofia, 1942).

1493. ROMUALDEZ, NORBERTO, Filipino Mu­sical Instruments and A irs of long ago (Manilla, 1931).

1494. ROSENTHAL, ETHEL, The stOl'Y of Indian music and its instruments (London, 1929).

1495. -- Tyagaraia: a great South Indian Composer ('Musical Quarterly' XVII, p. 14 ff.), 1931.

1496. ROUANET, JULES, La chanson populaire arabe en Algerie ('Revue Musicale' V, p. 161 ff.), 1905.

1497. -- Esquisse pour une histoire de la musique arabe en A Igbie ('Mercure Musicale' I, p. 553 ff.; II, p. 128 ff., 208 ff.), 1905/,06.

1498. -- La musique arabe (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' vol. V, p. 2676 ff.), 1922.

1499-- and YAFIL, E. N., Repertoire de musique arabe et maure (1904).

1500. ROUFFAER, G. P., Keteltrommen (bron­zen) ('Encycl. v. Ned.-Indie' 2nd ed., vol. II, p. 305 ft.), 1917.

1501. RoY, ROBINDRALAL, Hindusthani Ragas ('Musical Quarterly' XX), 1934.

1502. -- Problems of Hindostani Music (Calcutta/London, 1937).

1503. -- North Indian Ragas and Melas ('The J oumal of the Music Academy, Madras' XIII, p. I ft, XIV, p. 51 ft), 1942-'43.

1504. -- Philosophy of Music ('The Journal of the Music Academy' XXII, p. 106 ff., XXIII, p. 75 ff., XXIV, p. 104 ft.), 1951-'53.

1505. -- On TransfOl'mation of Sthayas by Alteration of Sruti and Consequent Importance of 32 Melakartas as Spe­cially Suited to Musical Composition (ibid. XXIV, p. 70 if.), 1953.

1506. RUE, JAN LA, Native Music on Okinawa ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXII, p. 157 ff.), 1946.

1507. -- The Okinawan notation system (' Journal of the American Musicol. Soc.' IV, p. 27 ff.), 1951.

1508. RUEHL S.V.D., THEODOR, Die mis­sionarische Akkomodation im gottes­dienstlichen Volksgesang ('Z. f. Mis­sionswissenschaft' XVII, p. II3 ff.), 192 7.

1509. RUELLE, C. E., Le Chant gnostico­magique des sept voyelles grecques ('Proc. Intern. Congress of Musicol.', Paris, 1914).

1510. RUNGE, PAUL, Die Notation des Soma-

105 -

natha ('Monatshefte f. Musikgeschichte' XXXVI, p. 56 ff.), 1904.

1511. SACHS, CURT, Uebel' eine bosnische Doppeljlote ('Sammelb. der Intern. Musikges.' IX, p. 313 ff.), 1907-'08.

1512. -- Lituus und Karnyx ('Festschrift­R. VON LILIENCRON'), 1910.

.1513 -- Reallexikon del' Musikinstrumente (Berlin, 1913).

1514. -- Die Musikinstrumente (Breslau, Jedermann's Biicherei, 1923).

1515. -- Die litauischen Instrumente ('In­tern. Archiv f. Ethnogr.' XXIII, p. I

ff.), 1915. 1516. -- Die Musikinstrumente Indiens und

Indonesiens (Berlin, 1915; 2{1923). 1517. -- Die Maultrommel ('Z. f. Ethno­

logie' 1917, p. 185 ff.). 1518. -- Die Musikinstrumente Birmas und

Assams (Munchen, 1917). 1519. -- Die Namen del' altagyptischen

Musikinstrumente ('Z. f. Musikw.' 1', p. 265 ff.), 1917-'18.

1520 -- Die Streichbogenjrage (,Archiv f. Musikw.' I, p. 3 ff.), 1918.

1521. -- Die altagyptische Namen del' Harje ('Festschrift-HERMANN KRETSCHMAR), Leipzig 1918.

1522. -- Review of W. SCHUBART, 'Ein griechischer Papyrus mit Noten' ('Z. f. Musikw.' I, p. 75), 1918.

1523. -- Kunstgeschichtliche Wege zur Mu­sikwissenschajt ('Archiv f. Musikw.' I, p. 451 ff.), 1919.

1524. -- Handbuch der Musikinstrumenten­kunde (Leipzig, 1920).

1525 -- Altagyptische Musikinstrumente ('Der alte Orient' XXI), 1920.

1526. -- Die Tonkunst del' alten Aegypter ('Archiv f. Musikw.' II). 1920.

1527. -- Die Musikinstrumente des alten Aegyptens (Berlin, 1921).

1527a. -- Del' Ursprung der Saiteninstru­mente (,Pater WILHELM SCHMIDT-Fest­schrift', p. 629 ff.), 1928.

1528. -- Musik des Altertums (Leipzig, 192 4).

1529. -- Die griechische Instrumentalnoten­schrijt ('Z. f. Musikw.' VI, p. 289f£.),1924.

1530. -- Die Entzijjerung einer babyloni­schen Notensckrift ('Sitzungsber. der Preuss. Akad. d. Wiss.' XVIII, p. 120 ff.), 1924.

1531. -- Die griechische Gesangsnotenschrift ('Z. f. Musikw.' VII, p. Iff.), 1925.

1532. -- Ein babylonischer Hymnus ('Ar­chiv f. Musikw.' VII, p. Iff.), 1925.

1533. -- Anfange der Musik ('Bull. de l'Union Musicologique' VI, p. 136 ff.), 1926.

1534. -- Die Musik del' Antike (in ERNST BUCKEN, 'Handbuch der Musikwissen­schaft'), Berlin, 1929.

1535. -- Zweiklange im Alterum (,Fest­schrift-JOHANNES WOLF'), Berlin, 1929.

1536. -- Del' Gamelan ('50th J ahresbericht der Stl. Akad. Hochschule f. Musik in Berlin', p. 230 ff.), 1929.

·1537. -- Geist und Werden del' Musikin­strumente (Berlin, 1929).

1538. -- Vergleichende Musikwissenschaft (Leipzig, 1930).

1539. -- A travers un musee d'instruments ('La Revue musicale' XIII, p. 212 ff.), 1932.

1540. -- Kongress del' arabischen Musik zu Kairo I932 ('Z. f. Musikw.' XIV, p. 448 ff.), Leipzig, 1932.

1541. -- Eine aegyptische Winkelharje ('Z. f. ligypt. Sprache und Altertumskunde' LXIX, p. 68 ff.), 1933.

1542. -- Prolegomena zu einer Geschichte del' Instrumentalmusik ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I), 1933.

·1543. -- Eine Weltgeschichte des Tanzes (Berlin, 1933).

1544. -- Les instruments de musique de Madagascar (Paris, 1938).

1545. -- Towards a prehistory oj occidental music (,Papers of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' 1937, p. 91 ff., and 'The Musical Quarterly' XXIV, p. 147 ff.), 1938.

.1546. -- The History oj Musical Instru­ments (New York, 1940).

1547. --Music History - the two sides oj the coin (,Papers of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' 1940), p. 137 ff.

1548. -- The Road to Major (The Musical Quarterly' XXIX), 1943.

1549. -- The Rise of Music in the Ancient World East and West (New York, 1943)·

1550. -- New views on Greek music (,Bull. of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' VII, p. 5 ff.), 1943.

1551. -- The Mystery oj the Babylonian Notation ('The Musical Quarterly' XXVII, p. 62 ff.), (1941) and 'Papers of the Intern. Congress of Musicology, New York 1939', p. 161 ff.), New York, 1944.

1552. -- The Orient and Western Music (in A. E. CHRISTY, 'The Asian Legacy and American Life'), p. 56 ff. (New York, 1945).

1553. -- Notes on Chinese music and dance (,Journal of the Amer. Musicol. Soc. III, p. 292 ff.), 1950.

1554. -- Note on Egyptian Music ('Journal of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' II, p. 204), 1949·

1555. -- Rhythm and Tempo: an introduc­tion ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXVIII, p. 384 ff.), 1952.

1556. -- Rhythm and Tempo. A Study in Music History (New York, 1953).

106 -

1556a. SACHSSE, Palttstinische Musikinstru­mente ('Z. d. deutschen Pallistinaver­eins'L p: 117 ff.), 1927.

1557. SAINT-SAENS, CAMILLE, Lyres et ci­thares (in LAVIGNAC, 'Encycl. ,de la Mus.' Ire partie, vol. I, p. 538 if.), 1912.

I557a. SAION]I, YOSHIKAZU, Nihon Minyo Taikan: Kanta-hen (A Survey of Japa­nese Folksong), vol. I (Japanese Broad­casting Corporation, Tokyo, 1953).

1558. SALDIVAR, GABRIEL, Historia de la musica en Mexico (Mexico, 1934).

1559. SALMEN, WALTER, Towards the explo­ration of national idiosyncrasies in wandering song-tunes (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VI, p. 52 ff.), 1954.

1560. SALVADOR-DANIEL, FRANCESCO, The Music and Musical Instruments of the Arab, with Introduction on How to appreciate Arab Music (edited with notes, memoir, bibliography and musi­cal examples by HENRY GEORGE FARMER), London/New York, 1915.

1561. SAMBAMURTHY, P., Elements ot Kar­natic Music (Madras, 1929).

1562. -- South Indian Folk Music (,Indian Art and Letters' VI, p. 32 ff.), 1932.

1563. -- The teaching ot music (,The Jour­nal of the Music Academy, Madras' XI, p. 48 ff.), 1940.

1564. -- Music in training schools (ibid. XIII, p. 33 ff.), 1942.

1565. -- Comparative Music, a reply (ibid. XIII, p. 87 ff.), 1942.

1566. -- The Wallaiapet Manuscripts (ibid. XIV, p. 86 ff., XVIII, p. II4 if.), 1943 and 1947.

1567. -- The Flute; a Study containing a short account ot its History, Antiquity and Laws together with full Instructions tor Practice (Madras, 2/1943).

1568. -- The origin of some ragas (,The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XVI, p. 73 if.), 1945.

1569. -- Survival of the useful and the beautiful in the realm of music (ibid. XVII, p. 80 if.), 1946.

1570. -- South Indian Music, vols. I-IV (The Indian Music Publishing House, Madras), 4th ed. 1948-'49.

1571. -- Madras as a Seat of Music Learning (Madras, 1949).

1572. -- Syama Sastri and other famous composers (Madras, 1949).

1573. SAMINSKY, LAZARE, The music of the peoples of the Russian Orient ('The Mus. Quarterly' VIII, p. 346 if.), 1922.

1574. SANCHEZ DE FUENTES, EDUARDO, El folklore en la musica cubana (Havana, 1923).

1575. -- Influencia de los ritmos africanos en nuestro cancionero (Havana, 1927).

1576. -- La cancion cubana (Havana, 1930) . 1576a. -- The musical folklore of Cuba

('Froc. Intern. Congress of Music­ology, Sept. 1939', p. 284 if.).

1577. SANDVIK, O. M., Norsk Folkemusik, saerlig RJstlandmusikken (1921).

1578. -- Norsk folkmusikk (,Nordisk Kul­tur. Musikk och Musikkinstrumenter', p. 128 ff.), 1934. .

1579. -- fZJsterdalsmusikken (Oslo, 1943). 1580. -- Folkemusikk i Gudbrandsdalen

(Oslo, 1948). 1581. -- Norwegian Folk Music ('Grove's

Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 322 if.), 1954·

1582. SAPIR, EDWARD, Song recitative in Paiute mythology (,Journal of Amer. Folklore' XXIII, p. 455 if.), 1910.

1583. -- Texts of the Kaibab Paiutes and Uintah Utes ('Proc. Amer. Aoad. of Sciences' vol. 65, p. 297 if.), 1930.

1584. SARGEANT, WINTHROP, A Study in East Indian Rhythm ('The Musical Quar­terly' XVII), 1931.

1585. -- Types of Quechua melody ('The Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 230 if.), 1934·

1586. SAS, ANDRE, Aperyu sur la musique inca ('Acta Musicologica' VI, p. I if.), 1934·

1587. SATYADEVA, GEETA, North Indian Music Today ('United Asia' III No. I,

India Number, p. 57 ff.), 1950. 1588. SAVILLE, M. H., A primitive Maya

musical instrument ('American Anthro­pologist' X No.8), 1897.

1589. -- The musical bow in ancient Mexico (ibid. XI NO.9), 1898.

1590. SAYGUN, AHMED ADNAN, Le receuil et la notation de la musique folklorique (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' I, p. 27 ff.), 1949.

1591. -- Des danses d'Anatolie et de leur charactere rituel (ibid. II, p. 10 if.), 1950.

1592. -- Authenticity in Folk Music (ibid. III, p. 7 ff.), 1951.

1593. -- Turkish Folk Music (,Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 384 if.), 1954.

1594. SCHAD, GUSTAV, Musik und Musik­ausdrucke in del' mittelenglischen Lite­ratur (Diss., Giessen, 19II).

1595. SCHAD EN, FRANCISCO S. G., Musica e Danya entre os Indios do Brasil (,Pau­listania' XXVI, p. 13 ff.), Sao Paulo, 1948.

1596. SCHADENBERG, ALEX., Musik-Instru­mente del' Philippinen-Stttmme ('Z. f. Ethnologie' XVIII, p. (549) ff.), 1886.

1597. SCHAEFFNER, ANDRE, Notes sur la musique des Afro-americains ('Le Mene­strel' 25/6--6/8, 1926).

r07 -

1598. -- D'une nouvelle classification mi­thodique des instruments de musique (,Revue musicale' XIII, vol. II, p. 215 ff.), 1932.

1599. -- Note sur 14 filiation des instru­ments Ii cordes ('Melanges de Musi­cologie offerts a. M. LIONEL DE LA LAURENCIE'), Paris, 1933.

1600. -- Notes sur la musique des popula­tions du Cameroun'septentrional ('Mino­taure' no. 2, p. 65 ff.), 1933.

1601. -- Parmi les origines corporelles des instruments de musique ('Le Menestrel' XCVI, p. 65 ff., 77 ff. and 89 ff.), 1934.

*1602. -- Origines des instruments de musique (Paris, 1936).

1603. -- Contribution Ii l'etude des instru­ments de musique d'Afrique et d'Oceanie (Compte rendu de la 2ieme session du Congres intern. des sciences anthropolo­giques et ethnologiques, p. 268 ff.), Copenhagen, 1939.

1604. -- Musique primitive ou exotique et musique moderne d'Occident ('Melanges offerts a. ZOLTAN KODALY', p. 213 ff.), 1943·

1605. -- Sur deux instruments de musique des Batas (Nord-Cameroun) ('Journal de la Soc. des Africanistes' XIII, p. 123 ff.), 1943.

1606. -- Les instruments de musique ('La Musique des origines a. nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 13 ff.), 1946.

1607. -- La musique noire d'Afrique (ibid., p. 460 ff.), 1946.

1608. -- Decouverte de la musique noire (,Presence africaine', 1950).

1609. -- Les instruments de musique en pays Kissi (Paris, 1950).

1610. -- Une imporlante decouverte arcM­ologique: Ie lithophone de Ndut Lieng Krak (Vietnam) ('La Revue de Musi­cologie' XXXIII, p. Iff.), 1951.

1610a. --Musique populaire et art musical (' Journal de Psychologie normale et pathologique'. Jan./June 1951, p. 237 ff.).

16II. -- Timbales et longues trompettes (,Bull. de l'Inst. Fran~ais d' Afrique Noire' XIV, p. 1466 ff.), Oct. 1952.

1612. SCHIFFER, BRIGITTE, Die Oase Siwa und ihre Musik (Berlin, 1936).

*1613. SCHIMMERLING, H. A., Folk Dance Music of the Slavic Nations (New York, 1951).

1614. SCHINHAN, JAN P., The music of the Papago and Yurok (,Bull. of the American Musicol. Soc.' I, p. 13 ff.), 1936.

1615. SCHLAGER, ERNST, Bali ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 1109 ff.), 1950.

1616. SCHLESINGER, KATHLEEN, Researches into the Origin of the Organs of the

- 108

Ancient ('Sammelb. der Intern. Musik­ges.' II, p. 167 ff.), 1900/,01.

1617. -- The Instruments of the Modern Orchestra and Early Records of the Precursors of the Violin Family (Lon­don, 1910).

*1618. -- A Bibliography of Musical In­struments and Archaeology (London, 1912).

1619. -- The precursors of the violin family (London, 1914)'

1620. -- The Basis of Indian Music (,Musical Times' LVI, p. 335 ff.), 1915.

1621. --Commentary on the musical in­struments in AUREL STEIN, 'Serindia' (London, 1921).

1622. --Is European Musical Theory indebted to the Arabsi' (London, 1925).

1623. -- The Question of an Arabian Influence on Musical Theory (,Musical Standard' N.S. XXV, p. 148 ff. and 160 ff.), 1925.

1624. -- The Greek Foundations of the Theory of Music (,Musical Standard' XXVII N.S., p. 23, 44, 62, 96, 109. 134, 162, 177, 197, 208; XXVIII N.S., p. 31 and 44 (1926).

1625. -- The Greek Aulos (London. 1939). 1626. SCHMELTZ, J. D. E., Das Schwirrholz

('Verhand!' des Vereins f. naturwiss. Unterhaltung zu Hamburg' IX), 1896.

1627. -- A primitive musical instrument ('Intern. Archiv f. Ethnogr.' XI, p. 89 ff.), 1898.

1628. SCHMIDT, FATHER WILHELM. Ueber Musik und Gesange der Karesau Papuas (Kongressbericht Intern. Musikges. Vienna, 1910).

1629. SCHMIDT-ERNSTHAUSEN, V., Ueber die Musik der Eingebornen von Deutsch Neu-Guinea ('Vierteljahrschr. f. Musik­wiss.' VI, p. 268 ff.), 1890.

1630. SCHMIDT-LAMBERG. HERBERT, Chorge­sang im schwarzen Afrika ('Der Chor' III, p. 151 ff.). 1951.

1630a. -- Chorgesang bei exotischen Vol­kern (ibid. II. p. II9 ff.), 1950.

1631. SCHNEIDER, MARIUS, Geschichte der Mehrstimmigkeit. 1. Die Naturvolker (Berlin, 1934), II. Die Anfange in Europa (Berlin, 1935).

1632. -- Ueber die Anwendung der Tonali­tiitskreistheorie aUf die Musik der orientalischen Hochkulturen und der A ntike (in collab. with J. W. SCHOTT­LANDER) ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' III, p. 50 ff.), 1935.

1633. -- Gesiinge der Gogadara (in P. WIRZ, 'Die Gemeinde der Gogadara' ('Nova Guinea' XVI)). 1934.

1634. -- Sil'iono-Gesang (in H. SNETHLAGE, Nachrichten) ('Z. f. Ethnologie' vol. 67), 1935·

1635. -- Gesange aus Uganda ('Archiv f. Musikforschung' 1937).

1636. -- Ueber die VerMeitung afrikanischer Chorformen ('Z. f. Ethnologie' vol. 69, p. 79 ff.), 1937·

1637. -- Deutsche Volkslieder aus Argen­tinien ('Archiv f. Musikforschung' 1937).

1638. -- Ethnologische Musikforschung (in K. TH. PREUSS, 'Lehrbuch der Volker­kunde', p. 125 ff.), 1937,2/1956.

1639. -- Ueber die wortliche und gestalt­massige U eberlieferung wandernder M e­lodien (' Archiv f. Musikw.' 1938, p. 363 if.).

1640. -- Die musikalischen Beziehungen zwischen Urkulturen, Altpflanzern und Hirtenvolkern ('Z. f. Ethnologie' vol. 70, p. 287 ff.), 1938.

1641. -- Kaukasische Parallelen zur mit­telalterlichen M ehrstimmigkeit (,Acta Musicologica' XII), 1940.

1642. -- Lieder aegyptischer Bauern (Fel­lachen) ('Festschrift-KoDALY', p. 154 if.), Budapest, 1943.

1643. -- Phonetische und metrische Korrela­tionen bei Ewe- V olkern (' Archiv f. vergl. Phonetik' VII), 1943/'44.

1644. -- El influjo Arabe en Espana ('Anuario Musical' I), 1946.

1645. -- El origin musical de los animales simbolos en la mitologia y la escultura antiguas (Barcelona, 1948).

1646. -- La canci6n de cuna en Espana ('Anuario Musical' III), 1948.

1647. -- La danza de espadas y la tarantela (Barcelona, 1948).

1648. -- Estudioetnol6gicocomparativosobre los cantos de Iluvia en Espana (' Anuario Musical' IV), 1949.

1649. -- Australien und Austronesien ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 869 if.), Kassel, 1950.

1650. -- La relation entre la melodie et Ie langage dans la musique chinoise (,Anu­ario Musical' V), 1950.

1651. -- Die historische Grundlagen del' musikalischen Symbolik ('Die Musik­forschung' IV, p. II3 if.), 1951.

1652. -- 1st die vokale Mehrstimmigkeit eine Schopfung del' A ltrassen? (' Acta Musicologica' XXIII, p. 40 if.), 1951.

1653. -- Musica en las Philipinas ('Anua­rio Musical' VI, p. 91 ff.), 1951.

1654. -- Catalogo de los instrumentos musi­cales 'igorrotes' conservados en el Museo Etnol6gico de Madrid (in collab. with M. GARCIA MATOS) ('Revista de Antro­pologia' IV), 1951.

1655. -- Cancionero de la provincia de Madrid, vols. I and II (Barcelona, 1951 and 1952).

1656. -- Zur Trommelsprache der Duala ('Anthropos' XLVII, p. 235 ff.), 1952.

1657. -- Contribuci6n a la musica del Matto Grosso (,Anuario Musical' VII), 1952.

1658. -- Die Bedeutung der Stimme in der alten Kulturen ('Tribus, Jahrbuch des Lindenmuseums' II/III, p. 9 ff.), Stuttgart, 1952/'53.

1659. -- Singende Steine. Die musikalische Grundlagen der Kapitalordnung in drei katalonischen Kreuzgangen des I2. Jahr­hunderts (Kassel, 1955).

1660. -- Arabischer Einfluss in SPanien? (,Kongressbericht Bamberg 1953' p. 175 if.), 1954·

1661. -- Flamenco ('Die Musik in Ge­schichte und Gegenwart' IV, col. 283 ff.), 1954.

166Ia. -- Primitive Music ('The New Oxford History of Music' 3rd ed., vol. I), 1955.

1662. SCHNEIDER, THEKLA, Organum Hydrau­licum ('Die Musikforschung' VII, p. 24 if.), 1954.

1663. SCHOLE, H., Tonpsychologie und Musik­asthetik (1930).

1664. SCHULLIAN, D. M., and M. SCHOEN, Music and Medicine (New York, 1948).

1665. SCHtl'NEMANN, GEORG, Kasantatarische Lieder ('Archlv f. Musikw.' I, p. 499 if.), 1918/,19.

1666. -- Ueber die Beziehungen del' ver­gleichenden Musikwissenschaft zur Mu­sikgeschichte ('Archiv. f. Musikw.' II, p. 175 ff.), 1919/'20.

1666a. SCOTT, J. E., Roman Music ('The New Oxford History of Music', 3rd ed., vol. I), 1955.

1666b. SCOTT, R. R., Kenya Exhibition of musical instruments from Uganda and demonstration of Uganda music (' Afri­can Music Society Newsletter' I, No. 2, p. 22 ff.), 1949.

1667. SCULLY, NORA. Native tunes, heard and collected in Basutoland ('Bantu Studies' V, p. 247 ff.), 1931.

1668. SEASHORE, CARL E., Psychology of Music (New York/London, 1938).

1669. SEDER, THEODOR A., Old World Over­tones in the New World (Philadelphia, University Museum, Bulletin XVI, No. 4), June 1952.

1670. SEEGER, CHARLES, U.S.A. Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 387 if.), 1954.

1670a -- An instantaneous music notator (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' III, p. 103 ff.), 1951.

1671. SEEGER, PETER, How to play the 5-stringed Banjo (2nd ed., Beacon, N.Y., 1954)·

1672. SEEWALD, OTTO, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der steinzeitlichen Musikinstrumente Europas (Vienna, 1934).

- 109

1673. SELER, EDUARD, Mittelamerikanische Musikinstrumente ('Globus' LXXVI), 1899.

1674. -- Altmesikanische Knochenrasseln ('Z. f. Ethnologie' XLVIII), 1916.

1675. SELIGMANN, C. G., Note on a wooden Horn or Trumpet from British New­Guinea ('Geographical Journal' XXVII, p. 225 ff.), 1906.

1676. SENA, DEVAR SURYA, Folk Songs of Ceylon (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VI, p. II ff.), 1954.

*1677. SENDREY, ALFRED, Bibliography of Jewish Mwsic (New York, 1951).

1678. SHARP, CECIL J., English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachian Moun­tains (edited by MAUD KARPELES), Lon­don, 1932, 2/1952.

1679. -- English Folk Song, Some con­clusions (London, 1907), revised by MAUD KARPELES, (London, 3/1954).

1680. SHELFORD, R., An Illwstrated Catalogwe of the Ethnographical Collection of the Serawak Museum. Part I. Musical Instruments (' Journal of the Straits Branch of the R. Asiatic Soc.' No. 40, p. 3 ff.), 190 4.

1680a Siamese mwsic, Score and parts (for resp. Pi nai, Ranad Ek + Ranad Lek, Gong wong yai, Gong wong lek, Ranad Thume, Thume Lek, Ching + Tapone + Klong thad + Charb yai + M ong) of the piece 'Evening Prelude' (for Piphat orchestra), Bangkok, undated.

1681. SICHARD, WOLFGANG, Der alpenlllndi­sche Jodler und der Ursprung des Jodelns (Berlin, 1938).

1682. SICHEL, A., Histoire de la mwsique des Malgaches (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' V, p. 3227 ff.), 1907.

1682a. SIEDERSBECK, BEATRICE DOHME, and DR.AGER, HANS-HEINZ, Fidel. II. Die Fidel im Abendland ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' IV, col. 158 ff.), 1954.

1683. SIMBRIGER, HEINRICH, Klangsteine, Steinspiele und ihre N achbildungen in Metall ('Anthropos' XXXII, p. 552 ff.), 1937·

*1684' -- Gong und Gongspiele ('Intern. Arch. f. Ethnogr.), Leyden, 1939.

1685. SIMON, RICHARD, Die Notationen des Somanatha ('Sitzungber. Phil.-Klasse d. Kgl. Bayrische Akad. d. Wiss.' 1903, p. 452 ff.).

1686. -- Notationen der vedischen Lieder­bUcher (,Wiener Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde d. Morgenlandes' XXVII, p. 305 ff.), 1913.

1687. SIROLA, BOZlDAR, Sopite Zurle (Zagreb, 1932).

1687a. -- Futkalice sviraljke od kore svjeEeg drveta (Zagreb, 1932).

1688. -- Sviralkje s udamim jezilkom (Zagreb, 1937).

1689. -- Summary in German of the foregoing important publication in 'Bull. Intern. de l' Acad. Yougoslave des Sciences et des Beaux Arts' IX, p. 155-184, (1937)·

1690. -- Hrvatske Narodna Glazba (Zagreb, 1942).

1691. -- Kroatische Volksmwsikinstrumente ('Melanges offerts a ZOLTAN KODAL y' p. 114 ff.), 1943·

1692. SLONIMSKY, NICOLAS, Cuban Folk Music (,Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 214 ff.), 1954.

1693. -- Danish Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 223 ff.), 1954·

1694. -- Mesican Folk Mwsic ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 314 ff.), 1954·

1695. SMITH, B. J., Musical saga of Samoa ('Etude' LX, p. 369), 1942.

1696. SMITH, H., The World's Earliest Music (London, 1904).

*1697. SNELLEMAN, JOH. F., Muziek en Muziekinstrumenten ('Encycl. v. Neder­landsch-Indii!', 2nd. ed. vol. II, p. 812 ff.), 1918.

1698. SNETHLAGE, EMIL HEINRICH, Musik­instrumente der I ndianer des Guapore­gebietes ('Baessler Archiv', Beiheft, Ber­lin, 1939).

1699. SNOWDEN, A. D., Some Common Musical Instruments found among the Native Tribes of Southern Rhodesia ('Nada, the Southern Rhodesia Native Affairs Dept. Annual' No. 16, p. 72 ff.), Salisbury, Rhod., 1939.

1700. SODERBERG, BERTIL, Musical Instru­ments wsed by the Babembe ('Ethnos' XVII, p. 51 ff.), 1952.

1701. SOLVI]NS, F. BALTAZARD, Les Hindous (Paris, 1808/,12) (4 vols.).

1702. SOMERVEL, T. HOWARD, The Mwsic of Tibet (The Musical Times' LXIV), 1923.

1703. SOULIE, GEORGES, La Musique en Chine (1911).

1704. SOURIAU, E., Autorite humaine de la musique ('Polyphonie' 1950, No. 7-8, p. 24 if.).

1705. SPASOW, VASIL, Volksmusik, Mwsikin­strumente und Tiinze der Bulgaren (193 1).

1706. SPECK, FRANK G., Ceremonial songs of the Creek and Yuchi Indians ('Anthrop. Publ. Mus. Univers. Pennsylvania' II, p. 155 if.), 1911.

1707. SPEIGHT, W. L., Notes on South African native music ('Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 344 ff.), 1934·

1708. SPIES, WALTER, Bericht Uber den Znstand vou Tanz und Musik in der

IIO -

Negara Gianjar ('Djawa' XVI, p. 51 ff.), 1936.

1709. -- De Gamelanwedstrijd te Gianjar (ibid. XIX, p. 197 ff.), 1939.

1710. -- and BERYL DE ZOETE, Dance and Drama in Bali (London, 1938, 2/1953)·

17II. SPREEN, HILDEGAARD N., Folkdances of South India (London, 2/1948).

1712. STAINER, JOHN, Music of the Bible (new ed. by FR. GALPIN), London, 1914.

1713. STANNUS, HUGH, A rare type of musical instrument from Central Africa ('Man' XX 3, No. 20), 1920.

1714. STARKIE, WALTER, Gypsy Music (,Gro­ve's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 859 ff.), 1954.

1715. STEFANISZYN, B., The Hunting Songs of the Ambo ('African Studies' X, p. I ff.), March 1951.

1716. STEINMANN, ALFRED, Uebel' anthro­pomorphe Schlitztrommeln in Indonesien ('Anthropos' XXIII, p. 240 ff.), 1938.

1717. STERN, PHILIPPE, The music of India and the theory 0/ the raga ('Indian Arts & Letters', N.S. VII, p. Iff.), 1933.

1718. STEVENSON, ROBERT, Music in Mexico (New York, 1952).

1718a. STEWART, J. L., Northern Gold Coast Songs ('African Music Society News­letter' I, June 1952, p. 39 ff.).

1719. STOIN, VASSIL, Hypothese surl'origine bulgare de la diaphonie (Sofia, 1925).

1720. -- Bulgarska narodna muzika: me­trika i ritmika (Sofia, 1927).

1721. -- Narodni pesni ot Timok do Vita (Sofia, 1928).

1722. -- Svirka Dvoyanka ('Bull. du Musee Nat. d'Ethnogr.' XII, p. 86 ff.), Sofia, 1936.

1723. STOLL, DENNIS GRAY, The 'Graces' 0/ Indian Music ('Asiatic Review' N.S. XXXVIII, p. 167 ff.), 1942.

1724. STOWEL, H. M., An ancient 'flute-song' (' Journal of the Polynesian Soc.' XXVII, p. 222 ff.), 1918.

1725. STRANG, GERALD, The sliding tones in oriental music ('Bull. of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' VIII, p. 29 ff.), 1945.

1726. STRELNIKOV, J. D., La musica y la danza de las tribus indias Kaa-Ihwua (Guarani) y Botocudo ('Proc. of the 23rd Congr. of Americanists' 1928, p. 796 ff.), New York, 1930.

1726a. STREHLOW, T. G. H., Australian abo­riginal songs (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VII, p. 37 ff.), 1955·

1727. STRICKLAND-ANDERSON, LILY, Rabin­dranath Tagore, poet-composer (The Musical Quarterly' X, p. 463 ff.), 1924.

1728. -- Music in Malaya (ibid. XI, p. 506 ff.), 1925.

1729. -- The Cambodian ballet (ibid. XII, p. 266 ff.), 1926.

1730. -- Aboriginal and animistic influen­ces in Indian music (ibid. XV, p. 371 ff.), 1929·

1731. -- The mythological background of Hindu music (ibid. XVII, p. 330 ff.), 1931.

1732. STUMPF, CARL, Musikpsychologie in England. Betracntungen abel' die Her­leitung del' Musik aus del' Sprache und aus dem tierischen Entwicklungs­prozess, abel' Empirismus und Nativis­mus in del' Musiktheorie ('Viertel­jahrschr. f. Musikw.' I, 1885).

1733. -- Liedel' del' Bellakula-Indianer ('ibid. II, 1886; 'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, 1922).

1734. -- Review of ALEXANDER J. ELLIS, 'On the musical scales of various nations' ('Vierteljahrschr. f. Musikw.' II, p. 5II ff.), 1886.

1735. -- Mongolische Gesllnge (ibid. III, 1887; 'Sammelbllnde f. vergl. Musikw.' 1,1922).

1736. -- Tonpsychologie, vol. I (1883); vol. II (1890).

1737. -- Uber Vergleichungen von Tondis­tanzen ('Z. f. Psychol. und Physiol. der Sinnesorgane' I), 1890.

1738. -- Phonographierle Indianermelodien ('Vierteljahrschr. f. Musikw.' VIII, 1892; 'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, 1922).

1739. -- Die pseudo-aristotelischen Probleme abel' Musik (,Abhandl. der preuss. Akad.' 1896/97).

1740. -- Geschichte des Konsonanzbegril/es, vol. I (Altertum) (,Abhandl. der Bay­rische Akad.' 1897).

1741. -- Konsonanz und Dissonanz (,Bei­trllge zur Akustik und Musikwissen­schaft', fasc. I), 1898.

1742. -- Maassbestimmungen abel' die Rein­heit konsonanter Interoalle (in collab. with M. MAYER) ('Z. f. Psychol. und Physiol. der Sinnesorgane' XVIII), 1898.

1743. -- Tontabellen (in collab. with K. L. SCHAEFER) ('Beitrllge zur Akustik und Musikw.', fasc. 3), 1901.

1744. -- Tonsystem und Musik del' Sia­mesen (ibid., fasc. 3, 1901; 'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, 1922).

1745. -- Das Berliner Phonogrammarchiv (,Intern. Wochenschr.', 1909).

1746. -- Die Anfli.nge del' Musik (,Intern. Wochenschr.' 1909).

1747. -- Konsonanz und Konkordanz ('Fest­schr.-R. VON LILIENCRON, 1910). En-

- III

larged: nebst Bemel'kungen ooel' W ohl­klang und W ohlgefltlligkeit (' Z. f. Psychol. u. Physiol. der Sinnesorgane' LVIII), 19II.

1748. -- Uebel' die Bedeutung ethnologischel' Untersuchungen ful' die Psychologie und Aesthetik der Tonkunst (in collab. with E. M. VON HORNBOSTEL) ('Kongressbe­richt 4th Congress of the Gesellsch. f. experimentelle Psychologie 19II').

1749. -- Die Anfltngeder Musik (Leipzig, 19II).

1750. -- Singen und Sprechen ('Z. f. Psychol. u. Physiol. der Sinnesorgane' XCVI), 1923.

1751. -- Die Sprachlaute. Expel'imentell­phonetische Untersuchungen nebst einem A nhang uber I nstrumentalklange (Ber­lin, 1926).

1753. SUNAGA, K., Japanese Music (London, 1936).

1754. SWARUP, RAI BAHADUR BISHAN, Theory of Indian Music (Swarup Brothers, Maithan, Agra, 1933).

1755. SYKES, M., Notes on Musical Instru­ments in Khorasan ('Man' IX), 1909.

1756. SZABOLSCI, BENCE, The Eastern Re­lations of Early Hungarian Folk-Music ('Journal of the R. Asiatic Soc.' 1935, p. 483 if.).

1757. -- Morgenland und Abendland in del' ungarischen Volksmusik ('Ung. Jahrb.' XVIII, p. 202 if.), Berlin,' 1938.

1758. -- A primitiv dallamoSSllg: a hang­leitestc51 az otfokUsdgig (Primitive Mel­odik: vom Ton/all zur Pentatonie) (in 'Melanges offerts a ZOLTAN KODALY a l'occasion de son 60ieme anniversaire' p. 19 ff.), Budapest, 1943.

1759. -- Five-Tone Scales and Civilization ('Acta Musicologica' XV, p. 24 ff.), 1943.

1760. TAGORE, SURINDRO MOHUN, Short Notices of Hindu Musical Instruments (Calcutta, 1877).

1761. -- Hindu Music from various authors (Calcutta, 1882).

1762. TAIG, TH., Rhythm and Metre (1930). 1763. TAKACS, JEND VON, Arabische Musik in

Aegypten ('Auftakt' IX, p. 241 if.). 1929. 1763a. TAKEDA, CHUICHIRO, Songs 0/ the

Mongols, notations and explanations (' J oumal of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic music' 10/1 I, p. 67 ff.), Dec. 1952.

1764. TAKI, R, On the P'i-p'a or Chinese lutes (' Journal of the Soc. f. Research in Asiatic Music' 9, p. 6 ff.), March 1951.

1765. TAKONO, KIYOSI, Theorie del' iapani­schen Musik (1935).

1766. -- Beitrage zur Geschichte del' iapani­schen Musik (' Archiv f. Musikfor­schung' II, p. 340 ff.), 1937.

1767. TANABE, HIDEO, Les etudes recentes

concernant les instl'uments de musique du Japon ('Art populaire' II, p, 130), 1931.

1768. -- The Chal'acter of Japanese Music (,Japanese Music'), Tokyo, 1953.

1768a. TANABE,HIsAwo,Equaltemperedscales of less than I2 tones in the Far East and a new proposal for a I4 tone equal tempera­ment (' J ourn. of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic music' 9), March, 1951.

1769. -- Die Weltbedeutung der alten chine­sischen Musik ('Die Musikwelt', Shang­hai 1923, fasc. 4).

1770. TANAKA, S., An Investigation of the Tuning of the Siamese Seven Tone Equal Tempered Scale ('Journal of the Soc. for Resear.ch in Asiatic Music' IX, p. Iff.), 1951.

1771. TANNERY, P., L'invention de l'hydraulis (,Revue des Etudes grecques' XXI), 1908.

1772. TAPPERT, WILHELM, Wandernde Melo­dien (Leipzig 1868, 2/1890).

1773. TATE, H., Australian aboriginal music ('Canon' V, p. 249 ff.), 1951.

*1774. TAYLOR, C. R. H., A Pacific Biblio­graphy (Wellington, 1951), pp. 46, 79, 129, 188, 227, 242, 256, 298, 319, 333, 345, 381 , 434, and 446.

1775. THALBITZER, WILLIAM, and HJALMAR THUREN, La musique chez les Esquimaux ('Mercure musical', 19II).

1775a. Eskimomusik und Dichtkunst in Granland ('Anthropos' VI, p. 485 ff.), 1911.

1776. -- Legendes et chants esquimaux du Greenland (1929).

1777. -- Eskimo-Liederen van Oost-Groen­land (Santpoort, 1933).

1778. THORSTEINSSON, B., Folkelig Sang og Musik paa Island ('Nordisk Kultur. Musikk och Musikkinstrumenter', p. 139 ff.), 1934·

1779. THUREN, HJALMAR L., The Eskimo Music (1912).

1780. -- and WILLIAM THALBITZER, Musik aus Ostgranland: Eskimoische Phono­gramme ('Z. der Intern. Musikges.' XII, p. 33 ff.), 1910.

1780a. THURSTON DART, R, Notation (,Gro­ve's Dictionary of Music and Musians' 5th ed. VI, p. 108 ff.), 1954.

1781. TIERSOT, JULIEN, Histoire de la chanson populaire en France (Paris, 1889).

1782. -- Chansons negres (Paris, 1933). 1783. TIESSEN, HEINZ, Musik del' Natur.

Ueber den Gesang del' Vagel, insbe­sondere iiber Tonsprache und Form des A mselgesanges (Atlantis-Verlag, 1953).

1784. TILLYARD, H. JULIUS W., Byzantine Music ('Grove's Dictionary of Music and Musicians' 5th ed. vol. I, p. 1068 ff.), 1954.

1785. TIREN, K., Die lappische Volksmusik

- II2-

(' Acta lapponica' III, p. 155 ff.), 1942. 1786. TOOR, FRANCES, A Treasury of Mexican

Folkways, p. 299 ff. Part. III. Music­Verse-Dance (New York, 2{1947).

1787. TORHOUT, NIRGlDMA DE, and M. HUMBERT-SAUVAGEOT, I8 Chants et Poemes mongols (Paris, 1937).

*1787a. TORNER, EDUARDO MARTINEZ, Biblio­graphie du folklore musical Espagnol ('Art populaire' II, p. 159 ff.), 193I.

1788. TRACEY, HUGH T., Native music and the church ('Native Teacher's Journal' XI, p. IIO ff.), 1931{32.

1789. -- Chief above and Chief below, a musical play for Africans (1944).

1790. -- Ngoma, an introduction to Music for Southern Africans (London, 1948).

1791. -- Chopi Musicans. Their Music, Poetry and Instruments (Oxford, 1948).

1792. -- Lalela Zulu (IOO Zulu Lyrics), 1949·

1793. -- African Dances of the Witwaters­rand Gold Mines (with photographs by Merlyn Severn), Johannesburg, 1952.

1793a. -- Musical Wood (,African Music Society Newsletter' I, NO.2, p. 17 ff.), 1949·

1794. -- The state of Folk Music in Bantu Africa ('Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VI, p. 32 ff.), 1954.

1795. -- Bantu Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. I, p. 416 ff.), 1954.

1795a. -- The problem of the future of Bantu music in the Congo (,Problemes d' Afrique Centrale' VII, p. 272 ff.),1954.

1796. TRAYNOR, LEO, and SHIGEO KISHIBE, The four unknown pipes of the Sho (mouth organ) used in ancient Japanese courl music (,Journal of the Soc. f. Research in Asiatic Music' IX, p. 26 ff.), March 1951.

1797. TREBITSCH, R., Phonographische Auf­nahmen in Irischer Sprache und einiger Musikinstrumente in Irland und Wales (1908).

1798. -- Phonographische Aufnahmen in der bretonische Sprache und zweier M usikinstrumente in der Bretagne (1908).

1799. -- Baskische Sprach- und Musikauf­nahmen (1914).

1800. TREFZGER, HEINZ, Das Musikleben der Tang-Zeit ('Sinica' XIII), 1938.

1801. -- Ueber das K'in, seine Geschichte, seine Technik, seine Notation und seine Philosophie (,Schweiz. Musikzeitung' LXXXVIII, p. 81 ff.), 1948.

1802. -- Ueber die chinesischen Noten­schriften ('Universitas' VI, p. 753 ff.), 195I.

1803. TREND, J. B., SPanish Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 368 ff.), 1954.

1804. TROYER, CARLOS, Indian music lecture:

the Zuni Indians and their music (Philadelphia, 1913).

1805. TRUBETZKOY, PRINCE N. S., Zur Struktur der Mordwinischen Melodien (,Sitzungsber. d. Oestenr. Akad. d. Wiss.' vol. 1933, p. 106 ff.).

1806. TUCKER, A. N., Tribal Music and Dan­cing in the Southern Sudan (London, 1933)·

1807. -- Childrens games and songs in the Southern Sudan (' Journal of the Royal Anthrop. Inst.' LXIII), London, 1933.

1808. URSPRUNG, OTTO, Um die Frage nach dem arabischen bzw. maurischen Einfluss auf die abendlandische Musik des Mittel­alters ('Z. f. Musikwiss.' XVI, p. 129 ff. and 355 ff.), 1934.

1808a. VAISANEN, A. 0., Vainamoisen kantele kuvissa ('Kalevalaseuran vuosikirja' V, p. 191 ff.), Helsinki, 1925.

1809. -- Das ZuPfinstrument gusli bei den Wolgavolkern ('Suomalais Ugrilaisen Seuran Toimituksia' LVIII, p. 303 ff.), Helsinki, 1928.

1810. -- Kantele und Streichleier (,Suomen Kansan Savelmia' V), 1928.

18I1. -- Die Leier der ob-ugrischen Volker ('Eurasia septentrion. antiqua' VI, p. 15 ff.), Helsinki, 1931.

1812. -- Wogulische und ostfakische Melo­dien ('Suomalais Ugrilaisen Seuran Toimituksia' LXXIII), Helsinki, 1937.

1813. -- Wirklichkeitsgrund der finnisch­estnischen Kantelerunen ('Acta Ethno­logica' I, p. 31 ff.), Copenhagen, 1938.

1814. -- Die Ob-ugrische Harle ('Finnish-ugrische Forschungen' XXIV, p. 127 ff.), 1937.

1815. -- Untersuchungen Uber die ob-ugri­schen Melodien (Helsinki, 1939).

1816. -- Die Kantele der Wepsen ('Melanges offerts a. ZOLTAN KODALY', p. 377 ff.), 1943·

1817. -- Finnische Volksmusik ('Der Nor­den' XX, p. 196 ff.), 1943.

1818. -- Mordwinische Melodien (Helsinki, 1948).

1819. -- Suggestions for the methodical classification and investigation of folk tunes (,Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' I, p. 34), 1949.

1819a. -- Finnisch-ugrische Musik (,Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' IV, col. 229 ff.), 1954.

1820. VALLE, FLAUSINO RODRIGUES, Ele­mentos de folklore musical brasileiro (Sao Paulo, 1936).

1821. VARAGNAC, A., De la musique dans l' activiti de l' homme ('Polyphonie' 1950, No. 7-8, p. 31 ff.).

*1822. VARLEY, D. H., African Negro Music, an annotated Bibliography (1936).

1823. VARNOUX, JEAN, Vietnamese Music

lI3 -

(from 'France-Asie' No. 52, July 1950) ('The Journal of the Music Academy, Madras' XXI, p. 136 ff.), 1950.

1824. VASILJEVIC, MIODRAG A.,· Les bases tonales de la musique populaire serbe (,Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' IV, p. 19 ff.), 1952.

1825. -- Yugoslavenska Musitki Folklora I. Serbia (Beograd, 1952).

1826. -- Yugoslavenska Musi6ki Folklora II. Makedonia (Beograd, 1953).

1827. -- Narodne Melodieje. Sandshak (Beograd, 1953).

1828. VECHTEN, C. VAN, The Music of SPain (London, 1920).

1829. VEGA, CARLOS, La flauto de Pan andina (,Proc. 25th Congress of Ameri­canists, Buenos Aires 1932', p. 333 ff.), Buenos Aires, 1934.

1830. -- Tonleitern mit Halbtonen in del' Musik del' alten Peruaner ('Acta Musicologica' IX, p. 41 ff.), 1939.

1830a -- Panorama de la musica popular argentina (Buenos Aires, 1944).

1830b. VERBEKEN, A., Le langage tambourine des Congolais ('African Music Society Newsletter' I, p. 28 ff.), 1953.

183!. VERDEIL, R. PALIKAROVA, La musique byzantine chez les Bulgares et les Russes du IXe au XIVe siecle (,Monumenta Musicae Byzantinae' III), 1953.

1832. VER~EY, FREDERICK WILLIAM, Notes on Siamese Musical Instruments (Lon­don, 1885).

1833. VETTER, WALTER, Ethos ('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' III, col. 1582 vv.), 1954.

1834. VETTERL, KAREL, Folk songs of East Czechoslovakia (,Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' I, p. 35 ff.), 1949.

1835. -- Czech Folk Music ('Grove's Dic­tionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 216 ff.), 1954·

1836. VICHITR-VADAKARN, H. E. NAI V., The Evolution of Thai Music ('Publ. of the Dept. of Fine Arts, Thailand'), 1942.

1837. VIROLLAUD, CH., and FERNAND PELA­GAUD, La musique Assyro-Babylonienne (in LAVIGNAC, Hist. de la Mus.' I, p. 35 ff.), 1910.

1838. VOIS, P., La musique des view; ('Etudes Melanesiennes, Noumea' No.2, p. 10 ff.), 1939.

1839. WACHSMANN, K. P., An approach to African Music ('Uganda Journal' VI, NO·3, p. 148 ff.), 1939·

1840. -- The Transplantation of Folk Music from one social environment to another (' Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VI, p. 41 ff.), 1954.

184!. -- An Equal-stepped Tuning in a Ganda Harp ('Nature' Jan. 7th., 1950, p. 40 ff.).

1842. -- Tribal Crafts of Uganda (in collab. with MARGARET TROWELL), Part II. The Sound Instruments (p. 309 ff.), 1953.

1843. -- Musicology in Uganda ('Journal of the R. Anthrop. Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland' LXXXIII, p. 50 ff.), 1953.

1844. WADDELL, L. A., The 'Lepchas' or 'Rongs' and their Songs (,Intern. Archiv f. Ethnogr.' XII, p. 41 ff.), 1899.

1845. WAGENER, G., Bemerkungen Uber die Theorie del' chinesischen Musik und ihren Zusammenhang mit del' Philoso­phie ('Mitth. der Deutschen Ges. f. Natur- und Volkerkunde Ostasiens' II, p. 42 ff.), 18n.

1846. WALIN, STIG, Die schwedische Hummel (Stockholm, 1952).

1847. WALLASCHEK, RICHARD, Primitive Mu­sic (London, 1893).

1848. WALLE, JOH. VAN DE, Walsen, danza's en tumba's del' Antillen ('Oost & West' XLVII NO.5, p. II ff.), 29th May, 1954·

1849. WALLESER, SIXTUS, Die Tanzgeslinge del' Eingebornen aUf Jap ('Anthropos', X/XI, p. 655 ff.), 1915/,16.

1850. WANG, BETTY, Folk Songs as a Means of Social Control ('Sociology and Social Research' XIX No. I, p. 64 ff.), Sept./

. Oct. 1934. 185!. -- Folk Songs as Regulators 01

Politics (ibid. XX, p. 161 ff.), 1935. 1852. WANG, EN SHAO, Chinesische Kammer­

musik einst und jetzt ('Musica' IV, p, 131 ff.), 1950.

1853. WANG, KUANG CHI, Ueber die chinesi­che Musik (in: RICHARD WILHELM, 'Chinesische Musik'), p. 48 ff. (Frank­furt a/M., 1927).

1854. -- Ueber die chinesische Notenschril­ten ('Sinica' III, p. IIO ff.), 1928.

1855. -- Ueber die chinesische klassische Oper (I550-I86o), Geneva, 1934.

1856. -- M usikalische Beziehungen zwischen China und dem Westen im Laufe del' J ahrtausende ('Studien zur Geschichte und Kultur des nahen und fernen Ostens' (Festschrift-PAUL KAHLE). ed. by W. HEFFENING and W. KIRFEL), Leiden, 1935.

1857. WANTZLOEBEN, S., Das Monochord als Instrument und als System (Halle, 19II).

1858. WARMAN, J. W., The Hydraulic Organ of the Ancients ('Proc. of the Musical Association' 1903-'04).

1859. WARMELO, WILLEM VAN, aU Afrikaanse volkswijsies ('Lantern' III, NO.3, bIz. 250 vv.), Jan./Maart 1954.

1859a. -- Op zoek naar volksliederen in Zuid-Afrika ('Mens en Melodie' IX, p. 321 ff.), 1954.

II4 -

*1860. WATERMAN, RICHARD A., WILLIAM LICHTENWANGER, VIRGINIA HITCH­COCK HERRMANN, HORACE I. POLE­MAN, and CECIL HOBBS, Bibliogf'aphy 01 Asiatic Musics ('Notes', maga­zine devoted to music and litera­ture with bibliographies, reviews of books, records and music' , Second series, V, p. 21 ff. (I. General); p. 178 ff. (II. Southwest Asia), A. General, B. Ancient Civilizations); p. 354 ff. (C. Jews: Ancient and Modem); p. 549 ff. (D. Christians, 2. Caucasians and Transcaucasians), VI, p. 122 ff. (D. Christians cont., 3. Armenians, 4. Georgians; 5. Syrians a.o.); p. 281. (E. Moslems: I. General, 2. Arabic­speaking peoples); p. 419 (3. Turkic­speaking peoples, 4. Iranians a.o.); p. 570 ff. (III. India: A. General and Art Music, B. Primitive and Folk Music, C. Ceylonese Music); VII. p. 84 ff. (IV. South-East Asia: A. General, B. Burma, C. Siam, D. Indo-China, E. Malaya and Malay Archipelago, F. Philippine Islands); p. 265 (V. Central East Asia: A. General, B. Japan, C. Korea); p. 415 ff. (D. China); p. 613 (D. China cont.); VIII, p. 100 ff. (VI. Central Asia and Siberia: A. General, B. Tibetans, C. Mongols, D. Turkic Peoples, E. Paleo-Siberians, Samo­yeds, Tungus, and Manchus), p. 322 ff. (Addenda), New York, 1947-'51.

1861. -- and -- SUf'Vey 0/ Recof'dings 0/ Asiatic Music in the United States, I9S0-'SI ('Notes' VIII, p. 683 ff.), Sept. 1951.

1862. WEAD, CHARLES K., The Study of Pf'imitive Music ('Archiv f. Anthrop.' 11),1900.

1863. -- Contf'ibution to the histOf'Y of musical scales ('Report of the Smith­sonian Inst. for 1900', p. 417 ff.), Washington, 1902.

1864. -- Eaf'ly Musical Scales in the Light of the Twentieth Centuf'Y ('Papers of the Michigan Acad. of Science, Arts and Letters' IV, p. 43 ff.), 1924.

1864a. WEBER, MAx, Die f'ationalen und soziologischen Gf'undlagen del' Musik (Miinchen, 1921).

1865. WEGELIN, C. A., Chineesche muziek ('China' IV, p. 129 ff. and 217 ff.), 1929.

1866. WEGNER, MAX, Das Musikleben de, Gf'iechen (Berlin, 1949).

1867. -- Die Musikinstf'umente des alten Orients (Miinster, 1950).

1868. -- Etf'uf'ien (,Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' III, col. 1595 vv.), 1954.

186g. WEISS, JOSEF, Die musikalischen In­stf'umente des alten Testaments (Graz, 1895).

1870. WEISSMANN, JOHN S., Hungarian Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 277 ff.), 1954.

1871. WELLEK, ALBERT, Das Faf'benhOf'en im Lichte del' vef'gleichenden Musikwissen­schaft. Uf'geschichte des Doppelemp­findens im Geistesleben del' Of'ientalen ('Z. f. Musikw.' XI, p. 470 ff.), 1929.

1872. -- Begriff, A ufbau und Bedeutung einel' systematischen Musikwissenschaft ('Die Musikforsehung' I, p. 157 ff.), 1948.

1873. WELLESZ, EGON, Byzantinische Musik (Breslau, Jedermann's Biicherei, 1927).

1874. -- Die Byzantinische und Of'ienta­lische Kif'chenmusik (in GUIDO ADLER, 'Handbuch der Musikgeschichte', vol. I, 2nd ed. p. 126 ff.), 1929.

1875. -- Eastef'n Elements in Westef'n Chant (1947)·

1875a. -- A Histof'Y of Byzantine Music and Hymnogf'aPhy (1948).

1876. WELLS, EVELYN KENDRICK, The Ballad Tf'ee (London, 1954).

1876a. WERNER, ERIC, The Music of Post­Biblical Judaism ('The New Oxford History of Music', 3rd ed., vol. I), 1955.

1877. -- and ISAIAH SONNE, The Philo­sophy and Theof'Y of Music in Judaeo­

Af'abic Lite,atuf'e ('Hebrew Union College Annual' XVI), 1941.

1878. WERNER, HEINZ, Die melodische Ef'fin­dung im ff'uhen Kindesaltef' (Akad. d. Wiss. zu Wien, Phil.-hist. Klasse, Sitzungsber. CLXXXII no. 4), 1917.

1879. WERTHEIMER, MAX, Musik del' Wedda ('Sammelb. der Intern. Musikgeschich­te' XI, p. 300 if.), 1909.

1880. WEULE, K., Schadeltf'ommeln aus dem Otschigebiet ('Ethnol. Notizblatt', I, fasc·3)·

1880a. WHYTE, HARCOURT, Types of Ibo Music ('Nigerian Field' XVIII, p. 182 ff.), 1953.

1881. WIEHMAYER, TH., Musikalische Rhyth­mik und Metf'ik (Magdeburg, 1917).

1882. WIESCHHOF, HANS, Die afrikanischen Tf'ommeln und ihf'e aussef'afrikanischen Beziehungen (Stuttgart, 1933).

1883. WILHELM, RICHARD, Das Wesen del' chinesischen Musik ('Sinica' II, p. 203 ff.), 1927.

1884. --ChinesischeMusik (Frankfurt a/M., China-Institut, 1927).

1885. WILLARD, N. A., A Tf'eatise on the Music of Hindoostan (in SURINDRO MOHUN TAGORE, 'Hindu Music from various authors'), Calcutta, 1882.

1886. WILSON, E. W., Gouf'd in folk music (,Southern Folklore Quarterly' XV, p. 188 ff.), 1951.

1887. WINNINGTON-INGRAM, R. P., Mode in Greek music (Cambridge, 1936).

- II5-

1888. --G,.eek Music (ancient) ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 770 ff.), 1954·

1889. WINTERNITZ, EMANUEL, Bagpipes and Hu,.dy-gu,.dies in thei,. social setting ('Bull. of the Metropolitan Mus. of Art', N.S. vol. II, No. I, p. 56 ff.), 1943.

1890. WIORA, WALTER, Die Aufzeichnung und He,.ausgabe lion Volksliedweisen ('Jahrb. f. Volksliedforschung' VI), 1938.

1891. -- Das Alte,. de,. dewtschen Volks­liedweisen ('Deutsche Musikkultur' VI), 1939·

1892. -- Systematik de,. musikalischen E,.­scheinungen des Umsingens (ibid. VII), 1940.

1893. -- Die Volksliedweise und de,. Osten (1941).

1894. -- Zu,. FrUhgeschichte de,. Musik in den Alpenlandern (Basel, 1949).

1895. -- Alpenmusik (in 'Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart', vol. I, col. 359 ff.), 1949·

1896. -- Alpenlandische Liedweisen de,. F,.iihzeit und des Mittelalte,.s im Lichte lIe,.gleichende,. Forschung ('Festschrift­JOHN MEIER'), 1949.

1897. -- Das echte Volkslied (Heidelberg, 1950).

1898. -- Die Stellung de,. Volkskunde im K,.eise de,. Geisteswissenschaften (,Be­richt iiber den 7. deutschen Volkskun­detag'), 1952.

1899. -- Eu,.opaische,. Volksgesang. Ge­meinsame Formen in cha,.akteristischen Abwandlungen (Heemstede/Cologne, 1952).

1900. -- Die Melodien de,. 'Soute,.liedekens' und ihre deutsche Parallelen (,Trans­actions Intern. Mus. Congress Utrecht 1952' p. 438 ff.), 1953.

1901. -- Die rheinisch-bergischen Melodien bei Zuccalmaglio und Brahms (Godes­berg, 1953).

1902. -- Grundschichten der deutschen Mu­sik (FrUhgeschichte und Volksmusik) ('Deutschland in der Musikgeschichte'), Kassel, 1953.

1903. -- Ge,.man Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 259 ff.), 1954·

1904. WIRZ, PAUL, A description of Musical Instruments from Central North Eastern New Guinea (Publ. No. 100 of the Royal Tropical Institute), Amsterdam, 1952.

19041.1. -- Ueber sakrale Floten und Pleilen des Sepih-Gebietes (Neu-Guinea) (,Verh. Naturf.Ges.Basel'LXV,p. 97ff.), 1954.

1905. WITTE, FATHER FR., Liede,. und Ge­sange der Ewe-Neger ('Anthropos' I), 190 6.

1906. WODEHOUSE, Mrs. EDMUND, Icelandic

Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 288 ff.), 1954.

1907. WOLF, SIEGFRIED, Zum p,.oblem der Nasentlote (Leipzig, 1941).

1908. WOOD, ALEXANDER, The Physics of Music (London, 1947).

1909. WORMS, E. A., S. A. C., Aust,.alian Ghost Drums, Tf"Umpets and Poles ('Anthropos' XLVIII, p. 278 ff.), 1953.

1910. WUNSCH, WALTER, Die Geigentechnik der siidslawischen Gusla,.en (Briinn/ Leipzig, 1934).

19II. --Heldensllnger in Siidosteu,.opa (' Arb. aus dem Inst. f. Lautforschung, Univ. of Berlin' IV), Berlin 1937.

1912. YAMANOUCHI, SEIHIN, The Music of the Ryuhyii.S (Okinawa), Tokyo, 1950.

1913. --The History of Music of the Ryukyu ('Journal of the Soc. f. Research in Asiatic Music' X-XI, p. 3 ff.), Dec. 1952.

1914. YASSER, JOSEPH, Rhythmical Structu,.e of Chinese Tunes ('Musical Courier' LXXXVIII, No. 14, p. 44 ff.), April 192 4.

1915. --Musical Moments in the Shama­nistic Rites of the Siberian Pagan Tribes ('Pro Musica Qarterly' IV, No. 3/4, p. 4 ff.), March/June 1926.

1916. -- A Theory of Elloilling Tonality (New York, Amer. Libr. of Musicol., 1932).

*1917. -- A Bibliography of Articles and Books on Jewish Music (New York, Nat. Jewish Council, 1947).

1918. YEKTA, RAOUF, La musique tu,.que (in LAVIGNAC, 'Hist. de la Mus.' vol. V, p. 2845 ff.), 1922.

1919. YOUNG, R. W., A table ,.elating Fre­quency to Cents (publ. by C. G. Conn, Elkhart, Indiana U.S.A., 1939).

19191.1. YOSHIDA, TSUENZO, An Introduction to the Shiimyo 01 the Tendai School. (' Journal of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic Music', No. 12-13, English Section, p. 3 ff.), Tokyo, Sept. 1954.

1920. YURCHENCO, HENRIETTA, Indian music 0/ Mexiho and Guatemala ('Bull. of the American Musicol. Soc.' XI-XIII, p. 58 ff.), 1948.

1921. IJZERDRAAT, BERNARD, and SUHENDRO SOSROSUWARNO, Bentara senisuara In­donesia (Djakarta/Groningen, 1954).

1922. ZAW, U KHIN, Burmese Music; a Preliminary Inquiry (,Journal of the Burma Research Soc.' 1940, p. 387 ff.)

1923. -- Burmese nurse,.y songs (Rangoon, 1951).

1924. ZERRIES, OTTO, Das Schwirrholz (Stutt­gart, 1942).

1925. tGANEC, VINKO, Kroatische Volkswei­sen und Volhstanze (Zagreb, 1944).

1926. -- Hrvatshe N arodne Piesme Kai­havshe (Zagreb, 1950).

- II6

1927. -- and NADA SREMEC, H'YVatske Nal'odne Piesme i Plesovi (Zagreb, 1951).

1928. -- Nal'odne Popijevke H'YVatskog Za­gOl'ia 1. Music (1950), II. Texts (1952).

1929. ZIEHM, ELSA (in collab. with F. BOSE), Rumdnische Volksmusik, dal'gestellt an

den Schallaulnahmen des Institutes /iii' Lautlol'schung an del' Univel'sittlt BeI'lin (Berlin, 1939).

1930. ZWINGE, HERMANN, Liedel' del' Qunan­tuna-Jugend aul Neubritannien ('Anth­ropos' XLVI, p. 399 ff.), 1951.

APPENDIX

1931. ABEL, M.S.C., P., Knabenspiele aul Neu-Mecklenbul'g (SUdsee) ('Anthropos' I, p. 818 ff.), 1906.

1932. ALLENDE, UMBERTO, La musique popu­lail'e chilienne (' Art populaire' II, p. 118 ff.), Paris, 1931.

1933. ALVARENGA, ONEYDA, A influencia ne­gl'a na mwica bl'asileil'a ('Boletin Latino­Americano de Musica' VI, p. 357 ff.), Rio de Janeiro, 1946.

1934. BAKE, ARNOLD A., OVel' de muziek van TagOl'e (,Muziek en Religie' 1929, p. 9 ff.),1930.

1935. BARATTA, MARIA DE, Ensayo sobl'e musica indigena de el SalvadOl' ('Re­vista de estudios musicales' I, no. 3, p. 61 ff.) , Mendoza, Argentina, 1950.

1936. BAYARD, SAMUEL P., Aspects 01 melodic kinship and val'iation in Bl'itish­Amel'ican folk-tunes ('Papers Intern. Congress of Musicology, New York 1939', p. 122 ff.), New York, 1944.

1937. Bouws, JAN, Afrikaanse volksmuziek ('Die Tijdskrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns' April 1951, p. 123 ff.).

*1938. BREDICIANU, TIBERIUS, Histol'ique et etat actuel des I'echel'ches SUI' la musique populail'e I'oumaine ('Art populaire' II, p. 133 ff.), Paris, 1931.

1939. CAMPOS, RUBEN M., La musica populal' de Mexico ('Revista de estudios musi­cales' I, p. 81 ff.), Mendoza, Argentina, 1949·

1940. DANCKERT, WERNER, Die tlltesten Spul'en gel'manischel' Volksmusik ('Z. f. Volkskunde' XLVIII, p. 137 ff.), 1939.

1941. DITTMER, KUNZ, ZUI' Entstehung del' Kel'nspaltflote ('Z. f. Ethnologie' LXXV, p. 83 ff.), Braunschweig, 1950.

1942. DURAN, SIXTO M., La musique abo­rigene et populail'e de I' Equateul' ('Art populaire' II, p. II7 ff.), Paris, 1931.

1943. EMSHEIMER, ERNST, SchaUaufnahmen geOl'gischel' Mehl'stimmigkeit ('Kongress­bericht Deutsche Ges. f. Musikfor­schung, Liineburg 1950" p. 172 ff.), Kassel/Basel, 1951.

1944. ESTREICHER, ZYGMUNT, La polyphonie chez les Esquimaux (,Journal de la Soc.

des Amencanistes' XXXVII, p. 259 ff.),1948.

1945. FURER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON, Folk music of India: primitive inswu­ments of pl'imitive peoples ('The Illus­trated London News' 19 April 1952, p. 668 ff.).

1945a. GALPIN, FRANCIS W., Jew's hal'p ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. IV, p. 63611.), 1954.

1945b. GURVIN, OLAV, Photogl'aphy as an aid in folk-music I'eseal'ch ('Norveg' III), 1955·

1946. HERSKOVITS, MELVILLE J., TambOl'es y tambol'ileil'os no culto afl'o-basileil'o ('Boletin Latino-Americano de Musica' VI, p. 99 ff.), Rio de Janeiro, 1946.

1947. HUSMANN, HEINRICH, Zu KUl't Rein­hal'ds 'Tonmessungen an funl ost­afrikanischen Klimpem' ('Die Musik­forschung' V, p. 218 ff.), 1952.

1948. -- Nochmals die MWeI'a-Sansen (ibid. VI, p. 49 ff.), 1953.

1949. JACOBSON, E., and J. H. VAN HASSELT, De gongfabrikatie te Semal'ang (Leiden, 1907).

1950. KANAI, KIKOKU, The folk music of the RyUkyUs ('Journal of the Intern. Folk Music Council' VII, p. 17 ff.), 1955.

1951. LACHMANN, ROBERT, and MAHMUD EL-HEFNY, Ja'qUb IsJ.r.iiq al-Kindi Risiila fi hubl' tjj' lif al-alhan (Ueber die Komposition der Melodien), Leipzig, 1931.

1952. LACHMANN, ROBERT, Musikwissen­schaftliche FOI'schungen in Tunesien (,Forschungen und Fortschritte' VI), 1930.

1953. MACHIDA, KAsHo, The musical meaning of 'katal'U' (nal'l'ation) and 'utau' (singing) in Japanese vocal music accompanied by the shamisen (' Journal of the Soc. for Research in Asiatic music' No. Io-n, p. 1 ff.), Tokyo, Dec. 1952.

1954. MARCHAL, H., Ol'chestl'e cambodgien ('Sud-Est', Saigon, Dec. 1950, p. 27 ff.).

1955. MCPHEE, COLIN, Eight to the bal' ('Modem Music' XX, p. 235 ff.), 1943.

- II7

1955a. MOReK, HERMANN ALEXANDER, Die skandi_vischen KemsPaUfloten in V Of'­

zeit und Tradition der FolklOf'e (,Svensk Tidskrift fOr Musikforskning' 1954, p. 56ff.).

1955b. MORENO, SEGUNDO LUIS, Musica " Damas autoctonas del EcuadOf' (Indige­nous music and dances of EcuadOf') (Quito, Ecuador, 1949).

1955c. OLDEBERG, ANDREAS, Vallhom, herde­pipOf' och lurar ('Vii.rmland fOrr och nu' XLVIII), 1950.

1956. PARTHASARATH1, S., A stud" of Sri T"agaraia (' Journal of the Music Aca­demy, Madras' XXIV, p. 90 ff.), 1953.

1957. RAo, T. V. SUBBA, Modemit" of T"agaraia (ibid. XXII, p. 138 ff.), 1951.

1958 -- Desadi and Madh"adi Talas (ibid. XXIII, p. 92 ff.), 1952.

1959. -- Giripai of T"agaraia (ibid. XXIV, p. 98 ff.), 1953.

1960. RAo, VISSA ApPA, The Vizianagaram music manuscripts (ibid. XXIII, p. 153 ff.), 1952.

1961. -- Arohana and Avarohana. kala svaras of 94 Camatic ragas taken from the Vizianagaram music manuscripts (ibid. XXIV, p. 125 ff.), 1953.

1962. RIEGLER-DINU, EMIL, La HOf'a, la M aquam et la chanson populaire de fOrient europeen ('Art populaire' II, p. 140 ff.), Paris, 1931.

1962a. SCHIPPER, ARY, Enkele opmerkingen over Surinaamse muziek ('West-Indische Gids'XXVII, p.2ogff.), 1944-'45.

1963. SCHMIDT, LEOPOLD, Kulturgeschicht­liche Gedanken zur M usik im M archen (,Musikerziehung' III, 3), Vienna, 1950.

1964. SCHNEIDER, MARIUS, Bemerkungen iiber siidamerikanische Panpfeiten ('Ar­chiv f. Musikforschung', 1937.

1965. --La philosophie de la musique chez les peuples non-europeens ('Editions de la

PI~iade, Histoire de la musique', Paris, 1955)·

1965a. SCHOEN, MAX, The effects of Music (London, 1927).

1966. SCOTT, NORA E., The Lute of the singer Har-M"se (,Bull. of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York', Jan. 1944).

1967. STOLL, DENNIS GRAY, The elements of Indian music ('The Asiatic Review' XLI, No. 146), April, 1945.

1968. THUREN, HJALMAR, Tam, Dichtung und Gesang aUf den FiJroem (,Sammelb. der Intern. Musikges.' III, p. 222 ff.), 1902. .

1969. VALLE, NICOLA, Origine e tradizione dei canti caratteristici della Sardegna ('Ri­creazione' July/Aug. 1949, p. 83 ff.).

1970. WATERMAN, RICHARD ALAN, African influence on the music of the Americas (,SeleCted Papers of the XXIXth Intern. Congress of Americanists', p. 207 ff.), Chicago, 1952.

1971. WILSON, E. W., Prehistoric musical instruments ('Report of the U.S. National Museum, Washington', 18g8, p. 524 ff.).

1972. WIORA, WALTER, Die vergleichende Friihgeschichte de, europaischen Musik als methodische FOf'schung ('Kongress­bericht d. Intern. Musikges., Basel 1949', p. 212 ff.), 1950.

1972a. WOLF, JOHANNES, Die Tonschriften (Breslau, 1924).

1973. ZAGIBA, FRANZ, Funde zur votgeschicht­lichen Musik in Oesterreich. Knochen­flotenfunde aus del" H allstattzeit, Pan­Ilotenabbildung aus del" Latenezeit ('An­zeiger der phil.-hist. Klasse der Oester­reichischenAkad. d. Wiss.' 1954, No. 16, p.208ft.).

1974. ZODER, RAIMUND, Austrian Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 187 ft.), 1954.

In addition to the records, mentioned on p. 30 ff., there have been issued a) by the Folkways Record & Service Corporation at the end of 1954 many others, among

which: P·502.

P·50 3· FP.12. FP.17· FP. 805·

African and Afro-American drums (tribes: Watutsi, Baya,' Yoruba; other regions: Madagascar, Haiti, Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, Jamaica, Cuba, Bahamas, Surinam, Brazil, Trinidad) (notes by HAROLD COURLANDER and MIECZYSLAW KOLINSKI); Folk music of Greece (rec. by JAMES A. NOTOPOULOS); Chinese classic instrumental music; Scottish bagpipe tunes, played by Pipe Major JOHN MAcLELLAN; Songs and dances of Yugoslavia (Bosnia, Hercegovina, Serbia, Macedonia, Croatia, Montenegro, Slovenia) (instr. a.o.: gusle, tapan, zurla, Irula, kaval) (rec. and notes by LAURA BOLTON);

FP.806. Songs and dances of Armenia; FP.8Il. Haitian folk songs; FP.814' Songs and dances of Greece; FP. 820. Russian folksongs; FP.830. Songs and dances of the Basques (instr. a.o.: txistu and tun-tun);

b) by 'His Master's Voice', among many others, some fine recordings from India, of which I mention:

-II8-

N·5961.

N.6982. N.14564· N. 16764· N. 16781. N. 18219. N.20027· HQ.2. HT.83·

(instr.: tabla, tampura, sarangi, and (?) kattyavana vina (xylophone) ; performer: MANOHAR BARVE) ; (instr.: vichitra vina, tabla; performer: ABDUL AZIZ KHAN); (instr.: shahnai, duggi; performer: BISMILLAH); (instr.: sarode, tabla; performer: ALI AKBAR KHAN); (instr.: sarode, tabla; performer: id.) ; (Tamil; instr.: violin, mr4angga; singer: SM. N. C. VASANTHAKOKILAM); (instr.: sitar; performer: Pandit RAVI SHANKAR); (instr.: sarangi, tabla; singer: BAI KESARBAI KERKAR); (instr.: sarangi, tabla; performer: BUNDU KHAN);

c) by the World Collection of Recorded Folk Music (editor: Prof. CONSTANTIN BRAILOIU) in collaboration with Unesco: three more albums with music resp. from:

(III) Tuareg, Ireland, Turkey (Anatolia), Sardinia, Hindostan (Benares) (instr. a.o.: bagpipe, kaval, saz, launeddas) ;

(IV) Fulah (Peuls), Rumania, Flanders, Esthonia, Bosnia (instr. a.o.: flute (zazakuat) , musical bow, carillon, jaw's harp, bagpipe, bowed bow, gusle, dvoinice, tamburiza);

(V) Formosa (Bunun, Tsarisen,Sazek), England (Somerset, Oxfordshire, Northumberland, Norfolk, Wales), Bulgaria, Ukraine, Russia (distr. Pskoff) (instr. a.o. beakflute (flute a bee), bagpipe, gadulka).

-II9-

F ig.!. A. J. ELLiS (1814- 1890) 1

~~~ i>~<lAJ~ .,k.

~.1!J~~~

Fig. 2. CARL STUMPF (1848-1936) Fig. 3. CURT SACHS (b. 1881)

1 Since the identity of the above portrait was uncertain, an appeal has been m a de to one of ELLIS'S younger contemporaries, namely BERNARD SHAW. I believe I m a y rightly

reproduce his testimony in facsimile.

-121-

Fig. 4. TOBIAS NORLIND (1879-1948)

Fig. 5. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BRANDTs BUYS

(1879-1939)

Fig. 6. A. H. Fox STRANGWAYS (1859-1948) (Courtesy Mr. Jerome Dessain)

- 122-

Fig. 7. HENRY BALFOUR (1863- 1939) (Courtesy Messrs. LAFAYETTE Ltd., London)

Fig. 9. ZOLTAN KODALY (b. 1882)

- 123-

Fig. 8. BELA BART6K (1881- 1945)

Fig. 10. FRANCES DENSMORE

Fig. II. ERICH M. VON HORNBOSTEL (1877-1935) (I. ) with JACQUES HANDSCHlN (b. 1886)

Fig. 12. CONSTANTIN BRAILOIU (b. 1893) (1). with LEoN ALGAZ!. At the background, from left to right: ZYGMUNT ESTREICHER, CLAUDIE MARCEL-DUBOIS and SAMUEL BAUD-

Bovy

F ig. 13. JAAP KUNST (b. 189 1) Fig. 14. ANDRE SCHAEFFNER (b. 1895)

- I24-

Fig. 15. A. O. VAIS .. \NEN (b. 1890)

Fig. 16. ROBERT LACH (b. 1874)

Fig. 18. MARIUS BARBEAU (b. 1883)

Fig. 17. ERICH M. VON HORNBOSTEL (1877-1935)

- 125

Fig. 19. ROBERT LACHMANN (1892 - 1939) Fig. 20. PERCIVAL R. KIRBY (b. 1888)

Fig. 21. l'iIlECZYSLAW J(OLINSKI (b. 1901 ) Fig. 22. ARNOLD A. BAKE (b. 1899)

- 126-

Fig. 23 . HUGH T . TRACEY (b. 1903) Fig. 24. MARlUS SCHNEIDER (b. 1903)

Fig. 25. ERNST EMSHEIMER (b. 1904) Fig. 26. EDITH GERSON-KIWI

- 127-

F ig. 28. WALTER WIORA (b. 1906)

Fig. 27 . HELEN H. HOBERTS

Fig. 29. HANS HICKMANN (b. 1908)

Fig. 30. CLATJDIE MARCEL- DuBOIS Fig. 31. MANFRED F. BUKOFZER (b. 19W)

128 -

Fig. 32. Buttock-'music' on a ancient Greek vase

Fig. 33. Ancient E gyptian orchestra

Fig. 34. North Indian bin (after HIPKINS)

- I29-

Fig. 35. Bamboo zithers from Flores (A = full-tube, Band C = half-tube

instruments)

Fig. 36. Raft-zither from Hindost an (after SOLVI] NS)

Fig. 37. Prehistoric lu(n)komba; Dra­kens berg (Basutoland) rock-painting (after STOW). (Courtesy Mr.P.R.KIRBY and the Trustees of the South African

Museum)

Fig. 38. Mod ernlu(n)komba

Fig. 39. Musical bow from South Africa (after P ERCIVAL R. KIRBY)

- 130 -

Fig. 40. Javanese hemanah

Fig. 44. Pan-pipe (Central Timor)

Fig. 41. "Kemanak" of the l'angwe, West Central Africa

(after VON HORNBOSTEL)

Fig. 42. Fehu of the Atoni, Central Timor

Fig. 43. Dunda from Sakata, North Nigeria

Fig. 45. Unconnected pan-pipes (hoi) (West-Flores)

- 131 -

Fig. 46. Monochord with scale division

Fig. 47. Dodecachord provided with 12 graduated scales, moveable bridges and tuningpegs, which can duplicate any kind of scale of known vibration numbers

- I32 -

II " 5 • .. • II

at • I .. • • • • .. 4& 34

• :K) ~!I 60 &4 It 74 79 4 84 35 • .. 103 1 8 113 11 122 127 132

1

1:16 141 • " I" 1:>1 I !I:, 160 164 16H 174 17 I 11 I 7 : 1 • 192 lilt 201 . 0& 210 21 S 21 9 22~ . 22 252 • 281 242 248 2S ~S $ 2S9 2 3 26 272 276 39 ~ .. -- 1M --- 311 Stl 311 ~ o

41 124 32 S:l . I 336 S40~ 3« 349 353 351 3tll 41 a 3 :, SU 313 377 3 2 3 8 s eo 394 39 40. 42 .. 406 410 414 41 422 428 430 434 488 442 a .. HI! 4:' 4,,4 45 462 466 409 473 471 ~ I .. • 4 $ 4 9 492 4.6 :'00 !I()4 :'0 11 12 SI6 !II 45 .- !l28 527 113 :'34 :'S :'42 :' 46 1> 49 I>S3 5Si -t6 .7 !l6 :. " 561 !I i i 11 7S &1 b 2 5 6 5 9 593 U .- 596 600 fl04 6 7 611 614 61 622 625 629 .. .- 632 836 6 ~0 643 646 65 654 65; 660 664 ~I 5 117 171 174 171 al .. &88 HI &95 698 51 11 702 70:; 70 71 2 71:1 71 7. S 72 732 51 • i 3:' 73 742 74 ;) 7S 7 b 52 11 771 791 197 53 ... 04 23 29 54 .. 36 4 8!> 4 GO 55 • 86 7 8 ;, 91 66 17 97 909 9111 921 57 • 924 92"; 939 94j 95 1 58 • P:;4. 957 9 9i1 I () H i i 9 0 59 flO --- 191 IN 897 1,· 1113 ICI06 '001 0 II 111 1014 101; 1020 1028 1026 102 \0:11 I 34 I 37 81 • 1040 I 42 1045 104 I 51 I !l4 I ,,6 10119 I 62 1064 62 • 10117 1010 1072 1075 101 10 I 10 4 10 6 10 \/ 1092 53 It I " 1097 11 0 11 02 11 0:; I I 111 0 1,11 3 1116 III M • 11 21 11 24 J 1 ~.; 11.9 1132 1134 1137 1140 1142 IH5 65 • 114 11 50 1 1~3 11 !l1J 11 118 1160 11 8!! 11 66 116 1171 66 17 1104 1176 11 19 II 1 II " II 6 I I 9 11 112 11 94 II 7 67 • 1200 12 2 12 1207 121 1212 I 14 1217 122 1222 68 • 1224 1227 1230 J2a!! 123" 1:!37 124 1242 1245 124. H .0 ,. ,. 1254 1257 1260 1- 1264 1218 1269 1271 7()

71 12H 1278 12i 9 I :! I 12 " I :! t; 12 1293 1296 . 71 7J 129 13 1:103 1:S0& 1:S0 1310 1:11 • la l 7 132 72 73 13\!\! 1324 1327 18 . 18:12 1334 1836 1341 1348 73 7. 1346 134 13:'0 13:'3 1855 1:1& 1860 . 1864 136 • 74 75 J:ltJD 1 :~71 ' 1:173 13i S 137 13 0 IS 2 13 7 1;1 I) 75 7. 1892 Ise4 Is e6 139 1401 14 4 1401! IH 1~1 2 76 77 14111 1417. 141e 142:! 1424 1426 142 143:1 14a5 n 71 143. 1440' 1442 14,", 1446 144 1"110 \4!.5 1457 71 71 14:'11 146 · 1463 1466 I 146 1470 1472 1476 14. 11 0 I. ,. ,. t417 1_ 14ft 142. I .... ,. IIOG

• 11 • I • :a .. 5 • 7 '" • H I

Fig. 48 . The cents-table of VON HORNBOSTEL

- I33-

H

W ~

~ .

...

Jll...

",'

j~.

'J,

t::!.t

tJ

, II

I ~ J

.e

I (L

,!,,

#,,

{)

(~(i:;:'.l

) 71

1''1

(f-o

.,.6

"""

~.nl

('i

I •• w

-/.'

d)

: .u

I

,+6

r U

&

r ,6

, :,..

I "1

I

~t'

I I

I L

I I

J I

I i'"

I

I I

I I

I I

, I

: I

I I

I I

II

','

, "

" I

t I ii'

, I

~:

','

I 'i'

I. "

~ , ,,:;

.,.

Af

.a • i

.. "

c,'

. I'

f •

I I

,I

,

" '

I ,

I ':

I •

I I

I I

I :

I I

III

I u.

: "ff

i If

~ I

.. ,

I ".

:

~~

..,t..

'Iol4

l t,.

.J.

....

.a

-., J

if

."

CJ;;t

) <7

,')

<t;!;

lJ ,..

6'1

&

Fig

. 49

. S

chem

atic

rep

rese

nta

tio

n o

f th

e P

elog

-an

d S

len

dro

-sca

les,

co

mp

ared

to

th

e E

uro

pea

n

tem

per

ed c

hro

mat

ic s

cale

(I

I).

(Th

e pe

log-

and

sI

end

ro-s

cale

s (r

esp.

I

and

II

I)

are

tho

se o

f th

e G

amel

an

Ky

ahi

Kan

yu

t M

esem

, M

ang

ku

N

agar

an.

Sol

o)

;. t 112 PRECEN~OR AND UNISONO CHOR S

etc.

Fig. 50. Transcription after a phonogram of a Florincsc mclody (lagu Soda)

Fig. 5 I. The sound-recording and -repro­ducing installation at the Department of ethno-musicology of the "Muspe national des Arts ct Traditions populaires en France", Paris (Director: CLAUDIE MARCEL-DuBOIS)

- 135-

Fig. 52. The Music Rule of Prof. M. REINER

I

INDEX OF SUBJECTS *)

absolute pitch 37 acoustics (17. 112. 1451) Aeolian ha.Ip 56 aerophones 52. 58 aksak (rhythm) (198) alap(a) (1336) algoza 3 I

Archives of recorded music. collection of the Phonotheque National. Paris (52); id. of the Musee de l'Homme (1490); id. of the Library of/Congress (468). id. of Berlin (1450 ) /

assimilation (cultural) 6I audition colore (1871) aulos (904. 916. 1625) autophones 57.58 avanaddha 55 bagpipe (48. 230. 320a. 570. 660. 1324.

1408a. 1688. 1689. 1889). 3I. 33. 53. II8. II9

balafon (see marimba) balalaika 32 bamboo trumpet (91. 354) bamboo zither (figs. 35 and 36). 53 banjo (1671) bass-horn 57 bata 32 baya 3I

beakflute II9

beatingsticks 50 begenna30 Berlin. phonogram collection of. (1450).24.25 bibliography of Asiatic musics (1860) bin (fig. 34). 54 bird voices (843. 1141. 1148. 1783). 46 biwa (1242). 36 blowing gong (354) blown fifths. cycle of. (239. 240. 242. 856.

873. 1094. 1228).26 bonang (1099 I. p. 153 ff.) bowed bow I I9

brass (bronze) drums (255. 637. 701. 705. 706. 1085. 1500)

Budapest. phonogram collection of. 28

bugaku (69s) bull-roarer (163. 176. 236. 354. 1626. 1924) buttock-music (fig. 32). 5I calabash-horn 35 Canada. phonogram collection in. 24 canun (502) carillon II9

castanets (791). 35. 5I cembalo 56 cents system (fig. 48) (861. 924. 1919). I2 ff. chake53 chalintu 52 chantang balung (214)

, charb yai (1680a) cheironomy (fig. 33) (768 III. 806). 50 chelempung 56 cheng (673) chepkong35 children's songs (130. 149. 166. 223. 876.

1807. 1878• 1923).33. 47 ching (1680a) chizanshi 35 chordophones (1372. 1373. 1527a. 1599). 58 chrotta59 C.I.A. (T.) P. 28. 39 clapper (773). 50 clarinet (IS. 789). 52 clarsech (S87) classification systems (433. 851. 1322• 1372-

1374. 1513. 1598. IS99. 1602). 64 Clephts. songs of the. (133. 134) conches. (blowing-). (276. 3S4. 947) consonance (1741. 1742• 1747) copyright on folk songs (1110) crocodile zither 53 crotales (774) crwth59 ~ushira55 cycles per second (c.p.s.) II cymbals (774. 810) danza (1848) darabukah (802) dholak 3I diaphony (1719)

* Figures between brackets refer to the Bibliography (p. 65). As a rule a literature reference is only given when the keyword behind which it appears is mentioned in the title of the work concerned.

- 137-

didjeridu 33 disc-libraries (416). 33 ff .• 37 ff. do butt 33 dodecachord (fig. 47). 63 drone (266) drum (96. 162. 473-475. 604-608. 628. 776.

802. 897. 945. 1040. 1246• 1253. 1394. 1420.1882.1909).30-35.49.53

drum languages (136. 262. 439. 707. 731. 1132• 1656)

duda33 duggi ZX9 dunda (fig. 43). 45 dundun 33 dvojnice II9 ei (442) ekola (1004) electrophones 60 ellis I6

enkoit035 ennanga35 entenga35 equidistancy (1227. 1768a. 1770. 1841) eschaquiel (502. 508B) esraj (33) ethos (3. 880. 1833) feku (fig. 42). 45 fidel (812a. 1682a) flamenco (1661) fliite a bec II9 flutes (40. 147. 208. 230. 235. 429. 562. 566.

650. 768 IV. 789. 805. 812b. 839. 849. 1011. 1012. 1014. 1035. 1053. 1079. 1221. 1234. 1314. 1351. 1409. 1510. 1567. 1907. 1907a. 1941• 1955a).3I .35.49.53.57

form (737. 1034b. 1482). 63 France. phonogram collections in. 37. 3B frets (52 IE. 1084) friction drum (96) frula IIB gadulka II9 (see also lirica) gagaku (692. 695. 1242).36 gambus (1375) gamelan (1099 I. p. 243 ff.). 34 Gandhara grama (564) gangan 33 gara 35 geige (573) gender (1099 I. p. 172 ff.). 5I ghaghar 3I ghana 55 ghungharus 32 gigue (573) glottophones 52 gong (1095. 1099 I. p. 136 ff .• I115. 1684.

1949).5I gong wong yai (1680a) gong wong lek (1680a) gopi-jantra 3I gora (goura. hura) (92. 986. 997) gourd (1886) gramophone I9 ff. gramophone companies 2B ff.

gudugudu33 guitar 35. 59 gungan32 guslar (1910. 1911) gusle IIB. II9 gusli (1809) Hardanger fiddle (1385). 33 harp (8. 33. 232. 436. 587. 588. 730. 767 I.

767 II. 768 V. 783 VII. 804. 806. 809. 1521. 1541• 1814. 1841). 30. 33. 35

harp-lute (662) harp-zither 34 ha-uta (321) heptatonic scales (1770).43 herdepipa (1955c) hertz (H.) II heterochord 53 heterophony (7). 44 hoi (fig. 45). 53 hora (1962) hornpipe (88) hula (466) hummel (968. 1846) hurdy-gurdy (592b. 1889). 3I Hungary. phonogram collection in. 3B hydraulic organ (509. 584. 592C. 1243. 1662,

1771. 1858) idiochords 53 idiophones 5B igbin 33 instrumental music, origin of. 48 ff. interlocking thirds 44 interruption aerophones 53 interval measurement II ff. leila dance (964) israj 3I jalatarang 33 jaw's (jew's) harp (470. 760. 1012. 1013,

1225. 1517. 1904. 1945a). 56. II9 jazz (874. 1304. 1454) jig (573) jyabisen32 kanang0 32 kannel (55) kantele (1367. 1808a. 1810. 1813. 1816) karatali 32 karnyx (1512) kartal 3I kathandi 35 kattyavana vina IIB kaval IIB. II9

kayamba 35 kemanak (fig. 40). 44 kenas (644) kenong (1099 I. p. 160 ff.). 5I kerikeri 32 kibukandet 35 kimsi daw 32 k'in (671-674. 1801). 53 kirtan (78) Kitab al-iqd al-farid (526) Kitab al-malahi (520) kithara(67o.916• 1369. 1557)

klong thad (1680a) klu'i 56 koto (942. 1242). 3z. 33. 36.53 ko-uta (321) kowangan 59 kponingbo 35 kronchong (1256) "Kulturkreise" 6I kundi35 langeleik (see also hummel) 33 langendrija z9 launeddas (492). II9 Leningrad. phonogram collection in. z8 Library of Congress (468). Z3. 36 ligomb0 35 linguaphones 59 lirica (603) (see gadulka) lisanzo 35 lithophones (44. 308. 926. II 29. 1610. 1683) lituus (1512) lu{n)komba (fig. 37 and 38) (1248). 54 lure (229. 1955C) lute (142. 508H. 521C. 52ID. 521F. 52IG. 609.

704.767 II. 768 VI. 769. 798 XI. 1371.1966) lyre (414. 767 II. 1369. 1557. 1792). 35 magic (236. 238• 305. 373. 447a• 537. 969.

Il18. Il24. 1206. 1409. 1482. p. 37. 1498. 1509. 1514. 1702• 1909. 1915). 63

Maheswara Sutra (338) maqam{at) (931. 938). 63 marimba (161. 622. 628. 921. 993. 1073.

1245. 1346• 1349. 1713). 34. 35. 5I • 56 masonqu0 30 maung saing 3Z m'bila (see marimba) m'bilta30 m'bira (see sanza) medicine and music {48. 373. 381. 388. Il20.

1121. 1241. 1664. 1965a).64 mela (kerta) (943. 1503. 1505) membranophones 58 mganda dance (959) migyaung 53 milli-octave (M.O.) IZ

mission and music (1092. 1508). 64 mizmar (508F) mong (1680a) monkeys and music 48 monochord (fig. 46) (1857). I8. I9 mouth harp (see jaw's harp) mr«Jangga 3I. II9 multi part music (43. 165, 248. 803. 837. 901.

966. 984. 985. 1101. 1176. 1407a. 1466. 1467. 1535. 1630. 1630a. 1631. 1636. 1652. 1791).43.44. 63

musical bow (90. 354. 421. 972. 1125. 1210. 1588).34.54. II9

musical rasp (435. 1078) musical script (219. 275. 337 II. 590. Chapter

IV. 671. p. 4-5. 6g5. 857. 1021. 1062. 1099. Il96. II99. 1214. 1241a. 1507. 1510. 1529-1531. 1551. 1685. 1686. 1702. 1780a. 1802. 1854. 1965a). 63

music rule (fig. 52) (1447) nada (80) nagasvara (1423) nanga 35 Natya-~astra (224). 55 nay (508F) negroid elements 44 neikembe35 neums5° nigftn 63 Noardske balke (see also Hummel) (968.

1846) Noh-music {II75. 1242. 1415).36. 63 nomos 63 nose flute (40. 566. 1314. 1907) notation of folk music (1376). 39 notched rattle (6g8) nyamulera 35 oboe (789). 5z ocarina (689) octoechos (355. 954) omichicahuatzli (260) ondes sonores 60 organ {508C. 509. 584. 761. 1243. 1329.

1616. 1662).53 origin of music 46 ff. orut035 Ottawa. phonogram collection in. Z4 o zi3Z pakavaj3I

pandore (505. 531G) pan-pipes (figs. 44 and 45) (139. 235. 354.

562. 829. 839. 849. 1829. 1964. 1973). 5I. 5z

Paris. phonogram collections in. z7 part singing (see multi part music) pat;et (817). 63 pattala3z patt waing 3Z pellet bells (787) pcHog-scale (fig. 49) (817. 1099 passim) pendular thirds 44 pentatonic scales (331. 620. II25. 1205. 1294.

1744. 1759). 43 peyote music (1283. 1284) philosophy and music (228. 907. II 94. 1504.

1801. 1845.' 1877. 1965. 1965a). 64 piano 56 pibcom (88) pigeon flutes (819) pi nai (1680a) pincollos (644) p'i-p'a (1008. 1764) piphat (1680a) pitch (456. 460. 1228a. 1228b). II. 4z pitch pipes I7. I8 plurigenesis 6I pochette (574) polychord 63 polyphony (165. 803. 984) portative (761) prehistoric music (1385b. 1545. 1672. 1940.

1941• 1955a• 1972• 1974). 54

- I39

psychology and music (22. 266. 682. 686. 86g. 870. 907. 1043. 1044. 1126. 1335. 1456. 1663. 1664. 1668. 1732. 1736. 1833), 64

Pythagorean comma II qanum (502) raftzither 53 quarter tones (12. 16) race and music (13OC. 157a, 180, 181, 185,

725. 1007. 1I49) rag(a) {IO, 101, 267, 337 II. 347. 560. p. 151

ff., 593, 1425. 1428-1430. 1433. 1439. 1441• 1442,1501.1503.1568.1717.1961).63

RamaYaJ,la (417) ramshorn (1030) ranad ek (1680a) ranad lek (1680a) ranad thume (1680a) rattle (698), 35 rebab (218. 1099 I, p. 220 ff.) rebec (508H) recording (1670a) recording instruments. types of. zo ff. religion and music (447a. 477, 575. 669a.

735, 747. 1033). 64 rhythm (27. 49. 198. 200. 250a. 320• 375.

388. 428. 605. 608. 613. 695. 905. 958, 966. 1042, 1101. 1338, 1339. 1355. 1366. 1555. 1556. 1584. 1762. 1825. 1826. 1881. 1914).63

roga (48) rumba (623) Russia. phonogram collections in. z8 sackbut (585) saezuri (442) Samaveda (491. 1426) samisen (see shamisen) sanai (see shahai) Sangita Damodara (339) sanza (921. 1247. 1451. 1947. 1948). 34. 35.

56 sarangi3I. II8. II9 sarinda 3I sarode II9 saron (1099 I. p. 164 ff.). 5I sarusophone 57 saung 32 savart I2

saxophone 57 sat II9 schwegel (1014) scrapers (435. 1078) serpent 57 sex and music (53Z). 5I. II 06. p. II ff. shamisen (IZ42. 1280. 1953). 32. 36 shahnai 3I. 33. II9 shark sistrum (549) shawm (Z30) shekere 32 shell trumpets (354. 947) shipalapala (IOOZ)

sho (I796). 33 shofar (I030)

shwe-bo 3Z sistrum (776. 1687-16g1) sitar 3I. II9 skeletal tones 42 sIendro-scale (fig. 49) (817. 1099 passim) slitdrum (354, 647. 653. 1246, 1297. 1301•

1378a. 1716) slit stop flutes (420. 1320a, 1941a. 1955a) sociology and music (145. 157. 907. 1029.

II 06, 1I50. 1850. 1851. 1864a). 64 sruti (295, 335. 564, 1505) stamping drums (1223) stamping tubes 50 steelband (1337) Stockholm. phonogram collection in. z8 strAkharpan (3z) stroboscope (1I30). I8 style in music (180. 326. 332. 725. 736. 88z,

894. 915. II 49. 1356. 1357. 1361a. 1361b, 1631. 1638. 1640). 63

surigane 32 Sweden, phonogram collections in. 28 Swedish lute (1371) symphonia (1324) synaesthesia (1871) syrinx (14 I ) tabla 3I. II8. II9 tala (560, 1958) tambura (tampura) 3I. II8 tamburine (786), 3I tamburiza II9 tanbur (505) tapan Ir8 tapon{e) (1680a) tappu 3I tarkas (644) tarantella (1647) tata55 ta'us (66) tcherawata 30 teponatzli (z63. 1301) thum 36 thume lek (1680a) tibia (904) "tiled" melodies 44 tone measurement (46z. p. 486; 1I30. 13II.

13IZ. 1945b). I7 ff. tonometers I7. I8 transcription of phonograms (1130. 1311

131z• 1945b). 37 ff. trautonium 60 tritone 44 trumpets {91. 137. 276• 676. 775. 1003. 1363.

1409.1611.1675.1909).34.35.53 trumpet marine (574a. 589. 1366a) tumba (1848) tuning forks I7. I8 tun-tun II8 tupan (49) txistu II8 ukelele (1479) Unesco 28. 36. II9 Uppsala. phonogram collection in. 28

I40 -

U.S.A., phonogram collections in the, 23, 24 ute (1483) vallhom (1955e) vani 3I Vedic chant (491, 534, 818, 1426, 1435, 1442,

1686) vibrations doubles (v.d.) II

vichitra vina II8 Vienna, phonogram collection in, 24 violin 59 vina (3II-313, II85), 54 vocal music, origin of, 46 ff. whit-hom (89)

wiri-wiri (635, 636) xylophones (161, 622, 628, 921, 993, 1073,

1245, 1346, 1349, 1400, 1401a, 1713), 35, 59

yang 43,50 yang-ko (269) yin 43,50 yodeling (199, 865, 12II, 1681) zambumbia (298) zazakuat II9 zink 57 zither (671-674, 942, 1372) zurle (1687), II8

II

INDEX OF PEOPLES AND REGIONS THE MUSIC

OF WHICH HAS BEEN STUDIED OR RECORDED

Abakwa3I Abchases (II57, II62) Abyssinia (see Ethiopia) Afghanistan (344, 345, 925) Africa (South of the Sahara) (figs. 37-39,

41, 43) (41, 42a, 60, 95, 97, 136, 161, 162, 179, 192a, 192b, 193, 201, 244, 262, 271, 304a , 469, 556, 569, 576, 577a, 603a-608, 628, 662, 663a, 666, 669a, 674a, 696, 697, 708, 710, 731, 744, 758, 795, 816a, 835, 838, 877, 890, 891, 897, 900, 901, 919, 921, 922, 956a, 95~66a, 980b, 983-1002, 1004-1006, 1034, 1034a, 1039, 1073, 1223, 1230a, 1230b, 1242a, 1244a, 1245-1248, 1256a-C, 1307, 1308-1308b, 1397-1400, 1401a, 1405, 1420, 1451, 1597, 1600, 1603, 1605, 1607-1609, 16II, 1630, 1656, I 666b, 1699, 1700, 1707, 1713, 1715, 1718a, 1782, 1788- 1 795a, 1806, 1807, 1822, 1830b, 1839-1842, 1859, 1859a, 1880a, 1882, 1933, 1947, 1948, 1970), 29, 3 I , 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 44, 5I , 54, 56, 59, uS, I22, I 2 3

Afro-Americans (36, 261, 265, 293, 350, 468, 541, 550, 735, 735a , 1033, 1384, 1574-1576, 1597, 1669), 30, 3I, 32, 33, uS

Afro-Bahia (36, 468, 541, 735, 735a, 1033, 1946)

Afro-Cubanos (261, 265, 1384, 1574-1576) Ainu (1387) Akamba (469) Alabama3I Alabama Indians (400) Alasca (955), 33 Albania (45, 48-50, 1354), 32, 33 Algeria (1496, 1497), 32 Ali (156) Alp-peoples (238, 1894-1896) Amami Islands (Northern Ryiikyiis) 32 Amazonas (440, 1394),33 Ambo (1715) Ambon (956), 34 Anatolia II9 Angami Naga's 44 Anjou 3I Annam (226, 227, 416a, 1018, 1365, 1437) Andamans (1414), 5I Angouleme 3I

Antilles (see West Indian Archipelago) Apache 3I, 36 Appalachians (1678) Arabia (Arab music) {61, II4, 144, 149, 150,

278-281, 284, 286-291, 333, 482, 494-413, 498-515, 517, 519-52IE, 521G, 524-526, 528-530, 531A, 531B, 53Ie-53Ig, 531k, 557, 576, 703, 704, 712, 728, 759, 765, 792, 888, 911, 980, 1142, 1178, 1187, II89, II95, II 96, II97, II99, 1259, 1267, 1460, 1468, 1490, 1496-1499, 1540, 1546, 1560, 1622, 1623, 1644, 1660, 1763, 1951, 1952),3I ,33,35,43,63

Arapaho (399, 917, 1361, 1361C) Arara 3I Araucanians (59, 941, 1830a) Argentina (53, 729, 941, 1200a, 1637, 1830a) Armenia (355, 601, 796, 1036, 1037, 1244,

1353, 1410, 1755), 3I, uS Arnhemland (448), 32 Aru Islands 34 Asia minor (57, 148, 166-170, 436, 518, 523,

822, 953, 1237, 1396, 1411, 1590, 1591, 1593, 1755, 1918)

Assam (346, 566, 1355, 1518) Assyria (53IF, 590, 8II, 1837, 1867) Asturias 3I Atoni (fig. 42) /?Auni (999) Australia, aboriginals of, (91, 163, 194, 348,

448,659,678,908,1649, 1726a, 1773, 1909), 32,33,34,44

Austria (1013, 1973, 1974) Austronesia (see Oceania) Aymara3I Azande (see Zande) Azerbaijan (253a), 3I, 33 Aztecs (27a, 257, 260, 582, 61I, 612, 689,

1035, 1266, 1300, 1301, 1588) Babar 34 Babembe (see Bembe) Babira 35 Babunda (see Bunda) Babylonia (436, 590, 592a, 8II, 1530, 1532,

1551, 1837, 1867),43, 63 Baganda (see Ganda) Bahamas (468, 920), 32, 33, uS

Bahutu (see Hutu) Baiga (975) Bali (1062, 1063, 1067, 1096, II 14, 1285-

1295a, 1615, 1708-1710, 1955), 29, 30, 33, 34, 43, 5I , 63

Balkans (45, 47-51, II3, II5, II7, 123, 129a, 133, 134, 138, 176, 177, 196, 198, 220, 221, 230, 231, 320, 422-428, 544, 545, 546, 603, 757, 948, 949, 949a, 970a, 972a, 1042, 1055, 1056, II08, II12, 1261, 1315, 1319, 1333, 1334, 1354, 1364, 1366, 1377, 1419, 1462, 1465, 1466, 1467, 1492, 15II , 1613, 1687-16g1, 17°5, 1719-1722, 1824-1827,1910, 1911,1925-1929),32,33,II8,II9

Baltic States (46, 55, 56, 154, 222, 618, 648, 649, 970, 973, 1202, 1203, 1204, 1231, 1325, 1392, 1393, 1443, 1813)

Baluba (see Luba) Bamba 35 Bambala33 Bamende (see Mende) Banda 34 Bannock 36 Bantu (see also Africa, south of the Sahara,

and South-Africa) (674a, 983, 984--988, 990-998, 1001, 1005, 1039, 1230a, 1230b, 1794, 1795, 1795a)

Banyuwangi (207) Ba'oule 34 Bapende (see Pende) Bapere 35 Ba~hi (1308b) Bashkirs (I158) Basques (347a, 43D-432a, 599a, 1799), II8 Basuto (fig. 37) (1039, 1667), 54 Bata (1605) Batak (2, 727), 30 Batwa (201), 35 Baya 30,33, II8 Bedouins3I Belgium II9 Bellekula Indians (1733) Bembe (1401b, 1700) Benares II9 Bengal (78, 928), 3I Benkulen (1070) Berber tribes (282, 283, 285, 289, 2nd part,

531b, 894) (see also Fulah and Tuareg) Berry 3I Bhil (969) Birma (1016, 1260, 1448, 1518, 1922, 1923),

3I ,32 ,53 Bismarck Archipelago (439, 714, 715, 830,

914, 915, 1930) Bobwa35 Bokhara (615), 3I Bolivia (139, 644) Bongili 30 Borneo (1079, 1344, 1680), 34 Bosnia (1055, 1261, 1319, 1333, 1334, 1465,

1466, 151I, 1613, 1827), II8, II9 Botocudos (1726) Bougainville (853)

Brazil (24, 25, 64, 468, 541, 597, 729, 735, 735a, 839, 903, 1252, 1298, 1299, 1313, 1459a, 1491, 1595, 1657, 1698, 1726, 1820, 1933,1946),33,II8

Bretagne (see Brittanny) British Columbia (4°5, 828) British East Africa (744) Brittanny (1798), 3I Bulgaria (220, 221, 428, 970b, 972a, 1042,

1366, 1377, 1492, 1705, 1719-1722, 1831), II9

Bulu 33 Bunun (I125), II9 Bushmen (92, 989, 992, 995, 996, 999, 1000,

1006, 1007), 54 Buudu 35 Byzantium (497, 602, 1784, 1831, 1873, 1874,

1875a). Caddo 36 California (421) Cambodga (416a, 631, 633, II90, 1I91, 1437.

1729, 1954), 3I

Cameroon (663a, 708, 1600, 1605), 33 Cam (360) Canada (102-109, 406, 537), 24 Canaries (1019) Cape Breton Island 33 Care1ia (175) Caribbean Islands (see West Indian Archi-

pelago) Caribou Eskimo (484, 486), 34 Caribs (II), 32 Carnatic (see South India) Carolines (738, 749) Catalineno Indians (1482) Catalonia 3I Caucasus (418, II 39, II57, 1I60. II62. II71.

1350, 1351, 1641), 28, 33 Celebes (875, 974) Central America (II, 27a, 131, 257. 258. 260.

261, 263, 264, 272, 358, 376, 377, 468, 581, 582, 596, 6II, 612, 687, 689, 690, 724, 1035, 1059, II54, 1266, 1282, 1300, 1301. 1412, 1415, 1452, 1558, 1574. 1575, 1576. 1588, 1589. 1649, 1673, 1674, 1694, 1718, 1786,1920,1935,1939),32,II8

Central Asia (146, 147, 470, 471, 527, 568, 719, 842, 930, 950, 1010, 1049, 1I77, 1379, 1380, 1382, 1573, 1621, 1735, 1763a, 1787). 54, 62

Ceylon (58, 99, 349, 1676) Chaldea (302, 953, 1237), 43 Chavantes (1459a) Cheremiss (II57, II61) Cherokee 36 Chewa (744) Cheyenne (399, 1305),36 Chhattisgarh (464) Chili (1932), 33 China (I, 9, 26, 268, 269, 270, 314, 356, 444,

540, 548, 578, 658, 671, 674, 819, 857, 909, 1008-1010, 1021, 1024, 1029, 1057, 1058, 1127, 1128, 1144, 1192-1194, 1213-1215,

- 143

1225, 1226, 1249, 1263, 1269, 1302, 1328, 1329, 1370, 1381, 1406, 1407b, 1461, 1489, 1546, 1549, 1553, 1650, 1683, 1703, 1764, 1769, 1800-1802, 1845, 1850-1856, 1865, 1883, 1884, 1914), 20, 29, 33, 43, 53, 55, 62,63,LI8

Chinook (158) Chippewa (364, 368, 370, 389, II24h), 36 Chitimacha Indians (412) Chleuh (283, 285) Choctaw (406), 36 Chopi (1791) Chu'an Miao (9) Chuwassians (1I58) Circassian Tatars (950) Coast Salish (745) Cocopa 36 Columbia (298, 1219-1222) Comanche 36 Congo (161, 162, 192a, 201, 569, 628, 1245-

1248, 1308a, 1308b), 32, 33, 34, 35, 56 Copper Eskimo (1473) Copts (764, 768 III, 773, 778, 782) Cora Indians (848), 3I Corea (314, 441, 886, 976), 31, 34 Cordilleras de los Andes (139, 1829) Corsica 31 Creek Indians (976, 1706), 36 Crete (641) Crimea (1I57) Croatia (129a, 1613, 1688-1691, 1925-1928),

II8 Cuba (261, 265, 1384, 1574-1676a, 1692), 3I,

33,II8 Cura,.ao (635, 636, 1848) Czechoslovakia (120, 916a, 1613, 1834, 1835) Dahomey (919) Dalmatia (1056) Deccan (see South India) Dayak (see Borneo) Delaware 36 Denmark (668, 1693) Djerba (n88) DjukaJI Dogon (662) Duala (1656) Dyak (see Borneo) Ecuador (139, 1829, 1942, 1955b) Egypt (ancient) (fig. 33) (300, 516, 531j,

764. 766-791• 793. 797. 798• 799. 800-810, 812. 1003. 1234. 1235. 1237. 1276. 1519, 1521. 1525. 1526. 1527. 1528. 1541. 1546. 1554.1868.1966).50.62

Egypt (modern) (149, 150. 531C. 704. 793, 801.802.805.1233.1642.1763).29.32

England (88. 89. 232. 318b. 971a. 1355a, 1876. 1936). LI9

Erithrea 30 Eskimo (159a. 484-486. 488. 489. 955. 1207-

1209. 1473. 1775-1777. 1779. 1780• 1944). 33.34

Esthonia (55. 56. 648. 649. 1202. 1203. 1443. 1813). II9

Ethiopia (316, 716. 732, 794. 1321). 30, 33 Etruscia (23, 1868) Equador (see Ecuador) Ewe (577a, 604-608, 1643. 1905) Faeror (669. 713, 1968) Falasha 32 Fang (Pangwe, Pahouins) (fig. 41) (60. 852) Fiji Islands (359, 978, 979) Finnland (36. 1045. 1047, 1048, 1051, 1202,

1203.1453, 1808a. 1813. 1817, 1819a),33 Finn-Ugrians (1050, 1I39, 1I57. 1I58, 1819a) Flanders II9 Flathead Indians (1306, 1309), 32 Flores (figs. 35, 42. 45) (702, 1070. 1083,

11I3), 22, 23. 40• 44. 52, 54 Formosa (972. I125). 34. II9 France (233. 347a. 420-432a, 940, 1216,

1259a. 1781. 1798, 1799). 3I • 32,33. 34 French Canada (103, 105. 107), 24, 33 Fuegians (898, 899) FulahLI9 Gabon 34 Gabrielino Indians (1482) Galicia 31 Ganda35 Ganda{Soga 35 Gazelle peninsula (439) Genya 35 Georgia (418. 1157. 1160. 1350, 1943) German Switzerland (273a) Germany (141. 415. 481. 649. 1637. 1891,

1901. 1902. 1903, 1940) Gilbert Islands (1206) Gogadara (1633) Goldcoast (607, 1718a) Gond (975) Great Basin Indians 36 Greece (ancient) (fig. 32) (3. 4. 143, 355, 414.

467. 506• 531G• 539a • 592• 613. 638. 639, 641. 642, 686, 728a. 730. 904, 916. 923. 951. I178. 1239. 1270. 1369. 1419. 1421, 1446, 1522• 1528. 1529. 1531. 1534. 1535. 1546. 1549. 1550, 1557, 1624, 1625, 1772, 1866. 1887,1888).43,63.I18

Greece (modern) (133. 134. 1315. 1316, 1317. 1419. 1509).32.33,34

Greenland (1207. 1208. 1776. 1777. 1780) Guapore (1698) Guarahibo 35 Guarani (1726) Guatemala (724. 1920) Gypsies (319, 1027. 1714) Hainan (1225) Haiti (131, 1415), 30. 3I. 32. 33. 34. LI8 Haussa34 Havasupai Indians 31 Hawaii (253. 465. 466. 740 • 957. 1264. 1265.

1273. 1362• 1474. 1479) Haya 35 Hebrew (236. 254. 355. 479. 646. 661. 1229.

1238• 1546. 1549. 1677. 1869 1876a). 63 Hebrew-Balkan (48) Hebrew-Ethiopian 30

144 -

Hebrew-Oriental (615.933.934.935.938). 3I Hebrew-Persian (932. 934). 3I Hebrew-Syrian (934) Hebrew-Yemenite (932. 934). 3I Hebrides (38). 32 Hehe35 Hercegovina (1055. 1261. 1334. 1465. 1466.

1613). II8 Hidatsa Indians (372). 36 Hindostan (figs. 34 and 36) (18. 21. 189. 267.

295. 322• 337. 560. 1087. II16. II 74. 1254. 1336• 1436• 1438-1442. 1501-1503. 1587. 1701 • 1712. 1760. 1761. 1885). 43. 54. II8. II9

Hindu-Java (1064. 1065. 1081. 1084. II16) Hittites (1236. 1867) Hoggar 35 Honduras 32 Hopei (269) Hopi (626). 3I. 36 Hottentots (92. 992. 995. 1006) Hudson Bay Eskimo 33 Huichol3I Hungary (II6. II8. II9. 121. 122. 124. 126-

128. 130. 155. 319. 361. 1058• 1404. 1756. 1757. 1870). 28. 33

Hutu (201).35 Ibo (1244a. 1360. 1400. 1880a) Iceland (893. 1778. 1906). 33 Illyrians (II 12) Incas (93. 687. 867. 881. II65-II68. 1296.

1586) India (figs. 34 and 36) (10. 12. 13. 15. 16.

18-21. 44. 66-81. 83-85. 100. 101. 132. 153. 171. 189. 191• 224. 266. 267. 273. 275. 295. 310-313. 322• 334-343. 346• 347. 351• 352• 417. 463. 464. 480. 490. 491• 542• 559. 560. 564. 565a • 572• 577. 593-595. 665. 818. 823. 928. 929. 943. 952• 967. 969. 971b• 975. 1087. 1II6. II74. II84. II85. 1254. 1257. 1259. 1330. 1331• 1336• 1352. 1407c• 14II • 1413. 1423-1433. 1435. 1436• 1438- 1442• 1494. 1495. 1501-1505. 1510. 1516. 1549. 1561-1572. 1584. 1587. 1620. 1685. 1686. 1701. 17II. 1717. 1723. 1727. 1728. 1730. 1731. 1754. 1760. 1761. 1885. 1934. 1945. 1956-1961. 1967). 29. 3 I • 32• 33. 52. 54. 55. 63. II8.II9

Indochina (192. 226. 227. 308. 323. 416a. 631-633. 705. 706. 910. 918. 1017. 1018. 1025. II 90. II91. 1365. 1437. 1683. 1729. 1823).3I

Indonesia (2. 82. 87. 104. 202-219. 241. 332• 633. 664. 684. 702. 727. 817. 832• 834. 875. 956• 974. 1053. 1062. 1063. 1065. 1067. 1068. 1070-1073. 1075. 1076. 1079-1086. 1088. 1093. 1096-1099. II03. II07-II 09. II 12-II 14. II17. II98. 1256. 1285-1290. 1297. 1314. 1344. 1375. 1422. 1516. 1536. 1615. 1680. 1697. 17°8-1710. 1716. 1921• 1949. 1955). 20. 29. 30. 34. 39. 43. 44. 45. 5I • 53. 54. 56. 59. 63

Iran (see Persia) Iraq (531d) Ireland {1386. 1797).33. II9 Iroquois (IIO. 318. 468. 538. lIl8. l1I9. Il22.

Il24f. II24g). 36 Israel (236. 254.355. 646. 1876a) Istria (47. 1056) Italia (ancient) (23. 140. 143. 355. 467. 904.

1240. 1421. 1512. 1666a. 1868) Italia (modern) (160a. 492. 493. 539. 1969).

32.33.34 Jamaica (1471.1472. 1475. 1478).33. II8 Japan (54. 315. 321• 360. 442• 443. 445. 446•

691-695. 816b. 820. 887. 942. 971C. 980a. Il45. Il75. 1212. 1242. 1274. 1275. 1280. 1325. 1332. 1402. 1407. 1470b. 1408. 14Il• 1415. 1557a. 1753. 1765-1768• 1796. 1919a• 1953). 20. 29. 32• 33. 34. 36• 53. 63

Java (fig. 40) (82. 202. 207. 2Il-219. 241. 633. 664. 684. 817. 1065. 1067. 1°71. 1073. 1075. 1°78. 1081. 1084. 1086. 1097. 1099. Il07. IIog. II14. lII7. II98. 1297. 1422. 1536• 1949). 29. 30 • 34. 39. 43. 5I • 56. 59. 63

Jerba (see Djerba) Jews (236. 254. 355. 543. 567. 617a. 646. 661.

936• 937. 939. 940. I039a. 1188. 1229. 1556a. 1677. 1712. 1867. 1869. 1877. 1876a. 1917) (see also Hebrew etc. and Palestine)

Kaa-ihwua (1726) Kachins (667) Kai Islands (1085). 34 Karelia (175) Karesau (1628) Karnatic (see South India) Karkar (913) Kashmir (971b. 1407c). 33 Kazan Tatars (950. 1665) Kelts 59 Kenya 35 Khorasan (1755) Kimbisa3I Kiowa Indians 36 Kipsigi 35 Kirgiz (842. 950) Kissi (1609) *- Komani (999) Korana (see Hottentots) Korea (see Corea) Kroatia (see Croatia) Kubu (832) Kukuya 30 Kuyu 30 Kwakiutl (159) Laguna (1470) Laos (416a. 918. 1437). 3I Lapps (473-477. 656• 1201. 1205. 1253. 1785)

28 Latvia (154. 618. 970. 973. 1393. 1515) Lepcha (1844) Lewis. Island of. (38) Libya 33 Lio (702. 1083)

I45 -

Lithuania (222, 973, 1326, 1392) Livland (1231) Lokele 35 Lombards (539) Louisiana (339d, 412) Luba35 Luba/Sanga 35 Luchuans (970a, 1506, 1507, 1912, 1913,

1950) Lucumi (= Cuban Yoruba) 3z Luiseiio (1482) Lu035 Macedonia (49, 50, 320, 422, 544-546, 1042,

1613, 1826), u8 Madagascar (834, 1544, 1682), 33, 35, u8 Madura (Indon.) (209, 210) Maghreb (52IB, 531e, 598) (see also Morocco,

Algeria, Tunisia, Tripolitania) Mahafaly 33 Maidu (402) Maikal Hills (463) Majorca 3Z Makushi (863) Malaya (94, 160, 868, 956, 1031, 1079, 1728),

30,3I ,33 Malekula (354) Malinke34 Mamberamo Papuans (1068), 44 Mabuti (see Mbuti) Man, Isle of, (979a) Mandan (372),36 Man(g)betu 35 Manggarai (702, 1083) Manuwok034 Maori (28-31, 152, 429, 449, 645, 902, 977,

1363, 1724),32 Maricopa (741) Marquesas (685) Matto grosso (1657), 33 Maquiritare 35 Maramures (117) Maya (1588) Mbok030 Mbunda35 Mbuti35 Mecca (508G) Medje 35 Melanesia (354, 359, 439, 678, 714, 715, 731,

830, 831, 849, 853, 914, 915, 978, 979, 1041, 1378a, 1383, 1603, 1649, 1838, 1930, 1931),33,40

Menomenee (387, 392, 1284),36 Mesopotamia (53Id) (see also Assyria, Baby­

lonia, Sumerians), 62 Mexico (27a, 257, 258, 260, 263, 264, 272,

468, 581, 582, 611, 612, 687, 689, 690, 1035, 1059, 1124b-e, 1154, 1266, 1282, 1300, 1301, 1301a, 1412, 1452, 1558, 1588, 1589, 1673, 1674, 1694, 1718, 1786, 1920, 1939), 3I, 36

Miao (9, 1226) Micronesia (738, 749, 1041, 1774, 1849) Minangkabau 30

Mingrelia (US7, 1I6:r, 1I71) Misharia (950) Moki (447) Moluccas (956, 1085) Mongolia (471, 719, 1049, 1379, 1380, 1382

1735, 1763a , 1787),28,54 Montenegro (138), u8 Mordvinia (II 58, 1I63, 1805, 1818) Moors (287, 52IC, 53If, 1499, 1808) Morocco (277-285, 287, 288, 598), 32 Moqui (vide Moki) Mycenae (641) Nabaloi (1327) Naga's44 Nage (1083), 44 Nandi 35 Navajo (1284b), 30, 3I, 36 Navarre3I Near East (ancient and modern) (57, 148,

166--170, 236, 254, 302, 355, 436, 479, 518, 523, 531A, 531B, 531C, 531F, 53 I a-k, 543, 546, 567, 590, 592b, 600, 601, 646, 661, 796, 81I, 822, 936, 937, 939, 940, 953, 1036, 1037, 1181, 1I88, 1229, 1236, 1237, 1244, 1396, 1407a, 1410, 141I, 1530, 1551, 1556a, 1590, 1591, 1593, 1677, 1712, 1755, 1783, 1837, 1867, 186g, 1876a, 1877, 1918), 3I ,32,33,62,63

Negritos 50 Nepal (256) 33 Netherlands (313a, 438, 968, 1060, 1061,

1I05, 1900) New Britain (= Neu Pommern) (439, 914,

915, 1930) New Caledonia (1383, 1838) New Guinea (137, 156, 2]6, 292, 490, 647,

650, 652, 653, 676, 733, 734, 913, 1068, 1069, 1I02, 1409, 1628, 1629, 1633, 1675, 1904, 1904a), 34, 44, 48 , 49, 53

New Hebrides (354) New Ireland (= Neu Mecklenburg) (714,

715, 830, 914, 915, 1931) New Mexico 3I New Zealand (28-31, 152, 429, 449, 645, 902,

977, 1363, 1724), 32 Ngada (7°2, 1083),44 N'Goundi30 Nias (1076), 22, 44 Nicaragua (358) Nicobars 53 Nigeria (969, 890, 1242a, 1360), 32 , 33, 47 Nogai Tatars (950) Nootka (4°4, 1488),36 Norfolk II9 Normandy 3I North America (100--108, 158, 159, 243, 250,

250a, 252, 293, 309, 318, 350, 364-376, 378-390, 392-402, 404-412, 421 , 447, 468, 537, 538, 550, 553-555, 583. 599, 690, 700, 736, 737, 740, 741, 743, 745-148, 750-755, 828, 844. 848, 917. 1026, III8-II24. 1217. I 224f-i, 1230, 1284, 1305. 1309, 1318, 1327, 1356-1358, 1361, 1361a, 1361b,

1385b. 1457-1459. 1469-1473. 1486. 1488• 1582. 1583. 1614. 1670. 1671. 1706. 1733. 1738. 1804. 1936). 20. 3I. 32• 33. 36

Northumberland II9 Northwest Indians (159. 405. 406. 583. 1469.

1488) Norway (35. 39. 656• 723. 1224. 1577-1581).

33 NUbi 35 Nubia (710) Nyamwezi35 Nyika/Chonye 35 Nyika/Giriyama 35 Nyika/Kambe 35 Nyoro/Haya 35 Nyoro/Tor0 35 Ob-Ugrians (18II, 1814. 1815) Oceania (28-31. 152. 156, 164, 235, 245-249.

253, 294. 317. 332, 354. 359, 391• 429, 439, 449, 465. 466, 558, 645, 678, 685, 714, '715, 738, 740, 749, 830. 831, 849. 853. 902, 913, 914, 915, 957, 972• 977-979, 1031• 1125, 1206. 1264, 1265. 1273, 1362, 1363, 1378, 1378a, 1383. 1474, 1479, 1483. 1506, 15°7, 1603. 1649, 1695. 1724. 1838, 1849. 1912, 1913, 1930, 1931• 1950), 34

Ochi (1880) Ofaie-Chavantes (1459a) Ogowe34.35 Ojibwas (250) Okandi 30 Okinawa (97oa, 1506, 1507, 1912. 1913,

195°).34. 63 Omaha Indians (555) Ordos (1379. 1380) Orinoco 34, 35 Orleans 3I Osaga Indians (554) Ossetes (1157, II62) Ostyaks (1812) Otomi (581, 1301a) Ovakuanyama (IOO4) Ovambo (1004) Oxfordshire II9 Pacific (see Oceania) Pahouins (see Fang) Paiute (1582, 1583).36 Pakistan (952. 1254. 1255), 3I, 33 Palestine (236. 254. 479, 543, 557, 661. 1039a•

1229, 1556a. 1712, 1867. 1869, 1876a), 3I. 33

Panama (377. 596) Panamaquoddy 23 Pangwe (see Fang) Papago (385, 1614). 3I, 36 Papuans (see New Guinea) Patagonians (547. 1210) Pawnee (386). 26, 36 Pecory district (1251) "Pemsians" (323) Pende (1256a, 1256c) Perak33 Permiaks (1050. 1I57, 1388)

Persia (5, 111, 291a, 52IG, 531g, 634. 912. 932. 934, 1022. 1028a, 1I96. 1755). 29. 3I. 33.43,63

Peru (139. 687. 688, 689. 945. 1829, 1830). 3I Peul (see Fulah) Philippines (98. 362. 579. 663. 1493. 1596•

1653, 1654) Phoenicia 43 Phrygia (1396) Piaroa 35 Pima Indians (750) PIe-Temiar (677). 33 Poland (679a) Polynesia (28-31. 152, 235, 245-249. 253,

294.317, 359. 391, 429. H9. 465, 466.558• 645,977-979,1°31,1206.1264.1265.1273. 1362, 1363. 1378• 1474. 1479. 1483, 1649, 1695, 1724. 1774)

Portugal (644a) Provence 3I Pskoff II9 Pueblo Indians (389. 395. 401, 447. 625. 627.

750. 1470, 1801).36 ' Puerto Rico (468), 33. II8 Puget Sound Salish (1469). 36 Puinave 35 Punjab 3 I

Pygmees. African, (201). I9. 34. 35. 50 Pygmees, Southeast Asian, (1068, 1102,

141 4),50

Quechua (1585), 3I Queensland (194) Quileute (4°4).36 Qunantuna (1930) Rajastan 3I Ramu district (647) Rhodesia (958, 964. 1699) Rong (1844) Ruanda-Urundi (162. 201, 854, 1307, 1308) Rumania (1I3, Il5. Il7. 123, 177. 196. 1364.

1462. 1463. 1929, 1938, 1962), 28, 3I. 34. 3S.II9

Russia (43. 200a, 418, 472, 950. 1050, II57. 1251, I 364a, 1388• J665. 1943). 32. 33, II8,II9

Ryii-kyii Islands (970a. 1506, 1507. 1912. 1913. 1950), 32. 34. 63

Samoa (391. 1031. 1695) Sandchak (1827) San Ildefonso Indians 3I. 36

, San Salvador (1935) Sara-Kaba (720) Sarawak (1344. 1680) Sardinia (492, 493. 1969),32• II9 Sazek II9 Scandinavia (32. 34-37, 39. 229, 631. 656.

. 668. 669, 723, 1224. 1320. 1577-1581. 1693. 1846, 1955c)

Scotland (570), 34, Ir8 Semai (868) Seneca Indians (309. 468).36 Serbia (129a, 423-427. 948, 949. 949a. 1613.

1824, 1825). 33. 34. rI8

- 147

Seri3I Shawnee (1356) Shoshone Indians 36 Siak56 Siam (42. 437. 437a • 437b. 858• 1066. 1417.

1418. 1680a. 1744. 1770. 1824. 1832. 1836). 29. 3I • 53. 56

Siberia (6. 470. 475. 667. 950. II68. 1812. 1915).44

Sierra Leone (956a) Sika (702) Sioux (367. 370). 30. 33. 36 Siriono (1634) Siva oase (1612) Slovacs (120. 916a. 1613. 1834) Slovenes (1054. 1613). II8 Smith Sound Eskimo (1209) Society Islands (see Tahiti) Sokoto (fig. 43) (6g6. 890) Solomon Islands (849. 853. 1378&) Somali (666. 709) Somerset II9 South Africa (figs. 37-39) (95. 193. 244. 921.

958. 959. 961-965. 983-1002. 1004. 1006. 1039. 1707. 1788-1794. 1859. 1859a• 1937)

South America (II. 24. 25. 53. 62-64. 93. 139. 163. 172• 298. 357. 440• 468• 541• 547. 571a. 597. 618a. 619. 621. 644. 687. 688. 6g0. 729. 735. 839. 863. 867. 881. 898. 899. 903. 941, 944-946. 1032. II 65-II 68. 1200. 1200a. 1210. 1218. 1222. 1252. 1296. 1298• 1299, 1313, 1394, 1459a. 1490, 1585, 1586, 1595. 1637, 1657, 16g8, 1707. 1726. 1820, 1829. 1830. 1830a, 1932. 1933.1942.1946, 1955b. 1964).33,5I .II 8

South India (10. 12. 15. 16. 19. 20. 21. 44. 76, 273, 943, 1427-1430• 1433, 1440• 1495. 1505, 1561. 1562. 1570. 17II. 1803, 1956-1961 ), 3I, 54

Spain (347a. 430-432a, 598• 759, 1272• 1277-1279, 1395. 1460• 1644-1648. 1655, 1659, 1660, 1661, 1787a. 1803. 1828), 3I. 33. 34

Spanish Jews 34 Sudan (522. 531E. 6g7, 1806, 1807) Sumatra (2, 727. 1070. 1075, II03). 56 Sumerians (436. 531F, 588. 590, 8II. 1237.

1867),63 Sunda districts (1071. 1097, 1099).29, 5I Surakarta 29 Surinam (619. 621. 1032, 1218. 1962a), 33, ZI8 Svanes (II57. II62) Swahili 35 Swazi (42a) Sweden (32, 34, 35. 37, 1320, 1846. 1955c) Switzerland (273a). 34 Syria (302. 531h. 953, 954. 1396) Syrianes (II57) Tanganyika 34. 35 Tahiti (317, 1378. 1483). 33 Tamil (273) Taos3I.36 Tatars (950. II39, II57, II58, 1388, 1665) Taulipang (863)

Temiar (677). 33 Terschelling (1060) Teton Sioux (367) Thailand (see Siam) Tibet (318a, 568. 1702). 33. 63 Timor (figs. 42 and 44). 45, 54 Tinguian (579) Tiv (goo) Tonga (South Africa) (1002) Tonkin (1437) Toraja (974). 43 Torres Straits (675. 1342• 1343) Transylvania (116) Trinidad (1337). II8 Truk (738) Tsarisen II9 Tsimshian Indians (599) Tuamotus (246) Tuareg 35. ZI9 Tule Indians (376• 377) Tunisia (630. 829. II73. 1952). 29. 32 Tupynamba (64b) Turkestan (930. II77) Turkey (57. 130b. 170a. 148. 166-170. 518.

523. 531C, 822, 1407a. 14II. 1590• 1591, 1593,1918},30.32.43.II9

Turkmenes (146. 950) Turk Tatars (950. II39. II57. II58) Tutelo Indians (751. II23. II24) Tutsi (201). 32. 33. 35. ZI8 Tzotzil3I

Uganda (1635. 1666b, 1841. 1842. 1843), 35 Uitoto (172) Ukraine (43). 32. 33. II9 Uliasse (956) Unong (9IO) Upper-Volta (34) Urdus = Ordos Uru-Chipaya (946) Uruguay (63, 64) Ute (371, 1583). 36 Uzbekistan 3I Vancouver (404, 1488) Vedda (1340. 1879) Vendee 3I Venezuela (468. 1200). 34.36 Vietman (192, 308. 926. II29. 1610) Virgin Islands ZI8 Volta 34 Walapai Indians 3I Wales (318b. 1797). ZI9 Wanyamwezi (835) Washo Indians 36 Wasukuma (838) Watu(t}si (see Tutsi) Wepses (1816) West Indian Archipelago (II. 261. 265. 468.

635, 636. 920. 1337. 1384, 1471, 1472, 1475. 1478, 1574-1576a• 1692. 1848). 30, 3I ,32,33,II8

West Java (1097,1099. p. 356 ff.). 52, 56 West Siberian Tatars (950) Wichita 36

Winnebago (383, 387, 389) Wisconsin (387) Woguls (1812) Wotyaks (1157, 1388) Yap (164, 1849) Yaqui (393), 3I, 36 Yaswa30 Yekuana (863) Yemen (932, 934), 3I Yog0 35 Y oruba (see also Ewe and Lucumi) (980b,

1405),32,33, II8 Yuchi Indians (1706)

Yugoslavia (47, 49. I29a. 138• 230• 231. 320, 422-427, 437. 544-546, 603, 757, 948, 949, 949a, 1042, 1054-1056, 1232, 1261. 1319, 1333. 1334. 1465-1467, 1511, 1613, 1687-1691. 1824-1827, 1910, 1911, 1925-1928), 32,33,34. II8,II9

Yuma(n) (393, 395, 736, 741), 3I , 36 Yurok (1614) Zambesi (244) Zande (628) Zande/Bandiya 35 Zulu (990. 1792) Zulu/Nde-ele 35 Zuni (625. 1470, 1804), 23. 3I, 36

- 149-

III

INDEX OF PERSONS

Aalst. J. A. van. (I). 62 Abas. S. P .• (2) Abd Rabbihi. Ibn. (S26) Abel. M. C. S .• Father. (I93I) Abert. Hermann. (3. 4) Abraham. Otto. (820-823. 827. 828. 833.

869). I2. 25.39. 4I Abu'l-Salt (61) Ackermann. Phyllis. (S). 62 Adler. Bruno. (6) Adler. Guido. (7) Adolf. Helen. (8) Agnew. R. Gordon. (9) Agrawala. V. S .• (10) Ahlbrinck. W .• (II) Aiyar. C. Subrahmania. (12-19). 63 Aiyar. M. S. Ramaswami. (20. 21) Akbar Khan. Ali. II9 Albersheim. G .• (22) Alberts. Arthur S .• 34 Albini. Eugenio. (23) Alegria. Ricardo E .• 32 AI-Farabi (144. SII. SIS. 482 vol. I) Algazi. Leon. (fig. 12) Al-Kindi (1951) Allende. Umberto. (1932) Almeida. Renato. (24). 63 AI-Mufaddal ibn Salama (1490) Alvarenga. Oneyda. (2S. 1933).63 Amiot. Father. (26). 62 Andersen. A. 0 .• (27) Anderson. Arthur J. 0 .• (27a) Anderssen. Johannes C .• (28-31). 63 Andersson. Otto. (32-39). 62 Andree. R.. (40) Ankermann. B.. (41). 6I Antonowytsch. M .• (43) AppunI7 Aravamuthan. T. G .• (44) Arbatsky. Yury. (42b. 4S-SI. I3S4) Aretz-Thiele. Isabel. (S3) Arima. D .• (54) Arma. Paul. 3I ArlO. E .• (55. 56) Arsunar. Ferruh, (57) Arvey, Verna, (58) Augusta, Fr. Felix, (59) Avelot (60) Avenary, Hanoch. (61)

Avicenna (suD) Ayestaran. Lauro. (62. 63). 63 Azevedo. Luiz Heitor Correa. de. (64-64b). 63 Aziz Khan. Abdul. II8

Baglioni. S .• (6S) Bahadhurji. K. N .• (66) Bake. Arnold A .• (fig. 22) (67-87. 565a• 1934).

64 Balfour. Henry. (fig. 7) (88-97). 54. 57 Banas y Castillo. Raymundo. (98) Bandar. Mahawala. (99) Bandopadhyaya. Sri Pada. (100. 101). 63 Baratta. Maria de. (I93S) Barbeau. Marius. (fig. 18) (I02-IIO. S99). 24 Barkechli. Mehdi. (III) Barrc~re. Georges. (1291) Bartholomew. Wilmer T .• (112) Bart6k. Bela. (fig. 8) (U3-I3OC). 28. 33. 37.

64 Barzaga. Margarita Blanco. (131) Bascom. William. 32 Batra. Rai Bahadur R. L .• (132) Baud-Bovy. Samuel. (fig. 12) (133. 134) Bauer. Marion. (135) Bayard. Samuel P., (1936) Beart, Charles. (136) Beaver, W. N .• (137) Becking. Gustav. (138) Beclard-d'Harcourt. Margherite. (139, 688,

867. u67. II68) Begun, S. J .• flI Behn. Friedrich, (140-143) Beichert. E. A .• (144) Belvianes. Marcel, (145) Belyaev. Viktor. (146-148) Bergstriisser. Gotthelf. (149) Berliner 28 Berner, Alfred. (ISO) Bessaraboff. N .• (lSI) Best. Elsdon. (IS2) Bharata (84, 224, 89S. n84). 55 Bhatkande, Vishnu Narayan, (IS3) Bielenstein, J .• (IS4) Bierens de Haan. J. A .• 48 Biro, L. A .• (155),24 Bismillah II9 Blaes. Jacob, (IS6) Blaukopf, K.. (157)

150 -

Blume, Friedrich, (157a) Boas, Franz, (15S, 159) Boden Closs, C., (160) Bohme, Father M., (4SI) Bolton, Laura, 3z, 33, II8 Bonascorsi, A., (160a) Bonnet-Bourdelot 48 Boone, Olga, (161, 162), 63 Bormida, Marcelo. (163) Born (164) Borrel, E., (165-170a) Bosanquet, R. H. M., (171) Bose, Fritz, (172-19°, 1929), I7, zo Bose, S .• (191), z6, 46, 64 Bourinot, Arthur, (109) Bouisset, Max, (192) Bouveignes, Olivier de, (192a, 192b) Bouws, Jan, (193, 1937) Boys, R. S., (194) Brailoiu, Constantin, (fig. 12) (195-200a). z8,

34,35, II9 Brandel, Rose, (201), z4 Brandts Buys, Johann Sebastian, (fig. 5)

(202-219). 6z Brandts Buys-van Zijp, Mrs. A., (2°4-212,

216-21S) Braschowanow, St., (220, 221) Brazys, Th., (222) Brediceanu. Tiberius, (193S) Brehmer, Fritz, (223, S76), 47 Breloer, Bernhard, (224) Bris, E. Ie, (226, 227) Briton, H. H., (22S) Britten, Benjamin, (1291) Broholm, H. C., (229) Bromse, Peter, (230, 231) Bruce-Mitford, R. L. S., (232) Briicken, Fritz, (233) Biicher, Carl, (234),47, 64 Buck, Peter H., (235) Budde, Karl, (236) Buhle, Edward, (237) Bukofzer, Manfred F., (fig. 31) (23S-242). 24.

z6 Bulut, Tarik, 30 Bundu Khan II9 Burlin, Nathalie, (243) Burnier, Th., (244) Burrows, Edwin G., (245-249), 6z Burton, Frederick R., (250)' 24 Buttree, Julia M., (250a) Buvarp, Hans, (251)

Cadman, Charles W., (252) Cadwell, Helen, (253) Caferoglu, Ahmed, (253a) Cahen, Abraham, (254) Callenfels, P. V. van Stein, (255) Campbell (256) Campos, Ruben M., (257, 258, 1939) Capitan (260) Carpentier, Alejo, (261) Carrington, J. F., (262)

Castaneda, Daniel, (263, 264) Castellanos, Israel, (265) Chaitanya Deva, B., (266) Chandra Vedi, Pandit R. Dilip, (267) Chao, Wei Pang, (268, 26g) Chao. Y. R., (27o) Chardon, Yves, 4z Chauvet, Stephen, (Z71), 57 Chavez, Carlos, (272), 63 Chelebi, Ewliya, (5IS) Chengalavarayan, N., (273) Cherbuliez, Antoine E., (273a), 59 Chinchore, Prabhakar. (274) Chinnaswamy, Mudaliar, (275) Chinnery, E. W. P., (276) Chottin, Alexis, (277-291, 792), 6z Christensen, A., (29Ia) Christian, Geoffry. (29Z) Clark, E. R., (293), z4 Clemens, W. M., (294) Clements, E., (295) CIerisse, 35 Closson, Ernest, (296-302) Cocks, William A., (302a) Coeuroy, Andre, (303) Collaer, Paul, (304, 304a) Combarieu, Jules, (305, 306), 43 Comettant, 0., (307) Condominas, G., (30S) Conklin, Harold C., (309) Coomaraswamy, Ananda K., (310-313), 63 Corbet, August L., (313a) Courant, Maurice, (314, 315) Courlander, Emma, 3z Courlander, Harold, (316), 30, 3I, 3Z, 33, u8 Couzens, Edward, 33 Cowell, Henry, 3I, 3z, 33 Crampton, H. E., (317) Cringan, Alexander T .• (318) Crossley-Holland, P., (3ISa, 31Sb) Csenki, Imre, (319) Csenki, Sandor, (319) Cuckov, Emanuil, (320) Cunningham, Eloise, (321)

Dalal, Navinkumar. (322) Dam, Bo, (323) Danckert, Werner, (324-332, 1940), ZO, 46 Daniel, F. S., (333) Danielou, Alain, (334-343). 3z, 34 Darmsteter, James, (344, 345) Das, K. N., (346, 347) David, Paul, (347a) Davies, E. Harold, (34S), 63 Davy, J., (349) Dawson, Warrington, (350) Day, Charles Russell, (351-353), 6z Deacon, A. Bernard, (354) Dechevrens, A., (355, 356) Dejardin, A., (357) Delgadillo, Luis A., (35S) Delmas, Simeon, (359) Demieville, Paul, (360), 46

151 -

Denes, Bartha, (361) Denis 35 Densmore, Frances, (fig. 10) (362-413), 24, 36 Deren, Maya, 34 Deubner, Ludwig, (414) Devigne, Roger, (416, 416a) Dharma, P. C., (417) Diamant, Ernest, (II04) Didier, Andre, 30, 32, 34, 35 Dieterlin, G., (662) Dirr, A., (418) Dittmer, Kunz, (419, 420, 1941) Dixon, Roland B., (421) Djordjevic, Vladimir R., (422-427) Djoudjeff, Stoyan, (428) Dodge, Ernest, (429) Donington, Robert, (429a) Donostia, Father Jose Antonio de, (430-

432a) Drager, Hans Heinz, (433, 434, I682a), 25, 60 Dreyfus-Roche, Simone, (1490a), 28, 35 Driver, Harold E., (435) Duchesne, J., (670) Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle, (436, 670) Dupeyrat, Andre P., 34 Duran, Sixto M., (1942) Duryanga, Phra Chen, (437, 437a) Dutton, C. E., (532) Duyse, Florimond van, (438)

Eberlein, P. J., (439) Ebner, Carlos Borromeu, (440) Eckardt, Andreas, (441, 886) Eckardt, Hans, (442-446) Eckholm, Gordon F., 3I Edison, Thomas Alva, 28 Ehrenreich, Paul, (447) Eliade, Mircea, (447a) Elkin, A. P., (448),32, 34, 63 Elkin, Clarence, (449) Ellis, Alexander John, (fig. I) (450-462,

IIII, 1734), IO ff., I8

Elwin, Verrier, (463, 464) Emerson, Joseph S., (465) Emerson, Nathaniel H.. (466) Emmanuel, Maurice, (467) Emrich, Duncan, (468). 34, 36 Emsheimer. Ernst, (fig. 25) (469-477, 1943),

24. 28 Endo. Hirosi, (478) Engel. Carl. (479) Engel, Hans, (480) Erk. Ludwig. (481) Erlanger, Rodolphe d', (482, 483), 62 Escobar, M. L., (1200, 1200a) Estreicher, Zygmunt, (fig. 12) (484-489,

1944) Exner, F., (490). 24

Faddegon, Barend. (491) Fara, Guilio, (492, 493) Farmer, Henry George, (494-531k. 1560),46,

62

Farnsworth, P. R., (532) Felber, Erwin, (533-536), 24 Fenton, William N., (537,538),36 Ferand, Ernst Th., (539, 539a) Fernald, Helen E., (540) Ferreira, Ascenso, (541) Fewkes, Walter. 23, 24 Figueras, Jose Romeu, (1279) Fillmore, John Comfort, (542) Finesinger, Sol Baruch, (543) Firfov, Givko (544-546) Fischer, E., (547, 548) Fischer, H. W., (549) Fisher, Miles Mark, (550) Fisk, Ernest, 2 I Fleischer, Oscar (551, 552), 45 Flesche, Francis la, (555) Fletcher, Alice Cunningham, (553-555) Foldes, A., (556) Foley, Rolla, (557) Forde. F. von der, (558) Fox Strangways, A. H. (fig. 6) (559-565a,

I189), I2, 27 Foy, Wilhelm, (566), 6I Fraknoi, Karoly, (567) Francke, A. H., (568) Fran~ois, A., (569) Fraser, A. D., (570), 28 Fraser, Norman, (571, 57Ia), 36 French, P. T., (573) Frobenius, Leo, 6I Fryklund, Daniel, (573-574a) Fuentes, Eduardo Sanchez de, (1574-1576a),

32, 63 Fujii. Seishin (575) Fiirer-Haimendorf, Christoph von, (1945) Furness, Clifton Joseph, (576) Fyzee-Rahamin, Atiya Begum, (577)

Gadzekpo, Sinedzi, (577a) Gailhard. A., (578) Gaisseau, Pierre, 34, 35 Gale. Albert, (579) Gallop, Rodney, (580, 581) Galpin, Francis W., (582-592C, 1712, 1945a) Gangoly, Ordhendra Coomar, (593-595) Garay, Narciso, (596) Garcia, Angelica de Rezendi, (597) Garcia Barriuso. Patrocinio, (598) Garcia Matos, Manuel, (1277-1279, 1654) Garfield. Viola E., (599) Gascue, F., (599a) Gaster, Theodor Herzl, (600) Gastoue, Amedee, (601, 602) Gavazzi, Milovan, (603) Gay, R.. (603a, 603b), 36 Gbeho. Phillip, (604-608) Geiringer, Karl, (609, 610) Genin, Auguste, (6II, 612) Georgevic, see: Djordjevic Georgiades, Thrasybulos, (613) Gerson-Kiwi, Edith, (fig. 26) (614-617a), I6,

I7

- 152

Gersoni, C., (618) Gheerbrandt, Alain, (357) Gibling, R. Styx, (618a) Gilbert, Will G., (61g-624), 64 Gilman, B. 1., (625-627), z3, z4 Giorgetti, Filiberto, (628) Gironcourt, Georges de, (62g-633), 45 Gladwin, Frances, (634) Goeje, C. H. de, (635, 636) Goloubew, Victor, (637) Gombosi, Otto J., (638-643) Gonzales Bravo, A., (644) Goris, R., (1064) Gr~a, Fernando do Lopez, (644a) Grace, C. W., (645) Gradenwitz, Peter, (646) Graebner, F., (647), 6I Graf, Walter, (648-655), z4 Graff, Ragnwald, (656) Grainger, Percy, (657) Granet, Marcel, (658) Grattan, C. Hartley, (659) Grattan Flood, William H., (660) Gressmann, Heinrich, (661) Griaule, M., (662) Griffith, Charles E., (663) Griffith, W. J., (663a) Groneman, J., (664) Grosset, Joanny, (665), 6z Grottanelli, Vinigi L., (666) Grove I3 Grube, W., (667) Gruner Nielsen, H., (668, 669) Guebels, L., (669a) Guillemin, M., (436, 670) Gulik, R. H. van, (671-674) Gurvin, Olav, (1945b)

Habig, J. M., (674a) Haddon, A. C., (675, 676) Haden, R. Allen, (677) Hagen, Karl, (678) Hajek, L., (679) Halski, Czeslaw R., (679a) Handschin, Jacques, (fig. II) (680-684), z6,

44,46 Handy, E. S. C., (685) Harap, Louis, (686) Harcourt, Margherite d', (139, 688, 867,

II67, II68), 6z Harcourt, Raoul d', (687-690, 867, Il67,

1168), 6z Harich-Schneider, Eta, (691-695) Haring, Douglas G., 3z Harris, P. G., (696, 890) Hasselt, J. H. van, (1949) Hause, H. E., (697) Hawley (698) Haydon, Glen, (699), 64 Haywood, Charles, (700) Heekeren, H. R. van, (701) Heerkens, Father P., (7°2), 40 Hefny, Mahmoud EI, (7°3, 704, 1951)

Heger, Franz, (705) Heine-Geldem, Robert von, (7°6, 707) Heinitz, Wilhelm, (7°8-726),9, zo Heintze, R., (727) Helfritz, Hans, (728) Helmholtz, H. L. F., IO, IZ Henderson, Isobel, (728a) Henriques-Urena, Pedro, (729) Herbig, Reinhard, (730) Hermann, Eduard, (731) Herrmann, Virginia Hitchcock, (186o, 1861) Herscher-Clement, J., (732-734) Herskovits, Francis, 3Z Herskovits, Melville J., (735, 735a, 1946), 3z,

34,36 Herzog, George, (736-759), ZO, z4, z6 Heymann, Mrs. Alfred, (760) Hickmann, Hans, (fig. 29) (761-812b), z6, 60 Hindemith, Paul, 4I Hipkins, A. J., (813-816), IO, II, IZ9 Hitchcock, Polly, 3z Hobbs, Cecil, (1860, 1861) Hodeir, A., (816a) Hoffmann, Charles, 36 Holst, Imogen (274) Honda, Yasuji, (816b) Hood, Mantle, (817), z4 Hoogt, 1. M. van der, (818) Hoose, Hamed Pettus, (819) Hornbostel, Erich M. von, (figs. II and 17)

(820-899, Il83, Il84, 1748), IO, IZ, I3 ff., IB,zo, Z4,Z5,z6,Z9,30, 39,4z, 43, 45,46, 54,55,56,57,I3I

Hornburg, Friedrich, (9°0,9°1) Houston, John, (902) Houston-Peret, Elsie, (903) Houtman, Comelis de, zz Howard, Albert H., (904) Howeler, Casper, (905) Howes, Frank, (906,907),64 Howitt, A. W., (908) Hsiao, Shu Hsien, (909) Huard, Paul, (910) Huart, Cl., (9Il, 912) Hubers, Father Hubert, (913) Hubner, Herbert, (914,915), ZO, 46 Huchzermeyer, Helmut, (916) Hudec, Constantin, (916a) Hultkrantz, Ake, (917) Humbert-Sauvageot, Mrs. M., (918, 919,

1787),6z Hurston, Zora, (920) Husmann, Heinrich, (921-927, 1947, 1948),

I7,z6 Hutchings, Arthur, (928, 929) Huth, Amo, (930)

Ibn' Abd Rabbihi (526) Ibn Kurdadhbih (503) Idelsohn, A. Z., (931-94°), z4 Idohou (669a) Isamitt, C., (941) Isawa, Sh., (942)

153 -

Iyer, T. L. Venkatarana, )943) Izikowitz, Karl Gustav. (944-946), 60

Jackson, Wilfrid, (947) Jacobson, E., (1949) Jancovic, Danica, (948-949a) Jancovic, Ljubica, (949. 949a) Jansky, Herbert. (950),114 Janus, Carolus, (951) Jasim Uddin (952) Jeannin, Dont J., (953, 954) Jenness, D., (955, 1473) Joest, W., (956) John. J. T .• (956a) Johnson, Orme, (957) Jones, Father A. M., (958-966) Jones, William, (967) Jong Lsn., J. L., (968) Jungblut (969) Jurjans, A .• (970)

Kalidasa (1431) Kamoriki, Te Kautu, (1206) Kanai, Kikoku, (970a, 1950) Kanetune-Kiyoske (887) Karastoyanov, A., (970b) Karpeles, Maud, (81, 971, 971a, 1678, 1679).

64 Kataoka, Gido. (97Ic) Kate. ten. (972) KatzaIova-Koukoudova. R., (972a) Katzenelenbogen. U .• (973) Kaudem, Walter, (875.974).60 Kaufmann, Walter. (975) Keh, Chung Sik, (976), 63 Kennedy, Keith, (977-979) Kerkar, Bai Kesarbai, II9 Kidson, Frank, (979a) Kiesewetter. R. G., (980) Kimotsuki, Kanekazu. (980a) Kingslake, Brian. (980b) Kingsley, Victoria, (981) Kinkeldey, Otto, (982) Kirby, Percival R., (fig. 20) (983-1007a), 54,

I30 Kishibe, Shigeo, (1008-1010. 1796), 46. 63 Kiss. J6zsef. (361) Klier, Karl, (1011-1014) Klose, H., (IOI5) Knosp, H., (I026-1028a) Kodaly, Zoltan, (fig. 9) (116, 130), z8 Kohl, Louis von, (I029) Kohlbach, B., (I030) Kolinski, Mieczyslaw, (fig. 2I) (I03I-I034b),

z6,3I, II8 Koller, Oswald, (I034C) Kollmann (I035) Kombe, L., (964) Komitas (I036, I037) Konig-Beyer, Walter, (I038) Koole, Arend, (I039) Koroma, Jean, 34 Kraeling, Carl H., (1039a)

Krause, Eduard, (1040) Krauss, Ai., (I041) Kremeniiev, Boris A., (1042) Krishna Rao (I043, 1044) Kroeber, A. L., (1327) Krohn, Ilmari, (1°45-1052), 64 Kruyt, Albert C .• (1053), 43 Kuba, Ludvik, (1054-1056) Kiihnert, F., (I057. 1058) Kunike (1059) Kunst, Jaap, (fig. 13) (684, lo6o-UI7), 34,

44,46 Kunst-van Wely, Mrs. C. J. A., (1062, 1063),

46 Kurath, Gertrude P., (537, 538, IUS-1I24i),

z4 Kurosawa, Takatomo, (1125) Kurth, E., (1126) Kuttner, Fritz A., (U27-II30), I8 Kutz, Adalbert, (1I31) Kyung Ho Park 3I

Labouret, Henri, (U32) Lach, Robert, (fig. 16) (655. I133-I172). 20.

24,47,64 Lachmann, Robert, (fig. 19) (1°77, 1173-

n89, 1951, 1952), ZO, 26. 42, 46, 64 La Fieche, Francis, (555) Laloy, Louis, (II9D-II94), 62 Land, J. P. N., (217. 1I95-II99) Lara, M. de, (1200, 12ooa) Launis, Armas, (1201-1205) Laxton, P. B., (1206) Leden, Christian, (1207-12og) Lehmann, Werner, I8 Lehmann-Nitsche, Robert, (1210) Lehtisalo, T., (12II) Leroux, Charles, (1212) Leslau, Wolf, 3I, 32 Levis, John Hazedel, (1213-1215) Levy, J., (1216) Lichtenwanger, William, (1860, 1861) Lichtveld, Lou, (1217) Lima, Emirto de, (1219-1222) Lindblom, Gerhard, (1223) Lindeman, L. M., (1224) Lindsay, Maurice, (1224a) Liscano, Juan, 34, 36 Lismer, Arthur, (Iog) Liu, Charles, (1225) Liu, Chungshee Hsien, (1226) Lloyd, Lloyd S., (1227-1228b), z6 Lods, Adolphe, (1229) Lomax, Alan, (1230),34 Lomax, John A., (I230) Long, Kenneth R., (1230a) Longmore, L., (I230b) Loomis, A., I8 Loorits, Oskar, (123I) Lord, Albert B., (129a, 1232) Loret, Victor, (I233-1235), 6z

Machabey, A., (1236-I24Ia), 6z

154 -

Machida, Kasho, (1242, 1953),36 Mackay, Mercedes, (1242a) Maclean, Charles, (1243) Mader, Frederic, (1244) MacLellan, John A., II8 Madumere, Adele, (1244a) Maes, Joseph, (1245-1248),54 Ma Hiao Ts'iun, (1249) Mahillon, Victor, (1250), 54 ff. Mahler, Elsa, (1251) Maimonides (513) Manizer, H. H., (1252) Manker, Ernst, (1253) Manohar Barve, II8 Mansoor Uddin, M., (1254, 1255) Manusama, A. Th., (1256) Maquet, J. N., (1256a-c) Marbe, I8 Marcel-Dubois, Claudie, (figs. 12 and 30)

(1081, 1257-1259a), 60, I35 Marchal, H., (1954) Mariano, P. A., (1260) Marijic, Father Branimir, (1261) Marinus, Albert, (1262) Marks, R. W., (1263) Martenot, 60 Martens, Frederick, (1266-1269) Martin, E., (1270) Martinez Tomer, Eduardo, (1272) Marx, B. L., (1273) Masu, Genjiro, (1274, 1275), 34, 63 Matchinsky, A., (1276) Matos, Manuel Garcia, (1277-1279, 1654) Matsunaga, Susumo, (128o) Matthieu, G., (1281) Mayer, M. (1742), 4I Mayer-Serra, Otto, (1282) McAliester, David P., (1283-1284b), 24, 36,

62 McPhee, Colin, (1285-1295a, 1955),62 Mead, Charles W., (881, 1296) Meijer, D. H., (1297) Melo, Guilherme de, (1298) Melo, Verissimo de, (1299) Mendoza, V. T., (263,264, 1300, 1301, 1301a) Meng, Chih, (1302) Merriam, Alan P., (489a, 13°4-1309), 24, 32,

62 Merriam, Barbara W .• (1309),32 Mersmann, H., (1310) Metfessel, Milton E., (1311, 1312), I8 Metraux, A .• (1313) Meyer, A. B.. (1314) Michaelides, Solon, (1315-1317) Miles, C., (1318) Milisevic, Vlado, (1319) Moberg, Carl Allan, (1320) Moeck, Hermann, (1320a. 1955a) Mohammed (1267) Mondon-Vidailhet, M., (1321) Moreno, Segundo Luis, (1955b) Montandon, Georges, (1322),57,58,59 Moor, Arthur Prichard, (1323)

Moore, George F., (1324) Moreux, Serge, (1325) Morici, G .• (1326) Moss, Claude Russell, (1327) Moule, A. C., (1328, 1329), 62 Mukerji, D. P., (1330, 1331) Miiller, (1332) Murko, M., (1333, 1334), 24 Mursell, James L., (1335) Mutatkar, Mrs. Sumati, (1336) Myers, Ch. S., (1338-1344), 46 Myint, Maung Than, 32

Nadel, Siegfried, (1345-1351), 24, 26, 46 Narasimhan, V. M., (1352) Nathan, M. Montague, (1353) Nau, Walter G., (1354) Neog, Sri Maheswar, (1355) Nettel, Reginald, (1355a) Nettl, Bruno, (1356-1361C) Nevermann, Hans, (1362) Newman, A. K., (1363) Newmarch, Rosa, (1364) Nguyen van Huyen (1365) Nikolov, Kosla, (1366) Noone, H. D., 34 Norbeck, Edward, 32 Norlind, Tobias, (fig. 4) (1366a-1375). 54, 57 Notopoulos, James, A .• II8

Obreschkoff, Christo. (1377) O'Brien, F., (1378) Oldeberg, Andreas, (1955c) Oliver, D. L., (1378a) Olympos (923) Oost, P. J. van, (1379-1382), 24 O'Reilly. Patrick. (1383) Ortiz. Fernando, (1384),63 Osa, Sigbjern B., (1385) Osanai, Tadao. (I385a) Osburn, Mary Hubbell. (I385b) O'Sullivan, D. J .• (1386) Ota, Taro. (1387), 63

Paitonjiev, Gancho, (546) Panoff, Peter, (1388, 1389) Panum. Hortense, (1390. 1391) Park, Kyung Ho. 3I Parthasarathi. S., (1956) Patai, Raphael, 3I Paterson, A., (1392) Paucitis, K., (1393) Payer (1394) Pearse, Andrew, (1394a) Pedrell, Felipe, (1395) Peeters, R. P., (66ga) Pelagaud, Fernand, (1396. 1837) Pepper, Herbert. (1397-1401a), 62 Peri, Noel. (1402). 62 Petit, Raymond, (1403) Petneki. Jeno. (1404) Philips, Ekundayo. (1405) Picken, Lawrence, (1406-1407c), 62

155 -

Piggott, Francis, (1408),63 Plato,44 Plischke, Hans, (1409) POch, Rudolf, (490,652), z4 Pol, Balth. van der, 4I, 4Z Poladian, Sirwart, (1410) Polak, A. J., (14U) Poleman, Horace I., (1860, 1861) Ponce, M. M., (1412) Popley, Herbert A., (1413) Portmann, M. V., (1414) Pound, Ezra, (1415) Pradines, Emerante de, (1416) Preuss, Karl Theodor, (848) Pringsheim, Klaus, (1417, 1418) Psachos, C. A., (1419) Pulestone, F., (1420) Pythagoras (355)

Quasten, Johannes, (1421)

Raffles, Thomas Stamford, (1422) Raghavan, V., (1423-1425), 63 Rajagopalam, T. K., (1426) Ramachandran, K. V., (1427-1432), 63 Ramachandran, N. S., (1433) Ramon y Rivera, Luis Felipe, (1434) Ranade, G. H., (1435, 1436) Ranki, Gyorgy, (1437) Ras, T. V. Subba, (1957-1959) Ras, Vissa Appa, (1960, 1961) Ratanjankar, Pandit, (1438-1442), 63 Raudkats, A., (1443) Read, F. W., (1444) Reese, Gustave, (1445) Reinach, Theodore, (1446) Reiner, M., (1447), I6, I7 Reinhard, Kurt, (1448-1452, 1947, 1948), z4,

z5 Reinholm, A., (1453) Reisner, Robert George, (1454) Revesz, Geza, (1455, 1456),46,47 Rhodes, Willard, (1957-1959), z4, 30, 3I,

33,36 Ribeiro, Darcy (1459a) Ribera y Tarago, J., (1460) Richard, Mrs. Timothy, (1461) Riegler-Dinu, Emil, (1462, 1463, 1962) Riemann, Ludwig, (1464) Rihtman, Cvjetko, (1465-1467) Ritter, Helmuth, (1468) Robb, J. D., 3I Roberts, Helen H., (fig. 27) (896, 1469-

1488), z4 Robinson, Kenneth, (1489) Robson, James, (520, 1490) Roche, Simone, (1490a), z8, 35 Rodrigues, J. Barbosa, (1491) Romansky, L., (1492) Romualdez, Norberto, (1493) Roosevelt, 34 Rosenthal, Ethel, (1494, 1495) Rouanet, Jules, (1496-1499) Rouffaer, G. P., (1500)

Rouhet, Gilbert, 30, 33, 34 Roy, Rabindralal, (1501-1505) Rue, Jan la, (1506, 1507) Ruehl, Father Theodor, (1508) Ruelle, C. E., (1509) Runge, Paul, (1510)

Sa'adyah Gaon (517) Sachs, Curt, (fig. 3) (4, 851, 15u-1556), I3,

z4, 46, 48, 49, 50 ff., 54, 55, 56, 57, 59, 60, 6I, 6z, 64

Sachsse (1556a) Saint-Saens, Camille, (1557) Saionji, Yoshikazu, (1557a) Saldivar, Gabriel, (1558), 63 Salmen, Walter, (1559) Salvador-Daniel, Francesco, (1560) Sambamurthy, P., (1561-1572), 63 Saminsky, Lazare, (1573) Sanchez de Fuentes, Eduardo, (1574-1576a) Sandvik, O. M., (1577-1581). 33 Sapir, Edward, (103, 1582, 1583), z4 Sargeant, Winthrop, (1584, 1585) Sas, Andre, (1586) Satyadeva, Geeta, (1587) Savart, IZ Saville, M. H., (1588, 1589) Saygun, Ahmed Adnan, (1590-1593), 6z Schad, Gustav, (1594) Schaden, Francisco S. G., (1595) Schadenberg, Alex., (1596) Schaefer, K. L., (1743) Schaeffner, Andre, (fig. 14) (1597-16II), 34,

57,58,59 Schiffer, Brigitte, (1612) Schimmerling, H. A., (1613) Schinhan, Jan P., (1614) Schipper, Ary, (1962a) Schlager, Ernst, (1615) Schlesinger, Kathleen, (1616-1625), z6 Schmeltz, J. D. E., (1626, 1627) Schmidt, Leopold, (1963) Schmidt, Father Wilhelm, (1628), 47, 48, 6I Schmidt-Ernsthausen, V., (1629) Schmidt-Lamberg, Herbert, (1630, 1 630a) Schneider, Marius, (fig. 24) (759, 1279, 1631-

1661a, 1964, 1965), ZO, z6, 45 Schneider, Thekla, (1662) Schoen, Max, (1664 1965a) Schole, H., (1663) Schottlander, J. W., (1632) Schullian, D. M., (1664) Schiinemann, Georg, (1665, 1666) Scott, J. E., (1666a) Scott, Nora E., (1966) Scott, R R, (1666b) Scripture, E. W., I8 Scully, Nora, (1667) Seashore, Carl E., (1668) Seder, Theodor A., (1669) Seeger, Charles, (I 670a) , 36 Seeger, Peter, (1671) Seewald, Otto, (1672)

I56 -

SeIer, Eduard, (1673, 1674) Seligmann, C. G., (1675) Sena, Devar Surya, (1676) Sendrey, Alfred, (1677) Shankar, Pandit Ravi, II9 Sharp, Cecil J., (1678, 1679) Shaw, George Bernard, IZI

Shelford, R., (1680) Sichard, Wolfgang, (1681) Sichel, A., (1682) Siedersbeck, Beatrice Dohme, (1682a) Simbriger, Heinrich, (1683, 1684), z6 Simon, Richard, (1685, 1686) Simpson, George Eaton, 33 Sin'as, Ibn, (703) ~irola, Bofidar, (1687-16g1) Skjeme, G., (229) Slonimsky, Nicolas, (1692-1694) Smith, B. J., (1695) Smith, H., (1696) Smith, Peter Kite, 3z Snelleman, Joh. F., (1697) Snethlage, Emil Heinrich, (1698) Snowden, A. D., (1699) SOderberg, Berti!, (1700) Solvijns, F. Baltazard, (1701), I30

Somanatha (15IO, 1685) Somervel, T. Howard, (1702) Sonne, Isaiah, (1877) Sosrosuwarno, Suhendro, (1921) Soulie, Georges, (1703) Souriau, E., (1704) Spasow, Vasil, (1705) Speck, Frank G., (1706) Speight, W. L., (1707) Spencer, T. B. W., IZ, I4

Spies, Walter, (17°8-1710), 30 Spreen, Hildegaard N., (1711) Sremec, Nada, (1927) Stainer, John, (1712) Stannus, Hugh, (1713) Starkie, Walter, (1714) Stearns, Marshall W., 3z, 34 Stefaniszyn, B., (1715) Steinmann, Alfred, (1716) Stern, Philippe, (1717) Stern, W., I7 Stevenson, Robert, (1718) Stewart, J. L., (1718a) Stoin, V., (171g-1722) Stoll, Dennis Gray, (1723, 1967) Stone, Doris, 3Z Stowe, G. W., 54 Stowel, H. M., (1724) Strang, Gerald, (1725) Strelnikov, J. D., (1726) Strehlow, T. G. H., (1726a) Strickland-Anderson, Lily, (1727-1731) Stumpf, Carl, (fig. 2) (1732-1751), z4, 25, 44,

46 Sturtevant, William C., (309) Sunaga, K., (1753),63 Suwanto, R., 30

Swarup, Rai Bahadur Bishan, (1754) Syama Sastri (1572) Sykes, M., (1755) Szabolsci, Bence, (1756-1759)

Tagore, Rabindranath, (68-70, 75, 1727, 1934) Tagore, Surindro Mohun, (1760, 1761) Taig, Th., (1762) Takacs, Jeno von, (1763) Takeda, Chuichiro, (1763a) Taki, R., (1764) Takono, Kiyosi, (1765, 1766), 63 Tanabe, Hideo, (1767, 1768), 63 Tanabe, Hisawo, (1769) Tanaka, S., (177°),63 Tannery, P., (1771) Tappert, Wilhelm, (1772), 45 Tate, H., (1773) Taylor, C. R. H., (1774) Thalbitzer, William, (1775-1777, 1780) Thorsteinsson, B., (1778) Thuren, Hjalmar L., (1775, 1779, 1780, 1968) Thurston Dart, R., (1780a) Tiersot, Julien, (1781, 1782) Tiessen, Heinz, (1783), 47 Tillyard, H. Julius W., (1784) Tiren, K., (1785) Toor, Frances, (1786) Torhout, Nirgidna de, (1787), 6z Tomer, Eduardo Martinez, (1787a) Torre, Emilio de, 3I

Tracey, Hugh T., (fig. 23) (1788- 1795a), 34, 35,36

Traynor, Leo, (1796) Trebitsch, R., (1797-1799), 24 Trefzger, Heinz, (1800-1802) Trembley, J. C., (532) Trend, J. B., (1803) Troyer, Carlos, (1804) Trubetskoy, Prince N. S., (1805), z4 Tschopik, Harry, 3I, 33 Tucker, A. N., (1806, 1807) Tudi, Syioti, (887) Tyagaraja(1430, 1495, 1956, 1957, 1959)

Ursprung, Otto, (1808)

Vaisiinen, A. 0., (fig. 15) (180g-1819a), 62 Valle, Flausino Rodrigues, (1820) Valle, Nicola, (1969) Varagnac, A., (1821), 64 Varley, D. H., (1822) Varnoux, Jean, (1823) Vasanthakokilam, Sm. N. C., II9 Vasiljevic, Miodrag, (1824-1827) Vechten, C. van, (1828) Vega, Carlos, (182g-1830a) Verbeken, A., (1830b) Verdeil, R. Palikarova, (1831) Verney, Frederick William, (1832) Verwilghen, Leo,3z Vetter, Walter, (1833) Vetter!, Karel, (1834, 1835)

157 -

Vichitr-Vadakam, H. E. Nai V., (1836), 63 Virollaud, Charles, (1837) Vols, P., (1838)

Wachsmann, K. P., (1839-1843), 62 Waddell, L. A., (1844) Wagener, G., (1845) Walin, Stig, (1846) Wallaschek, Richard, (1847) Walle, J oh. van de, (1848) Walleser, Sixtus, (1849) Wang, Betty, (1850, 1851) Wang, En Shao, (1852), 63 Wang, ,Kuan Chi, (1853-1856), 63 Wantzloeben, S., (1857) Warman, J. W., (1858) Warmelo, Willem van, (1859, 1859a) Warnsinck, J. C. M., 22 Waterman, Richard Alan, (735a, 186o, 1861,

197°),24,28,34 Wead, Charles K., (1862-1864), 24 Weber, Max, (1864a) Wegelin, C. A., (1865) Wegner, Max, (811, 1866-1868) Weiss, Josef, (1869) Weissmann, John S., (1870) Wellek,Albert, (1871, 1872) Wellesz, Egon, (1873-1875b) Wells, Evelyn Kendrick, (1876) Werner, Eric, (18700, 18n) Werner, Heinz, (1878). 47 Wertheimer, Max, (1879) Weule, K., (1880) Whyte, Harcourt, (1880a) Wiehmayer, Th., (1881) Wieschhof, Heinz, (897, 1882), 46 Wilhelm, Richard, (1883, 1884)

Willard, N. A., (1885) Williams, Ulric, 32 Wilson, E. W., (1886, 1971) Wingert, Paul S., (599) Winne, J. L., (685) Winnington-Ingram, R. P., (1887, 1888) Wintemitz, Emanuel, (1889), 62 Wiora, Walter, (fig. 28) (18go-1903, 1972),

26,46 Wirz, Paul, (19°4, 1904a) Witte, Father Fr., (1905) Wodehouse, Mrs. Edmund, (1906) Wolf, Siegfried, (1907) Wolf, Johannes (197za) Wood, Alexander, (1908) Worms, S. A. C., (1909) Wundt, Wilhelm, 47 Wunsch, Walter, (1910, 19II)

Yafil, E. N., (1499) Yamanouchi, Seihin, (1912, 1913) Yasser, J., (1914-1917) Yekta, Raouf, (1918), 62 Young, R. W., (1919). I6, I8 Yoshida, Tsuenezo, (1919a) Yurchenko, Henrietta, (1920), 3I, 36

IJzerdraat, Bernard, (1921)

Zagiba, Franz, (1973) Zaw, U Khin, (1922, 1923),63 Zerries, Otto, (1924) tganec, Vinko, (1925-1928) Ziehm, Elsa, (1929) Zoder, Raimund, (1974) Zoete, Beryl de, (1710) Zwinge, Hermann, (1930)

- 158-